london quick trip

Europe Chevron

United Kingdom Chevron

England Chevron

London Chevron

What to Do on a Quick Trip to London

By Christine Ajudua and Elizabeth Winding

All products featured on Condé Nast Traveler are independently selected by our editors. However, when you buy something through our retail links, we may earn an affiliate commission.

With a quick trip to London , a city we visit time and again, comes a dilemma: How do we hit those emerging neighborhoods and have a long, boozy lunch at a restaurant like Gymkhana , whose duck dosa has been all over Instagram, while not forgetting about the museums and hotel bars that made us fall for the city in the first place? We definitely want to check out the gallery scene of South London, and to spend a Saturday or Sunday shopping out east while hitting the new Design Museum just west of Hyde Park. But we’re not over Central London’s storybook charms—a scotch at the newly renovated Blue Bar at The Berkeley, London in The Berkeley hotel, a stroll down Savile Row , an afternoon in Marylebone. In short, we want a way to do it all, or at least do as much as we can in the time we’re in town. To that end, we canvassed a network of our most-in-the-know natives and frequent visitors—chefs, editors, mixologists, and gallerists—to help us come up with a game plan that balances the classic and the emerging, the afternoon tea and the of-the-moment cocktail. And all without spending the whole day on the Tube or in a black cab.

A QUICKFIRE GUIDE TO CENTRAL LONDON

First, get a room.

We say stay in Central London—the hotels here are the most convenient if heading both west and east, and the most iconic, like The Savoy , The Connaught , and Claridge's , the 1856 stalwart with several suites by Diane von Fur­stenberg (think marble fireplaces and bold patterns) and elaborate afternoon teas, where you can sip a slightly sweet Ma­lawi Antler brew (one of just two places on earth that serve it). This year, the center of gravity may shift east with the opening of The Ned and the Four Seasons Hotel London at Ten Trinity Square near Tower Bridge, but for now we love the traditional-style suites at An­dré Balazs’s Chiltern Firehouse , with its velvet-covered armchairs and beveled mirrors. (Same goes for chef Nuno Mendes’s chipotle corn bread at the hotel restaurant.) Just off Hyde Park, the Art Deco–style The Beaumont has 73 rooms that channel the early twentieth century. Over in Soho, Firmdale’s Ham Yard Hotel feels like a village with its 13 specialty shops and 190-seat fuchsia-curtained cinema.

Where to Eat Near Your Hotel

From the brilliant team behind Portland (awarded a rare five stars by the late, great A.A. Gill in 2015), the more casual Clipstone opened last summer in still-no-signs-of-stopping Fitzrovia, with house-made charcuterie and nose-to-tail classics like calf’s brain meunière. Meanwhile, the appetite for counter dining continues: Kiln , on Soho’s Brewer Street, has smoky Thai dishes cooked on an open flame or over charcoal in ceramic tao pots, paired with standout French and German natural wines. In Covent Garden, The Barbary is a rowdy counter-only spot inspired by the bold, bracing flavors of North Africa’s Barbary Coast.

The Central Essentials

The Pub Soho’s Coach & Horses pub for a London Glory ale.

The Neighborhood Marylebone, for lunch at Carousel , shopping on Chiltern Street, and drinks at the The Zetter Townhouse Marylebone .

The Drink The aptly named Spritz Termini at Bar Termini , Soho.

Central London Shopping List

Aram , Covent Garden For Eames lounge chairs and U.K.-made furnishings.

Browns , Mayfair For the top selection of ready-to-wear labels like Simone Rocha and Stella McCartney.

Kilgour , Mayfair For bespoke two-piece wool suits right on Savile Row.

Mouki Mou , Marylebone For raw Japanese denim, Dosa dresses, and gifts like Welsh paperweights.

Trunk Clothiers , Marylebone For Felisi briefcases and Mackintosh trenches right across from Chiltern Firehouse .

The courtyard at Chiltern Firehouse.

MUSEUMS ARE BIGGER AND BETTER

There’s a strip in Kensington south of Hyde Park, along Exhibition Road, that almost trumps N.Y.C.’s Museum Mile for its concentration of major museums. Try to arrive by 10 a.m. so you have some alone time (for at least an hour or so) at the always-impressive Victoria and Albert Museum . 

If going this summer, you’re in luck: The new subterranean gallery—with exhibitions on everything from design to opera—and an entrance off Exhibition Road opened in July. The Design Museum , which had its first show at its new location in November, is a 30-minute walk west on Cromwell Road (stop at the Natural History Museum en route; it’s free, and you can see the colossal T. rex). The exhibits are great—the 2012 Olympic Torch, Louboutin heels, and a futuristic Tube train—but John Pawson’s reworking of the interior of this post-war building that had been empty for a decade can’t be missed.

Have Lunch in Hyde Park

The Magazine restaurant inside the Serpentine Sackler Gallery was designed by Zaha Hadid (you’d probably guess as much once you saw those undulating glass walls), and it’s where well-dressed Chelsea socialites gossip between bites of roasted halibut.

No Place Does a Hotel Bar Quite Like This

When it’s cocktail hour and you’re not sure where to go, head for the grandest hotel bar. Some of the best are near Hyde Park, like the Connaught Bar . Grab a seat at a table instead of standing at the bar, so a white-gloved mixologist can roll his martini trolley on over and stir up a perfect pre-dinner drink using rare Gancia dry vermouth. Three blocks north, opt for a glass of Ruinart Champagne at the Art Deco Claridge’s Bar . Or go to Knights­bridge, where The Berkeley’s Blue Bar has been expanded, restoring its “Lutyens Blue” wood-paneled walls. Order a Smoke & Mirrors—a blend including rye, Benedictine, and Sacred Rosehip Cup that also makes for a perfect nightcap.

The New Classics

Shannon McMahon

CNT Editors

Hannah Towey

“Chef Karam Sethi’s clever use of Brit ingredients (venison naan, wild boar vindaloo) makes this my choice for London’s best Indian restaurant in a city full of great ones.” –Peter Jon Lindberg, contributing editor Shikumen

“Slightly farther west, in Shepherd’s Bush, this dim sum spot has been hot among London foodies since opening a few years back.” –Fiona Golfar, editor at large, British Vogue

The Wolseley

“I love this European restaurant like an old friend. Order the native oysters, steak tartare, and veal Holstein.” –Tom Parker Bowles, food editor, British Esquire

WHERE TO “WEEKEND”

Here’s the deal with Londoners. If they haven’t escaped to, say, the Cotswolds after work on Friday, they’ll often spend Sunday decompressing in the East End. It’s where the seriously cool all-British boutiques are, and the food and flea markets have everything from gastropubs to Asian-street-style joints (the Ethiopian wraps and Thai curries on Brick Lane alone are worth the trek here). To get things started out east, head to the 148-year-old Columbia Road Flower Market , which is ten minutes on the Central line and a bus hop from the city center (the market officially opens at 8 a.m., but aim for a 9 a.m. arrival, as stalls tend to set up late, especially in the cooler months).

Even if you’re not in the market for blooms, come to witness the Notting Hill vibe: deep rows of yellow, purple, and orange fresh-cut hydrangeas, peonies, and banana plants, all foghorned by vendors with chirpy eastern Essex lilts (“Two for a fiv-ER!”). We recommend starting south and working your way up the street so that you arrive at the Marksman pub around 10 a.m. This will guarantee that you’re the first in line for the Sunday-only special: a pillowy Tamworth bacon–stuffed steamed bun, served with a dollop of tangy homemade ketchup.

Shop the Design Boutiques on Redchurch Street

Aimé This French fashion concept store is credited with introducing Isabel Marant to London.

Klaus Haapaniemi & Co. Head here for bold, whimsical patterns on rugs, textiles, and tableware by the Helsinki-born Haapaniemi.

Labour and Wait For souvenirs, we’ll load up on tea cozies from west Wales and blue-enamel Japanese kettles at this home- ware shop (they’ll even ship your purchases back to the States for you).

Modern Society This café cum street-fashion shop has a rotating roster of brands from all over the world, including Desmond & Dempsey and L.A.-based Anine Bing.

Monologue Alistair P floor lamps and Origami marble desks are two of the standouts at this modern furniture concept spot.

New Yorkers Do Brunch, Brits Do Sunday Lunch

Out east, it’s still all about Fergus Henderson’s 20-year-old snout-to-tail institution,

St. John Bread & Wine

in Spitalfields. The unequivocally tender ox cheek is the dish to get.

Chef James Lowe, Off the Clock

The chef and co-owner of Shoreditch’s popular modern British spot, Lyle’s , on his day in East London.

Morito , Hackney Road “I love to get huevos rotos for breakfast here and sit at the bar, which gives you a good view of the open kitchen.”

Regent’s Canal “I’ll stroll the canal path toward Mile End, and walk through Tower Hamlets Cemetery Park, which is covered in wildflowers. It’s like escaping the city.”

P. Franco “This wine shop also has a small menu. On my last visit, I had a bottle of Emidio Pepe Trebbiano d’Abruzzo with a sea urchin toast that was absolutely brilliant.”

A Moment of Zen

Londoners love their gardens (47 percent of the city is green space), but for a real oasis out east, skip London Fields and head to the Barbican Conserva­tory , open to the public only on Sundays from noon to 5 p.m. It’s an enormous greenhouse with over 2,000 species of tropical plants. It takes just half an hour to see it all, but stay for afternoon tea for smoked salmon with dill grown on-site (reservations are essential).

SOUTH IS A MUST FOR ART LOVERS

If Kensington is the epicenter of institutional culture, South London is becoming the equivalent for indie fine-art and multi-disciplinary galleries, which are cropping up in hip neighborhoods like Peckham and Clapham (the large-scale exception: South Bank, where the Tate Modern has just added its new Herzog & de Meuron–designed Switch House ). It’s worth coming to Vauxhall for an afternoon—the grounds of the seventeenth-century Vauxhall Pleasure Gardens just became home to the contemporary five-story Cabinet gallery with exteriors by artists like L.A.-based John Knight. Later on, hit Damien Hirst’s RIBA Stirling Prize–­winning Newport Street Gallery , displaying his personal collection, which includes works by Gavin Turk and Jeff Koons. Stay for dinner at Pharmacy 2 , where superchef Mark Hix’s spiced pheasant curry and phenomenal soft-shell-crab burger are served in a space with bizarro clinical lighting and site-specific “Medicine Cabinets,” a nod to Hirst’s famed “Pharmacy” exhibition from the ’90s.

Where to Eat Before You Do Your Gallery Crawl

South London has two outstanding food markets: tourist-packedm Borough Market (it’s worth braving the crowds) and local favorite Maltby , in hip Bermondsey. Both are five minutes from the London Bridge Tube station.

Borough Market Where: It’s been in London Bridge for over 1,000 years and has more than 100 vendors (it’s closed Sundays). We Love: Bread Ahead’s sourdough loaves; chicken pies from Pieminister; plump beef empanadas at Porteña . And a Tipple: Go for an ale at the Globe Tavern , better known as the home of Bridget Jones. But if You Want a Sit-Down Meal: Padella has pappardelle with slow-cooked beef-shin ragù, counter seating, and lines out the door.

Maltby Street Market Where: In an alley between railway arches, it’s one of the few London street markets open Saturdays and Sundays. We Love: Stacked-high Reubens from Monty’s Deli ; toasted sandwiches at the Cheese Truck . And a Tipple: Grab a pink-grapefruity Little Bird Gin cocktail at the snug Little Bird Gin Arch. But if You Want a Sit-Down Meal: At 40 Maltby Street , look for oft-changing dishes like smoked Yorkshire ham with English mustard.

Insider’s Rec

“To see artists before they make it big, pop by Studio Voltaire in Clapham. I saw Phyllida Barlow’s work there—before she went on to show at Tate Britain and the Venice Biennale .” –Victoria Siddall, director, Frieze Fairs

The After-Dinner Drink

If you find yourself in South London at night, treat yourself to a cocktail at Dandelyan , in the Sea Containers London on South Bank. We always get the Heir­loom, with Auchentoshan Three Wood Scotch and raspberry cordial.

Recommended

The Peninsula, London

Chelsea Townhouse

London Travel Guide

The Ultimate Cheat Sheet for Your First Trip to London

Are you planning your first trip to London?  

This global city is endlessly popular with travelers from all over the world. With its famous landmarks and iconic sights, the number of things to see and do in London can easily excite and overwhelm first-time visitors.

In this post, you’ll find a cheat sheet compiled over 3 separate visits to London packed with information about how to get to London from the airport, where to stay in London, how to get around once you arrive, and best of all,  mapped-out London itinerary planning tips .

Are you ready to make your first trip to London a success? 

How to Plan a Trip to London

It can seem daunting to get started on your London trip plan. It’s a huge city with lots of iconic sights and experiences. In fact, I think it’s often underestimated by travelers who often write to tell me what a great time they had in London and that the city was such a surprise…in a good way!

So, as any good teacher will tell you, start with an outline. In this case, you want to break down each step you’ll need to do to plan a trip to London and then work on filling in all the details.

Start with deciding when you want to visit London and how many days you’ll stay. (I recommend at least 3-4 days.)

Once you know this, you can work on booking your London accommodations. (I recommend staying in a central-ish area within walking distance of a Tube station. Keep reading for more below) The further out you book your London hotel, the more available options you’ll have with competitive pricing.

ProTip: If you have flexibility, you might even look at London flights and hotels first to find the cheapest combination of dates and rates. In this way, you’re letting the deals decide when you travel versus looking for a deal on the dates you need/want to travel.

Once you’ve got the major logistics set, it’s time to work on your London itinerary. (I’ve got specific itinerary ideas below so keep reading!)

At this point in your planning a trip to London, you’ll want to make a list of the London sights and attractions that are your must sees and dos. Then, using the maps below (or Google Maps), start grouping them by area.

One really important thing to know as you plan your London trip is that the city is huge. The distances between places can be far, and with limited days, you don’t want to backtrack or plan activities on opposite ends of the city on the same day.

From here, figure out what can be booked ahead…and actually book it ahead! London is a popular destination. It’s normal for there to be lines at top sights and restaurants that are completely booked.

You can use sightseeing passes like The London Pass (my complete review) to pre-plan and save money. Or you can book individual tickets through a platform like Get Your Guide .

Once you know where you’re staying and what you’ll be doing each day, you can round out your London trip planning by looking at the Tube Map to orient yourself and decide how you’ll get from the airport to the city center. (More tips on this below!)

What to See and Do on Your First Trip to London

This London trip planner is set up in different sections to help you plan a trip to London from start to finish. The first part helps you get ideas about how to plan your days in London with landmarks, attractions, museums, markets, and activities in a logistically sensible way.

You want to maximize your time in London without backtracking or zigzagging around the city. These ideas can also help you piece together a complete day because not all of them require a full day.

You also note that I’ve included the Tube stops for individual attractions. This is to help you in case you visit these places outside of the order I’ve suggested in the Google Map for each itinerary idea.

After these itinerary ideas for planning your trip to London, you’ll find tips and helpful information so you can navigate the city confidently.

Are you ready to plan your trip to London?

London Itinerary Planning Idea #1 – History Buffs and Foodies

Tower of London – Tower Hill Tube Stop – Circle and District Lines

The  Tower of London  with its crown jewels is an absolute must with its thick, ominous walls, dark past, resident black ravens, and informative Beefeaters. The Tower and the nearby Tower Bridge sit stalwartly as a link to the past when Kings and Queens sent prisoners to “think” about their choices and to wait for the inevitable… execution.

The Tower of London was the inhospitable home to infamous gangsters, spies, Dukes, Bishops, Princes, and even Queens!

Undoubtedly the most famous Queen of them all was the ill-fated Anne Boleyn. The Tower of London is where Henry the VIII’s executioner beheaded her on charges of adultery and conspiracy, however, Henry actually blamed her for not producing a male heir.

Today, visiting the Tower of London is like stepping back in time. The daily traditions involving this historic castle have continued for hundreds of years. The resident Beefeaters live at the Tower of London and maintain the rituals and routines of the past. But they also offer free tours (once inside) and comically share their vast Tower of London knowledge.

These tours begin every 30 minutes starting at 10:00 a.m. and finishing with the last tour at 2:30 p.m.

Pro Tip:  Arrive in the morning when the Tower first opens. It becomes quite crowded later in the day. Use your  London Pass  to get Fast Track Entry and bundled savings when compared to buying attraction tickets individually.

Tower Bridge & Borough Market – London Bridge Tube Stop – Northern and Jubilee Lines

After a morning at the Tower of London, time your escape for lunch at  Borough Market . It’ll be easiest to walk from the Tower of London. Walk across Tower Bridge instead of London Bridge as shown on the map above. The walk is a bit longer than crossing London Bridge, but historic Tower Bridge is a sight in its own right.

You can tour the Victorian-era engine rooms, as well as climb to the bridge’s upper walkways for gorgeous views over London and the River Thames. Get your Tower Bridge ticket in advance or use The London Pass to visit the bridge.

You can also cross the River Thames with a river bus using your Tube Oyster Card (more on these below) from Tower Pier to London Bridge City Pier.

Once at Borough Market, the market lanes are lined with food and grocers selling every imaginable food item. It’s a great place to sample a variety of foods from all types of global cuisines. Not to mention, no London trip is complete without taking advantage of the city’s amazing international food scene!

From famous falafel to perfectly spiced Indian food, huge skillets of paella, and savory British pies from Pieminster, you’ll be thankful to visit with an empty stomach on your first trip to London and every time you return like I do!

Restaurants and cafes fill the upstairs level and the surrounding streets (in case you’d prefer to sit rather than sample and roam) making this Southwark neighborhood a foodie’s delight.

ProTip: From Borough Market, you’re just a 5-minute walk to The Shard , London’s tallest glass skyscraper to see the highest views over the city. If you have it, you can use your London Pass for access. Be sure to follow the pass instructions to pre-reserve a time.

London Itinerary Planning Idea #2 – Royalty and High Tea

Westminster Abbey – Westminster Tube Stop – Jubilee Line

Coming out of Westminster Station, you’ll immediately be in the shadow of Big Ben and London’s iconic Parliament Building. You can walk back onto the Westminster Bridge to capture fuller photos of these London landmarks. If you’re lucky, you just might get a classic shot with a red doubledecker bus!

Continue on to  Westminster Abbey , just a couple of minutes walking from Big Ben. Westminster Abbey is open to visitors Monday-Saturday from 9:30 a.m until 3:30 p.m. The Abbey is closed on Sundays so keep this in mind when planning your London trip.

Use your  London Pass  to gain access to Westminster. Once inside, admire the architecture and the Abbey’s gorgeous choir room. Westminster is also the final resting place of numerous kings, queens, and dignitaries. You can see the monuments in their honor, as well as learn about their place in history.

If you’re a fan of the Royals, you’ll be visiting the spot where Kate and William were married.

Pro Tip:  If you want to take a ride on the London Eye , it can be included with the stops you make in and around Big Ben because it’s just a short walk over the bridge you see in the photo below. Avoid the lines by choosing the fast-track ticket option. It’s also quite popular to depart from the Westminster Pier for a cruise along the River Thames to take in the sights of London from the water.

History buffs won’t want to miss the Churchill War Rooms. They’re not far from Westminster Abbey, along the edge of St. James’s Park. These rooms served as the secret headquarters for Churchill during WW2. The rooms have been preserved just as they were during the war and give a fascinating look at how Churchill operated and made decisions during this dark time in history.

If your trip to London is 3 days or less and it’s your first visit, this WW2 museum may not be a top priority. But if you or a travel companion is interested in visiting WW2 sights and museums in Europe, The Churchill War Rooms are a great way to divert from the typical first time in London sights.

Buckingham Palace-Green Park Tube Stop-Jubilee, Victoria, & Piccadilly Lines

Next, make your way to  Buckingham Palace  where the  Changing of the Guards  happens.

The ceremony is all pomp and fanfare. The King’s Guard outside the castle has been on watch for hours and the new guard comes to take over in grand style! A marching brigade of guards along with a mounted cavalry and a marching band head up The Mall and through the palace gates.

This ceremony draws a crowd so it’s best to arrive ahead of time so that you can get yourself in a position to see the fanfare. I’ve watched from both the gates of Buckingham Palace and the Queen Victoria Monument directly opposite the palace gates.

You’ll have to choose the location you want because it’s typically too crowded to move from place to place. To get a spot along the fence at Buckingham Palace, be prepared to arrive up to an hour early and wait.

If this is the case, you also may need to reverse the order and visit Westminster Abbey after so that you can stake out your Changing of the Guard spot in the morning.

Pro Tip:  Check the  Changing of the Guard schedule  before you go to make sure the ceremony is planned for the day you intend to visit.

Hyde Park – Hyde Park Corner Tube Stop – Piccadilly Line

When the ceremony is finished, keep those royal juices flowing for a stroll around  Hyde Park . It’s one of the largest parks in London, as well as one of the Royal Parks. Enjoy its monuments, bridges, fountains, gardens, and lake, including the Princess Diana Memorial Fountain.

Finish up with a classic afternoon tea experience at  The Dorchester Hotel .

No doubt, it’s a luxurious splurge, but after having experienced life as a royal, it’s the perfect way to properly finish the experience. From finger sandwiches, scones with clotted cream, sweets, and of course, tea, you’ll have had a quintessential London outing.

Alternatively, if you plan afternoon tea for another day, you might want to visit London’s Natural History Museum or Kensington Palace on the other end of Hyde Park.

The latter has been a royal residence for hundreds of years and was where Princess Diana lived with Princes William and Harry. Today, you can tour the apartments and staterooms and see the sunken gardens where there is a statue of Princess Diana commemorating the 20th anniversary of her death.

While the Natural History Museum displays animal specimens, dinosaurs, and exhibitions about the history of the natural world and the people who evolved in it.

If you intend to walk into Hyde Park and casually make your way towards Kensington Palace or the Natural History Museum, the walk will be broken up by the time spent in the park.

Otherwise, if your aim is to get to either of these sights without a long walk, use the London underground. The Queensway stop along the Central line is the closest to Kensington Palace and the South Kensington stop along the Circle and District lines is near to the Natural History Museum.

London Itinerary Planning Idea #3 – Architecture, Theatre, & Art

St. Paul’s Cathedral – St. Paul’s Tube Stop – Central Line

Start off at  St. Paul’s Cathedral  to admire this Anglican Church’s architecture. You can explore the crypt or head in the opposite direction and climb the dome’s 528 steps for spectacular panoramic London views.

If you have it, entry is included with your London Pass .

Take your time crossing the pedestrian-only Millennium Bridge on your way to the Tate Modern and Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre. This is a great spot to watch boat traffic along the River Thames.

Tate Modern & The Globe Theatre-Blackfriars Tube Stop-Circle & District Lines

These 2 London attractions are just next to one another.

The  Tate Modern  has a vast permanent collection of modern art by the likes of Henri Matisse and Jackson Pollock, as well as temporary exhibitions. There are beautiful views looking back on St. Paul’s Cathedral and the River Thames, as well.

It’s free to enter the museum and there’s no need to book ahead, unless there is a specific exhibit you’d like to see that requires a reserved space.

The nearby  Globe Theatre  is a replica of Shakespeare’s original which burned in a fire many years ago after the thatched roof was ignited during a production of Henry VIII.

For your first trip to London, you’ll want to use your  London Pass  to tour the theater during the day and hear about its historic past. The Globe also has evening performances during the spring, summer, and fall seasons. The ambiance of the open-air theater makes for a fantastic night out!

Pro Tip:  Check times to coordinate visits to both the Tate Modern and The Globe in a way that lets you see one after the other. The Globe performance tickets sell out so purchase them in advance, especially if you want to see a play on a specific date.

London Itinerary Planning Idea #4 – Artifacts, Landmarks, and Shopping

The British Museum – Tottenham Court Tube Stop – Central & Northern Lines

No trip to London is complete without a stop at The   British Museum . The art and artifacts on display are open free to the public beginning at 10:00 a.m. each day. Highlights include the Rosetta Stone, sculptures from the Parthenon, and a vast Egyptian collection including mummies.

It’s worth checking for any special, limited-time exhibits during your stay. If there’s one you’d like to see, it’s worth buying tickets online or at the museum when you first arrive.

After the museum, spend the afternoon strolling through  Covent Garden  or head over to  Soho  and  Oxford Street  for a shopper’s paradise. Covent Garden is in London’s West End, home to theaters, restaurants, and shops. You’re sure to find anything you’d want to buy from the numerous chain stores, boutiques, and markets.

Pro Tip:  There are many classic London pubs in these neighborhoods. If you haven’t had a plate of fish and chips yet, now’s the time. You can also join a historical pub walking tour to visit some of London’s most iconic pubs.

Leicester Square – Leicester Square Tube Stop – Piccadilly & Northern Lines

Make your way to  Leicester Square  and the heart of London’s Theatre District. It’s super touristy here. Think Times Square-esque…a place where you take a few photos before moving on.

But if you plan to see a musical or a play later (and you certainly should!),  get your discounted tickets at the TKTS booth right in the square for performances that day or night.

There’s crossover between shows in London and New York’s Broadway district. Sometimes, you can even catch a performance in London before it heads to New York City.

Trafalgar Square – Charing Cross Tube Stop – Bakerloo & Northern Lines

Finish your walk at  Trafalgar Square . This iconic London crossroads has monuments, historic buildings, museums, and street performers. It’s an absolute beehive of activity and perfect for taking more classic London photos complete with red double-decker buses passing by on the streets in and around the square.

With any luck, you’ll have time to check out the  National Gallery  right in Trafalgar Square which houses famous paintings by the likes of Vermeer, Monet, Rembrandt, Cezanne, and Leonardo Da Vinci.

Best of all, it’s free to visit, and you can use your  London Pass  Hop On Hop Off double-decker bus ticket to reposition yourself closer to your hotel when you’re done.

London Itinerary Planning Idea #5 – Harry Potter Fans

Harry Potter Studio Tour Meeting Point – Victoria Station – Circle, District & Victoria Lines

Are you traveling with a wannabe wizard dying for a Hogwarts adventure?

Plan a visit to the  Harry Potter and Warner Brothers Studio . Buses leave from Central London and travel to the magical sets of the famed movie and book series. The closest tube stop to the meeting point is Victoria Station. From there, it’s just a few minutes on foot.

You’ll have 4 hours to see places like the Great Hall, Dumbledore’s Office, Diagon Alley, and more! Plus, get to see some of the most famous props and the costumes worn by Harry, Ron, and Hermione.

If you’ve wanted to visit Platform 9 ¾, ride the Hogwarts Express, and attempt to ride a broomstick, then you definitely don’t want to miss escaping the world of Muggles for just a bit on your visit to London!

ProTip: If you want to sprinkle some Harry Potter into your London trip but don’t want to commit a full day to the experience, this Harry Potter Guided Walking Tour is a popular alternative.

Out-of-Town Must-Sees on your First Trip to London

From London, many parts of Britain and the U.K. are easily reachable by train. This makes it possible to visit a couple of popular sites with even just a half day’s worth of time.

Trains run from London to both  Windsor Castle  and  Hampton Court Palace . From their respective train stations, it’s just a few minutes on foot to reach the entry points.

The exquisite staterooms at Windsor Castle are open to the public when the King is not in residence. These rooms are some of the most spectacular castle rooms you’ll see anywhere in the world.

St. George’s Chapel, within the grounds of Windsor Castle, is the final resting spot of Henry VIII and several other Kings and Queens. It’s also where Meghan and Harry were married and the final resting place of Queen Elizabeth II.

Hampton Court Palace is full of Tudor history, as it was a regular stop for Henry VIII and his royal court. The palace creates a historical experience by revealing the inner workings of how the palace operated in its heyday. It’s undoubtedly one of the most interesting and well-preserved looks at Tudor history, as well as what life was like during this period.

Look out for King Henry VIII himself, as visitors can watch the King interact with Anne Boleyn or flirt with his soon-to-be next wife, Jane Seymour. Leave some time for the palace’s gardens and maze.

Pro Tip:  Windsor Castle and Hampton Court Palace are both included with the  London Pass . Get Fast Track Entry at Hampton Court to maximize your time and avoid any entry line.

If you have extra days in your itinerary, consider a London day trip to:

• Windsor Castle, Stonehenge, and Bath
• The Cotswolds
• Highclere Castle (Downton Abbey) & the Filming Locations

If you’re planning a trip to England, rent a car and drive into the English countryside when your time in London is done. I’ve done this to spend time exploring places like Stratford-Upon-Avon , the Cotswolds villages , and Warwick Castle .

It’s a perfect way to add on to an England itinerary and explore more of what the country has to offer beyond London.

Best Area to Stay in London

Where to stay in London is one of the most frequently asked questions for anyone planning a trip. It’s understandable. You want to be somewhere conveniently located, safe, and within your travel budget.

London’s neighborhoods and districts each have their own unique charm and flavor. And while some might say you should absolutely stay in the heart of the most touristy areas of the city, I think the most important thing when choosing where to stay in London is to  stay somewhere with convenient access to the Tube. 

You shouldn’t be hesitant to book a hotel or rental accommodation that’s a few Tube stops away from popular attractions. You can truly get nearly anywhere in London very quickly by using the underground train system.

That being said, you don’t want to stay too far from the heart of London, either. The city is big and the Tube rides from London’s outer neighborhoods can take upwards of an hour back to the center.

Ideally, you want to find a London hotel that matches your travel budget, close to a Tube station, in a relatively center-ish location. Example neighborhoods include Seven Dials, Covent Garden, Westminster, Soho, and near Southwark along the south bank.

Below, I’ve shared a couple of hotels where I’ve stayed. They’re in different budget categories and neighborhoods, and they have convenient Tube access.

I’ve had excellent hotel points and paid stays at several London hotels including the ones listed below.

Radisson Blu Edwardian Mercer Street Hotel  – The hotel is located in the Seven Dials neighborhood near Covent Garden, the West End’s Theatre district, pubs, and my favorite Indian restaurant, Dishoom. Rooms are a classic modern boutique style for which Radisson Blu hotels are known.

Holiday Inn Express London-Southwark  – Just a 10-minute walk to Borough Market, the Tate Modern, or the Globe Theatre, with a Tube station nearby. This hotel is on the south bank of the city not far from the Southwark Tube station.

London Rental Accommodations

During my travels, I’ve also opted for apartment and home rentals. You feel more like a local and oftentimes can save money because you’re able to prepare your own breakfast or share the overall cost with family members or friends. Not to mention, you can find truly unique places to stay with awesome views or even discover a new neighborhood!

London is the perfect destination to consider a rental accommodation over a hotel because hotels aren’t cheap(!) and London is well-connected with its underground trains.

My go-to place to search for rental accommodations is Plum Guide . They vet the properties on their site using “Home Critics” and only select the best properties in a variety of price brackets. Plum Guide even offers phone support 24/7 should you need any help or have questions.

How Many Days to Spend in London

As with most places, you can spend an extended period of time and still not see and do everything a fantastic city like London has to offer.

If it’s your first time in London, you likely will focus on the most popular attractions and experiences that interest you. For this, you’ll need 3-4 days to explore and make use of the London itinerary ideas in this guide.

With 4+ days in London, you can also use a day to visit a popular sight just outside of London or even  get off the beaten path .

London is a great city to explore. It’s also the perfect jumping-off point for future trips to Europe. It’s not complicated to add a couple of days in London as a stopover before continuing on to another destination in Europe.

Arrival into London

The  Heathrow Express  is a quick and efficient way to get into the city from London Heathrow Airport. The train leaves every 15 minutes and arrives in just about the same time to Paddington Station.

You can book your tickets online or using the Heathrow Express App. Not only will this save you any hassle at the airport, but you’ll also save money. Heathrow Express prices are lower the further you book in advance.

Gatwick Airport also has an  express train  which arrives at Victoria Station. Trains run every 15 minutes and take a half-hour to reach London.

Similarly, the express train from Gatwick offers considerable discounts for booking online and ahead of time.

The airports also have commuter trains, buses, and taxis to get you into London. Except for the taxis, these options are less expensive than the express trains mentioned above but do take more time.

You can check prices and schedules for  Southern Railways  from Gatwick to compare.

In addition, from London Heathrow, you can take the Tube. Trains along the Picadilly and Elizabeth lines connect terminals 2, 3, 4, and 5. The ride takes between 45-50 minutes to reach central London but is less expensive than the Heathrow Express.

From Paddington and Victoria Stations in London, you’ll have access to the  London Tube  with lines spreading across the city, as well as a taxi queue at ground level. Most taxis take credit cards but be aware of the occasional cash-only sign in a taxi’s window.

Pro Tip:  My recommendation is to use an express train or the Tube (from/to Heathrow), for a quick and easy trip to London’s city center or even directly to your hotel. Avoid London traffic and expensive taxi rides.

If you’d prefer to arrange transportation and/or avoid taking the trains, consider booking a car with Welcome Pickups  to transfer to the city. Although I’ve only used the trains to get from Heathrow to London, I’ve used Welcome Pickups in several other European cities and always had a great experience.

This will be a much more affordable option compared to a London taxi. The price will be a flat rate, as opposed to paying based on the taxi’s metered fare which can get quite high with even the smallest amount of traffic

How to get around London

London is very pedestrian-friendly and you’re bound to do a good amount of walking during your London trip. Remember, cars are on the opposite side of the road compared to the U.S., so you need to LOOK RIGHT when crossing the road. When in doubt, just look both ways before crossing.

Along the Thames, the riverwalk is a clear path connected with several bridges to help you cross to the other side as frequently as you need.

In addition, London’s Tube (subway) is reliable, easy to navigate, and stretches across the city. The announcements are clear and the lines are identified with colors and names, like Central, District, and Piccadilly. Given how big London is, you’ll need to rely on public transportation to maximize the time you have rather than always walking long distances.

As with getting to London from the airport, taxis are expensive in London and get even pricier when traffic is heavy. It’s best to go underground to save time, money, and patience.

Visitors staying for a few days can get an Oyster Card for easy use and refills in the Tube. Your Oyster Card is good for your first trip to London and every return trip thereafter!

London Pass  purchases come with the option to add a visitor’s Oyster Card. I would skip this option because the card takes several weeks to be physically mailed to you. You can also save more money by simply using a regular Oyster Card or the Tube’s contactless payment system because it will cap how much you’ll pay each day automatically.

Use a contactless credit card to pay to enter the Tube, as well as a mobile device like a smartphone with Apple Pay, Google Pay, or Samsung Pay. Just be sure you’re using a card with no foreign transaction fees.

A few things to keep in mind when paying to access the Tube.

• Use the same card or device when you touch in and out at the yellow card readers. The London Tube caps how much you’ll pay. So, you can ride as much as you want in a day or a week and you’ll never pay more than the capped price.
• If you don’t use the same card or device, the Tube card readers won’t be able to accurately cap the amount you pay.
• If you’re using a device like a smartphone, be sure you have enough battery power. You need to touch in and out of the Tube. You also need to use your phone all day otherwise the system can’t cap the amount you pay.
• You can pay for another person if you are traveling together. (They will need to touch out of the Tube and can’t do it without your card or device.) You’ll need to pay for yourself with a separate card or device.

London Tips for Your First Trip

As you plan things to do in London and where to stay in London, also take into consideration the tips below. They’ve come from 3 separate trips to London and a lot of travel experience overall.

The best time to visit London is during spring and fall.

Visiting London in the shoulder/winter season months, April-June and September-November, are the perfect combination of moderate to cool temperatures and fewer visitors. January to March can also be a good time to visit if you’re not bothered by colder temperatures and prefer to visit during the least busy time of year.

Summer can be very busy, making the next London travel tip even that much more important.

Book as many things as possible in advance.

Not only will things like the London Pass or advance fast-track tickets help you save time and money, but it’ll eliminate indecisiveness about what to do while you’re in London and who to trust when you eventually buy the tickets, tours, and passes you want.

Use a credit card with no foreign transaction fees.

London isn’t a budget destination. The last thing you want to add to the currency exchange are fees from your credit card once you get your bill back home.

Credit cards are widely accepted throughout London and also remove the necessity to convert and carry large amounts of dollars to British pounds.

ProTip: When paying by credit card or using your debit card to withdraw money at an ATM, always pay in the local currency (Pounds) and/or decline the currency conversion. This is a sneaky way to convert your money at a less-than-desirable rate.

Wear comfortable walking shoes.

I know this seems obvious but it truly can’t be understated. As someone who lives in New York City, I can always recognize a visitor who’s regretting his/her shoe choice.

These are the most comfortable shoes I’ve ever worn. I wear them walking around New York City and they’re a staple I pack for nearly every trip I take. You can walk miles without any irritation or blisters.

Check for service charges.

Tipping isn’t obligatory in London. In fact, service charges are often added to bills at restaurants and pubs. That being said, if you’re happy with your service, you always leave a small amount as a gesture of appreciation.

Pack the right electrical converters.

Most commonly, you’ll need a Type G converter to plug into the outlets throughout the U.K. I’ve encountered one place where this wasn’t the case. So, it’s smart to also have a universal adapter with USB ports, too.

London Trip Planner FAQs

How do i start planning a trip to london.

To plan a trip to London, first, decide how many days you’ll spend in the city. Then, book your hotel. You’ll find more options and competitive pricing the further in advance you book. After this, plan your London itinerary. Make a list of the sights and activities you want to see and do. Then, group them by area to logically plan what to do without backtracking. Be sure to book ahead as many things as possible to save time and to ensure you can visit places on the days that make sense for your London itinerary.

How many days should I plan for London?

As you plan a trip to London, you’ll need at least 3-4 days to comfortably see the city’s top sights and attractions. London is a very large city with an endless number of things to see and do. You can easily plan a trip to London for a week and have plenty to fill your itinerary.

What time of year is best to go to London?

The absolute best months for a perfect combination of weather and number of visitors is from April to June and September through November. January to March can also be a good time to visit London because fewer people are visiting during this time. Summers come with big crowds and long lines.

What is the best area to stay in London?

The best area to stay in London is in the heart of the city, especially if you’re visiting London for the first time, and within walking distance of a Tube station. These include neighborhoods like Seven Dials, Covent Garden, Westminster, Soho, and along the south bank near the Southwark area.

Where should I go on my first trip to London?

For your first London trip, plan to see the Tower of London, Tower Bridge, the British Museum, Covent Garden, Westminster Abbey, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Buckingham Palace, and the iconic view of Big Ben and Parliament from Westminster Bridge. You should also plan to have afternoon tea, eat at Borough Market, go to a play or musical, and glimpse London from above at the London Eye or the Shard.

First Trip to London – Bottom Line

You have chosen a fantastic city to visit, full of important landmarks, historic sights, good food, and fun experiences. With some advance planning, you’ll arrive in London prepared with your itinerary and know-how to navigate the city confidently for an unforgettable trip.

So, what questions do you have about your first trip to London or about planning a London itinerary?

Like this post? Please share it on social media using the share buttons below!

Related Posts

Why You Should Drive the Icefields Parkway + Trip Planning Tips

3 Reasons to Visit Banff National Park Immediately

76 thoughts on “the ultimate cheat sheet for your first trip to london”.

I have been to London several times, but I found your guide and itineraries very helpful!

I’m so glad, Chrysoula! Thanks for reading. 🙂

Such a great guide! I’ve been to nearly 50 countries and still not the UK, so I’ll have to remember to come back to this article when I finally make it to London 🙂

Thanks, Tamara! 50 countries is quite an accomplishment! Awesome. Glad the guide will be useful when you make it to London. 🙂

Somehow I wish I’ve read this post before my first trip to London. Then I wouldn’t have skipped many experiences listed here) Thank you for putting this up! I’ve pinned it as well (maybe I’ll visit London again, then I’ll need it for sure)

Thanks for reading and sharing on Pinterest, Natalia. 🙂 Here’s to hoping you make it back to London soon!

Love the Pro Tops plus how you broke each day down into categories. What a great way to see London! I also like how you included things to see if it is your first time there. Going anywhere for the first time can be so overwhelming!

Especially in a big place like London, Bryanna. It’s nice to break it up and make the most of your time.

You made me want to visit London again! Love the way you divided the itinerary with themes and suggestions for good food. London is such a huge city and planning a trip there for the first time can be overwhelming, you just make it so easy! Cheers,

Thanks, Natalie! Sometimes, it’s just easier to work on trip planning in small chunks. 😉

I’ve been to London a few times, but I’ve never made it to the Windsor Castle or the Hampton Court Palace. There is just so much to do in the city and its surroundings, but you’ve highlighted the must-sees in a very comprehensive and informative post. I’d love to go back and take more advantage of the free museums, especially the National Gallery!

Next trip, Erika, take some time for Windsor Castle and/or Hampton Court Palace. They’re well worth your time. 🙂

Wish I had your cheat-sheet on m first trip to London! You certainly covered all the hot spots and then some. I can’t wait to go back and hit the places I missed.

Thanks, Sue. A return trip to London is always a good idea. 🙂

Loved your tips! I’ve pinned and will reference during my London trip planning. Can you share a bit more about the oyster card?

Thanks, Amanda! I’m so glad the post is helpful for planning your London trip. The oyster card is a plastic card you can use for quick and easy entry to the London’s metro, buses, and many commuter trains. The card is 5 pounds to buy, after which you load some money onto it. The fare you’ll pay for a metro ride with the oyster card will be cheaper than if you had simply purchased a single ticket for the ride. The Oyster card also caps off what you’d pay in a day making sure you never pay more than had you bought a day pass travel card. Hope that helps! 🙂

I love the addition of the pro tips, especially times of day best to visit. I do love London, but timed a few things wrong, ending up in bigger crowds than I like.

Thanks, Rhonda. I certainly know that feeling of being in a crowd and wanting to be anyplace but there! Glad the pro tips will help for your next London trip. 🙂

Hi Jackie! Any tips for going to London with a toddler? Going to London this Wednesday and I’m going to use your cheat sheet! Thanks!

Hi Jen! So exciting to hear about your trip. 🙂 I’d definitely do the London Eye, but book tickets ahead of time online to skip the line. The Changing of the Guard with its parade, music, and horses are also toddler-friendly. He’ll get in free to the London underground, but if you don’t want to do that, go for the Hop on Hop off Bus Tour. The pirate-themed Princess Diana Playground in Hyde Park is also supposed to be a big hit. Not sure if he’s too young, but the I’d also look at the Natural History Museum, the National Maritime and/or Transport Museum, and maybe a show like Lion King. If that show is too long, how about The Gruffalo? It’s based on the kids book and is less than an hour long. Let me know if you have any more questions and have a great trip!! 🙂

Awesome, thank you for this! I printed out your cheat sheet & 8′ using it for our guide! Thanks!

Great! Hope you have a fantastic trip, Jen!

I’m actually from London, yes all these places are great, but you haven’t mentioned how expensive they can be. Most museums and art galleries are free and fantastic but eating at fancy hotels is only for the rich! Try to go to restaurants and pubs that are not in the tourist areas and you’ll be much better value for your money. As for traditional fish and chips, there is a great place in Waterloo road called Superfish. It’s the best around and very reasonable. Lots of London Taxi drivers eat there, so you know it’s good!

Hi, Joanne and thanks for the tip about Superfish! It’s so great to get that from a local. Totally agreed about eating in hotels, too expensive. I only splurged on the Dorchester Tea because we wanted to have a fancy afternoon. Thanks again for reading. 🙂

Hi, thank you for your tips. We’re going to London ne te may, my husband and I. Do you recommend Stonehenge ?

Hi Helene, Thanks for reading and commenting. You know, as many times as I have been to London, I have not made it to Stonehenge. To help you, I’m linking to another blog post all about visiting Stonehenge written by a blogger friend of mine. She’s got some great tips. Hope that helps! 🙂

There are some great tips here. I’m planning a trip to London during the high season with a variety of ages from grandmother, 4x 30 year olds, 4 kids between the ages of 8-3, and 2 newborns. Aiaiai. Just trying to get a place to eat together will be challenging. I loved your tips about the Oyster card, and pre-booking tickets, It saves lots of time to book in advance so that you are not waiting in line for tickets, and then waiting in another line for entry. Depending on how early you book it also puts that block of tickets on separate credit card bill instead of all at once. Just a tip from how I travel with all the children and trying to be budget concsious, I usually stop in a local grocery store and grab the 3 (pound, I don’t have the symbol on my keyboard) meal deal, Its filling and usually healthy. If you have any more kid friendly tips I’d love to hear them. Thanks for the guide, I found you on Pintrest, and will make sure to repin.

Thanks for reading, Erin, and for repinning on Pinterest. I appreciate it. 🙂 Sounds like your trip is set to make some amazing multi-generational memories. Thanks for sharing your food tip. London has great parks to make use of when the kids need a break. Hyde Park has paddle boats for rent and a great playground and fountain. St. James Park also has a popular playground. Enjoy your trip!

Do you have more ideas? We will be in London for 10 days. We will do all you mention but we need more?

Hi June, Thanks so much for reading and so exciting about your upcoming trip to London! 🙂 A couple other sites/places I’d recommend is Kensington Palace and if you’re at all a history buff, the Churchill War Rooms. If you’re doing all of that plus these last 2, check out the London Pass to save some money. Also, check out Free Tours by Foot and Sandeman’s free walking tours. If you’re interested in street art and/or learning more about London’s ethnic food scene check out a tour in the Shoreditch neighborhood. With 10 days, you can also plan day trips out of the city if you want. The Cotswolds Warwick Castle , and/or Stratford upon Avon are just a couple of hours drive, as are Stonehenge and Bath. Even Paris is a doable day trip with the Chunnel train taking just 2ish hours. Good luck and enjoy your trip!

Thanks for the tip about the London Pass! We went last year and no one told us about it, and we are going back in October and still want to do many of the activities included in the pass. Sounds like a great value!

Fantastic, Dana. I hope your trip is fantastic and enjoy the London Pass! Thanks so much for reading. 🙂

The best North Indian food is in southall (West London), trains run from Paddington. Brilliant Restaurant highly recommended..

Thanks Preetvan for the tip! 🙂

It’s ravens that you find at the Tower of London, not crows!

Thanks for that! I have no bird ID skills! 🙂

Thanks for your post; definitely adding it to my Pinterest board. I’m heading there for Spring Break with my husband and three teenage girls. We have eight days (flying into Gatwick and out of Paris-CDG). How do you suggest we split the days between London and Paris? And what would your top recommendations be?

Thanks for reading, Sheath. So exciting about your upcoming family trip to London and Paris. Both cities have so much to see and do, it all depends on your interests. You can easily split your time in half, although the Francophile in me says to give yourself an extra day in Paris. Not sure if you’re into theatre, but a night out to see a show in London’s West End is unforgettable. Tower of London, Shakespeares Globe, Borough Market, high tea are all at the top of my London first time list. For Paris, visit the top of Notre Dame in the morning, Arc de Triomphe at dusk, Sainte-Chappelle, Musee de l’Orangerie, and wander through 4th, 5th, and 6th arrondissements for tucked away shops and cafes as a start to your Paris visit. Hope that helps and have soo much fun! 🙂

Thank you for this cheat sheet. Great tips and ideas. My best friend and I are traveling to Europe for our 40th birthdays in March. We are spending about 2 1/2 days in London. It seems you were recommended traveling by way of the tube for most everything. I had been looking at the Hop On and Off Bus before reading your cheat sheet. Would you recommend skipping the bus and just using the tube?

Hi Heather, Thanks for reading. London is such a great city for a friends birthday trip! I would still recommend the Tube. The traffic in London can be horrible and Hop on Hop off buses can get stuck in it with the rest of the vehicles. With 2 1/2 days, getting underground will help you maximize your time getting from place to place. Enjoy your trip! -Jackie

Do you have any recommendations for visiting in December (just prior to Christmastime)? My family and I will be arriving on a Monday and departing on Thursday (for Germany), flying in and out of Stansted. It will be myself, my husband, and our 2 kids, ages 20 and (will turn while we’re in London) 17 year old (boy and girl). My husband is normally into things like the museums, but he’s the type that would need several days in any one museum (he literally reads each and every plaque, and doesn’t miss a display, LOL). So, because we’re limited on time, we’ll probably skip museums until another time. My husband and I are doing Harry Potter/WB Studios on Tuesday (I’m a big fan, kids not so much) and we’re letting them go off on their own. Will definitely be getting Oyster Cards.

Any other recommendations, especially since will will be cold weather? Thanks!

Thanks for reading, Cammi. I’d definitely try and see a show, be it one in the west end or a special Christmas themed show or concert. I’d also like to see the seasonal attractions like the winter wonderland in Hyde Park and all the lights around the city. I’m a cold weather gal so I love to get outside. But just in case of super cold weather, I’d have 1 museum in mind just as a back up if you need to warm up. Not sure if your hubby has seen the Churchill War rooms not far from Westminster, but I highly recommend. Enjoy your trip!

My husband and I leave for our first ever trip abroad, London, in less than a week! The ironic and very strange thing is that as soon as I read the title of our article was that the authors last name is Sills. That is MY maiden name and some of my father’s family still lives in England! Dad himself, Charles Sills, was actually born in London! We will be visiting some Sills relatives in Suffolk on our trip!

Anyway, thanks for the great articles!

Sincerely, Elizabeth (Sills) Hurd

Hi Elizabeth, Thanks for reading and omg! My maiden name is Sills as well! I have done a ton of family research but always run into a dead end trying to figure out more about the George Sills who came over from England to the U.S. back in the 1800s. That’s so amazing you’ll be combining your tip with some ancestry travel. I hope you have a great trip and enjoy meeting your relatives! Thanks again for reading the blog. 🙂 Jackie

Nice tips overall. Anyway, thanks for the great articles!

Thanks for reading, Brandy. 🙂

I must say this is an ultimate post for travelers who are looking for trip to London at affordable cost. You have covered everything in your post such as best places to stay, which is really helpful.

Thanks for reading, Sandeep. Happy travels to London!

Your blog is amazing – thanks for all the incredible ideas. We are considering going to London for Spring Break (March 8-17, 2019). Would you recommend going at his time ….will the weather be agreeable? Thanks, Stacey

Thanks for reading, Stacey, and for your kind words. So, it’ll likely still be chilly, but I’d say yes, go! Take this with the knowledge that I live in NYC and walk around in all kinds of weather and that I love visiting Europe in the off-season. I’d rather have cooler temps and fewer crowds. Plus, with London’s Underground/Subway, you can so easily pop underground and get around if you needed to escape the weather for a bit. Not to mention with delicious tea, scones, English pies, and Indian food, there’s plenty to warm you up! 🙂 Thanks again for reading.

very informative blog love to read it. i got so many new ideas about London. Thanks for sharing and it will help me during my visit to London. [LINK EDITED OUT]

Thanks for reading, Mickey. Enjoy London. 🙂

Love this guide and the one for Portugal also. Now if I could print it and store it in my travel file folder for easier access when I go to London. Thanks for writing these detailed trip reports – they are extremely helpful

Thanks do much for reading, Jane. You can download the London cheat sheet to help with your travels. 🙂

Going to the Harry Potter Studios by bus from Central London is the silliest thing to do. It takes too long AND you can only stay at the studios until the time your bus would take you back (about 4 hours) – not enough time for a true Harry Potter fan. It is fastest and easiest to go by train from Euston Station to Watford Junction (Oyster can be used) and takes about 30minutes. The studio has buses at Watford Junction to take you there – it takes just about 10 minutes. We stayed over 7 hours at the studios – my kids would start a riot if we had to leave after some 4 hours only!

Thanks for reading, Deesi! And great tips! Appreciate you sharing. 🙂

Your blog is amazing. How do I download the cheat sheet??

Thank you ~Alison

Thanks so much for reading, Alison. All you need to do is fill in the fields on the cheat sheet sign up box. It’ll get sent to you. 🙂 So glad the blog has been helpful for you.

If you have enough time you should certainly consider Kew Gardens and Greenwich. You can take the clipper down the river to Greenwich. Also Kenwood is free to visit and set in beautiful grounds on Hampstead Heath. Don’t pay to go up the Shard. Book the free tickets for Skygarden three weeks ahead. Or go up the tower at Tate Modern. Children like all these places but as other people have said the parks are lovely and all different. It’s lovely to see this thread still working and growing after such a long time. Well done!!!

Thanks for reading and sharing your London tips, Marian! I didn’t know that about the Shard!

The Dorchester is indeed a great hotel, but the very best Afternoon Tea has to be the Ritz.

Thanks for reading and sharing, David. I have heard great things about the afternoon tea at the Ritz. I’ll have to try it next time I’m in London. 🙂

Thank you for sharing this info about London. I am planning to visit in a neaxt month.

Thanks for reading, Alina. Have fun in London. 🙂

Amazing. you have told very easy and splendid ways for exploring London. London is my favourite place to travel and for food too. I love the food Enjoy!

Thanks for reading, Amy. Glad you had great travels to London. 🙂

My niece and I want to go to London. We’ve considered a tour group, but the itinerary is limited, I enjoyed reading your cheat sheet. It was interesting, and we got very excited at the thought of actually visiting the sites, Have you ever traveled there in December? I am a teacher and my big break is in the month of December, I don’t want to go and freeze! The travel dates would be between December 14th and December 24th. Any tips would be appreciated. Thank you.

Rebecca and Brooke

Thanks for reading, Rebecca and Brooke. I haven’t been to London in the winter but I’ve been to many other cities in Europe in winter like Paris, Prague, Budapest, Munich, and more, also during my winter school breaks! I’m probably not the most objective person on this as I live in NYC and walk around outside all winter long. But I love European cities around Christmas. Yes, it’s chilly. But if you dress right the charm and the ambiance is unforgettable. I’d highly recommend a London Christmas visit! If you want some freedom to explore mixed with a few organized activities, plan a couple of day tours instead of something more comprehensive. The London Pass is also a great way to see what’s popular while saving money by bundling sightseeing costs. Hope this helps and you have a great trip! 😉

Thank you so much. We are moving ahead with our plans. I agree, if you dress appropriately, the weather will not be a factor.. Again, I really learned a lot from your cheat sheet and have read it many times.

Thanks for reading, Rebecca and Brooke. 🙂 So glad to hear the cheat sheet was helpful. I hope you have a wonderful trip to London.

Heathrow express!! Saved me so much time! So glad I read this.

Thanks for reading, Scott. Yep, the Heathrow Express makes things super easy! 🙂

Thanks for informative sharing. I must say that your shared information is very useful for me as well as other readers.

Glad to hear it, William. Thanks for reading.

Hello Jackie, I am at the beginning of planning a second Girls Trip to London, and the country side of England. The first was with a group of high school girls friends,(tons of fun) and this one will be with all my sister in laws. Both groups are in their early 60’s. I appreciated the link to the GO transportation site. I like the idea of a van to haul us all to the hotel from Heathrow. There will be six of us in this up coming trip. There were only four on the high school trip. We all squeezed into one cab, and shared the cost. I don’t think we can squeeze six ladies and luggage into a cab, so the van idea sounds good. I suggested a cab for the HS group, knowing it is the more expensive way to get from the airport. I knew we would be sharing the cost AND also with the age of the group, didn’t think we (or I ) would want to be dragging our luggage in and out of tube trains. They were all ok with the idea of a cab. Also one thing I tell anyone I know who is on their way over, WEAR COMFORTABLE SHOES!!! I know they aren’t always the most fashionable, but gee, your feet will thank you at the end of the day. No new shoes that haven’t been wore in yet either. One last thought– the HS trip was a full week in London, so we all decided that the London Pass would be a good idea– and it was! The Shard visit alone would have cost 50 pounds for one person to enter. The payable sites do add up. All worth seeing, but can get pricy. Not so sure it will be worth it for this sister in law trip, we won’t be spending as much time in London. Thanks for the time and research you put into this travel blog. Very enjoyable read. 🙂

Thanks so much for reading, Deborah! So exciting to be planning another trip (and a Girls Trip, even better!) to London. Thanks for sharing your experiences, too. Totally agree on comfortable shoes! My go-to’s for lots of walking (live in NYC) and traveling (one pair is with me on every trip) are Allbirds . In fact, I just bought 2 new pairs (Tree Runner & Wool Runner) since I’ve worn my others out. If anyone in your group or you are looking for something comfy, definitely give these shoes a look. Enjoy your trip to London and come back if there are any questions I can answer. Thanks again for reading. 🙂

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Privacy Overview

• Skip to right header navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar

MY WANDERLUSTY LIFE

#TimeBudgetTravel

The Best 5-Day London Itinerary For First-Time Visitors

Last Updated: February 5, 2021 //  by  Ashley Smith 27 Comments

Coming up with a 5-day London itinerary had never been on my radar. It was as much a stranger to me as everything else I couldn’t care less about: Star Trek , pho, pacifiers, what sorority you were in.

I basically ended up going just to say I’d been and because hearing “OMG of all the places you‘ve traveled, you’ve never been to London?” had gotten stale faster than forgotten focaccia. What was London–some kind of gateway travel destination?

I had initially set aside just 2 or 3 days in London—as per usual—but the list of things I needed to see kept growing and growing, much to my shock. I’d never realized there was so much to do and, like, was I actually going to enjoy London? Were all your sorority sisters right after all? I already live in New England… was there a chance regular ol’ England was going to be even better?

I took a chance and came up with an entire 5-day London itinerary which is more than I typically allot for a new place I care so little about. Maybe I’d enjoy the hell out of it; maybe a 5-days London itinerary was too long; regardless, how could I get bored in a place with so many pubs?

To my surprise, I enjoyed the hell outta my trip and feel this 5 days in London is perfect for a first-time visitor. This 5-day London itinerary includes so much to see and do, you’ll never feel bored—but you also won’t feel rushed or exhausted or like Dobby with a desk lamp ( “Dobby had to punish himself, sir” ).

The one thing you will feel is astonishment at how good the food is (the exact opposite of everything you’ve been led to believe your whole life, no?). Regular ol’ England, here I come!

⇣⇣⇣  Click on this little square thing to see the key and layers.

5- DAY LONDON ITINERARY | DAY 01

Where to stay in london.

Deciding where to stay in London was a job in itself. London is absolutely massive and the only place I knew to stay was already booked up. I mean, c’mon Buckingham Palace; I know you’ve got a crapload of rooms in there. Why the snub? Hit me back.

I eventually settled on the Trafalgar Square area because of its central location and I can’t recommend this area enough for first-time visitors. I could walk almost everywhere, catching public transportation was a breeze, and pubs pubs pubs pubs pubs.

I stayed in a studio apartment room at the Citadines Trafalgar Square and it was perfect. There wasn’t anything I needed they didn’t already provide and that list includes free coffee in the lobby, an Italian male concierge, and a purple wall in my room. I can be pretty persnickety when I wanna be. Read more reviews on Tripadvisor | Book your room here!

After dropping off my bags at the hotel, I walked to the end of my street and over the river to the London Eye because I can only get my bearings at 443 feet up and no less.

Why visit the London Eye?

Though I’m not usually one for kitschy Ferris wheels, the views from the London Eye are the best in the city. And isn’t that why we all came to London anyway? To point out as many filming locations from Harry Potter as we could spot?

TRAFALGAR SQUARE

Since I had to go back and actually check in to my room, I followed that up with a trip around Trafalgar Square , my new ‘hood.

Why visit Trafalgar Square? 

For me, it was to get acquainted with my new digs. For everyone else, there’s Nelson’s Column in the center and the surrounding lion statues people come from far and wide to see; there’s a fountain, some other weird art I don’t get, some beautiful architecture, and like the most confusing street patterns I’ve ever seen. THANK GOD the streets tell you from which way the cars are coming.

ALSO CHECK OUT ─ Is your trip to London going to be your first international trip? (Yay!) Be sure to check out my step-by-step guide for how to get a passport . I’ve broken down this mildly confusing process into steps you can actually follow.

NATIONAL GALLERY

My first stop was the National Gallery which takes up the entire north side of Trafalgar Square. I had a little over an hour to explore before closing time when I imagine all those crazy paintings come to life. My personal favorite was this guy, illustrating what all my readers must look like when they read my blog posts:

Why visit the National Gallery?

London’s National Gallery displays paintings by such artists as Botticelli, Michelangelo, Raphael, Van Gogh, Da Vinci, and everyone else you learned about in high school art class. The National Gallery has one of the largest collections of fine art in the world and the place is totally FREE. Seriously, just walk right in off the street, ain’t no thang.

Because I like to keep my life as balanced as possible, I went straight from the pretentious world of fine art and even finer tailoring and into the loudest, most testosterone-heavy pub I could find,  Lord Moon of the Mall .

Why visit Lord Moon of the Mall?

Well, even the sign outside said “Welcome to a traditional English pub.” And that it was—an eye-opening first London pub experience that left me with so many questions. First and foremost, where are all the women? This is a trend I noted in every pub I went into—heavy male presence, almost zero women.

Regardless, the atmosphere was jovial, the place was super cozy despite its large size, and the beers were delicious. What more do you want from a pub? Purple walls and an Italian male hostess? Damn. Get your priorities in check.

5- DAY LONDON ITINERARY | DAY 02

One thing I love about British culture more than anything probably (yes, even more than their funny words, even more than scones), is their penchant for decent, nay, phenomenally filling breakfasts. The French ways of café and croissant do absolutely nothing for me— I need meat, vegetables, eggs, beans, and, whatever bubble & squeak is, I need it more than I need oxygen . So what did I do on my first official morning in the of bountiful British breakfasts?

ALSO CHECK OUT ─ What to Pack for London and Paris in the Winter (for real people!) if you haven’t already. It’s full of helpful tips for packing for these two awesome cities.

BREAKFAST AT CAFÉ CONCERTO

I hit up the French café across the street because… lazy. I mean, it was right there. I should only be required to walk so far first thing in the morning.

Why visit Café Concerto?

I actually had breakfast at Café Concerto twice during my 5 days in London and though it’s not brilliantly British, I still include it in this 5-day London itinerary because the food was fantastic, the service was excellent and super friendly, and the atmosphere was cozy and chill.

Plus they had framed photos of He Who Must Not Be Named but like, in regular clothes. So… Ralph Fiennes, I guess. There, I named him.

DOUBLE-DECKER BUS TOUR

After filling up on ham, cheese, and caffeine, I headed into Trafalgar Square to grab a seat on a big red bus. I chose The Original Tour because I read they were the best and, well, they were right there. How many of my life choices are made for me because of proximity alone? Hmm. Regardless, I highly recommend them!

Why take an Original double-decker bus tour?

➤ These busses are hop on/hop off so you can even use them as your primary mode of transportation if you wish. Get off when you hit an attraction you want to visit; get back on and head to the next one when you’re done.

➤ Score a guided tour of the city just by staying planted (laziness + proximity win!). Plug in your earbuds (or they’ll give you a set) and listen to a pre-recorded guided tour of the city’s highlights as you drive past them. (They point out all the HP filming locations too! Nerd win!)

➤ Riding on the open-air top level of the bus is a kickass and unique way to see London. (Yes, riding on top of the bus in February is really, really cold. But if you’ve read my post on What to Pack for London and Paris in the Winter , you’ll be fully prepared!)

➤ Our double-decker bus tour even came with a Thames river cruise which I’m sure would’ve been awesome had I remembered to take it.

Believe me, I was totally against these uber-touristy red bus tours at first but quickly learned that the awesomeness of them outweighed how ridiculous I looked to strangers whose opinions I give no shits about.

These tours can be booked online (it is 2020 after all) but I simply walked into the Original London Visitor Centre and got my ticket there.

ST. PAUL’S CATHEDRAL

After a bit of a tour around the city, I got off the bus (ahem, hopped off) at St. Paul’s Cathedral . Now, I’m a big fan of cathedral hopping in Europe—Italy, France, Spain, etc.—but St. Paul’s was unlike anything I’d ever seen, being not Catholic and all.

When I look up pictures of it now, it just looks ornate and beautiful. But walking around inside I remember thinking, “What in the world is going on here?” and it wasn’t just because of the questionable modern art installations (let’s just say I saw more than one 21 st century boobie).

I can’t remember exactly what weirded me out (no photography allowed inside), I just remember it felt a little… off . Like Princess Leia in the last scene of The Force Awakens or Governor Tarkin the whole entire time . I see what you’re doing there… but no. Kickass floor though…

Why visit St. Paul’s Cathedral?

St. Paul’s Cathedral is one of the largest churches in the world (#22 by Wikipedia’s estimate) and was consecrated a long time ago in a galaxy far, far away (or 1697). That’s cool and all but… there’s also a whispering gallery here and a badass dome.

In the whispering gallery you’re supposed to be able to communicate with someone else clear on the other side of the church just by whispering. I failed at this sorcery so if you succeed, share your secrets!

St. Paul’s also has two levels of dome you can climb for 360° views of London (at no additional cost) from the 2 nd largest cathedral dome in the world (364 feet up, 528 steps to get there).

TOWER OF LONDON (a 5-day London itinerary MUST)

After leaving St. Paul’s I caught another Original bus and rode the loopty-loop around to the Tower of London . I joined the very next Yeoman Warder tour and afterwards explored the place on my own.

I made friends with ravens, plotted out who I’d behead if this were still medieval times, and bought a set of old rusty castle keys that are so comically large my husband knocks them off the wall every time he walks by.

Why visit the Tower of London?

Because Medieval times, yo! The Tower of London is a fortress founded in 1066 and is straight out of your every medieval nightmare. Guillotines and dungeons and tales of beheading and torture, yup, it’s all here.

The Tower of London is also home to the crown jewels—Queen Elizabeth II’s crown and a hundred other crowns with jewels the size of your morning scone; ermine capes and staffs and dishes worth more than, well, you. They’ve got a team of ravens jacked enough to kick your ass if need be and the most fascinating, hilarious, worthwhile tour I’ve ever been on.

The Yeoman Warder tours take place every 30 minutes, last one hour, and are included in your (and worth the entire) admission cost. Yeoman Warders have been the Royal Bodyguard since 1509 and to become one is to almost become royalty themselves. Also, they are HI-LAR-I-OUS. I had the pleasure of being led by Moira who was, at the time, the first and only female Yeoman Warder in history.

TOWER BRIDGE

Just outside the Tower of London is (proximity win!) the Tower Bridge . There’s also the Tower Bridge Exhibition that takes you up inside the bridge for great views, a lesson on “the magic of a bridge lift”, and a glass floor over the traffic because if you’re at no point afraid you might die a horrible death, where’s the fun? We learned that crossing the street in Trafalgar Square, now didn’t we?

I opted out of the exhibition in favour of (well look at that, my computer automatically spelled that in British) getting to the fish and chips a half hour sooner and chose simply to walk across the beautiful blue bridge.

Why walk across the Tower Bridge?

Because look how beautiful it is! It’s famous and blue and it’s a London icon. It’s meant to just be walked all over. Plus, ya gotta get over the river anyway.

LUNCH AT BOROUGH MARKET

Once over the Tower Bridge it was just a short walk down to the Borough Market where I would devour some freshhh fish and chips and it’s about damn time, right? I’d been in London like 24 hours by this point.

Why visit the Borough Market?

The Borough Market is London’s most renowned food market and you can get just about anything you want there. I opted for fish and chips, duh, but they have cheese shops and prosciutto shops and bakeries, pasta-eries, chocolate stands, seafood joints, paella, and even a pig roasting on a spit if that’s what tickles your fancy.

Everything is phenomenal (I TRIED ALL THE CHEESE AND PROSCIUTTO SAMPLES SO YOU DON’T HAVE TO) and the seating is communal. Regardless of what you order, you’re going to have a delicious meal next to the nicest people.

GLOBE THEATER

After lunch I hauled my beer-battered ass back up to street level and towards the Globe Theater on my way back over the river.

Why stop by the Globe Theater on your way back across the river?

The Globe is a theater built back in 1599 by William’s Shakespeare’s Playing Company and for over a decade put on some of his most famous plays. This one is a reconstruction. It was built in 1997.

However! As any ol’ play actor would tell you, pretending is super fun so when you pretend this is the original, fun times for all! It’s located right next to the spot of the original and you can still see plays here in the original style (and by that I mean yo’ ass is standing).

MILLENIUM BRIDGE

I turned left outside the Globe Theater entrance and found myself face-to-face with the Millennium Bridge and thought, “This will be a fine bridge to cross the river on.” JK, I had that planned out all along. ⚡

Why cross the river via the Millennium Bridge?

For those of you in the know: Death Eaters, son! For those of you not: Something to do with Harry Potter .

BACK ON THE BUS

After crossing the Millennium Bridge (that was harrowing for a while there, phew), I walked along the river until the sun set and caught another Original bus. The tour continued up to Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament, past some other sites I’ll get to, and back to Trafalgar Square.

Why get back on the bus?

They’s my ride.

BEERS AT SHERLOCK HOLMES

After decompressing back at the hotel for a hot minute, I headed just around the corner to the Sherlock Holmes —a London pub so cute it just couldn’t have been real—for a flagon of ale. They say stuff like ‘flagon of ale’, right? They better ‘cause I’ve got all the hobbit drinking songs in my back pocket should the occasion arise.

Why stop for beers at the Sherlock Holmes?

Proximity. But also because LOOK HOW CUTE. The Sherlock Holmes is a—no shit, Sherlock—Sherlock Holmes themed bar. That sentence was too much I think. I don’t know jack about Sherlock Holmes but if you do, this is your spot.

I do know a thing or two about consuming beer in a jolly environment and making new Japanese friends though. It was a Tuesday night when I went and the place was completely packed. I drank beers I had no clue about and ate chips (fries) until standing at the bar became leaning on the bar then headed back to the Citadines for a long winter’s nap.

5- DAY LONDON ITINERARY | DAY 03

Breakfast at café in the crypt.

While searching for places to have a good, English breakfast near Trafalgar Square on day 3 of my 5-day London itinerary, I came across something weird and truly questionable—so naturally I jumped on it like a wizard to a broom. Yer dining with dead people, Harry!

Why Café in the Crypt?

Say what you want about starting your day with tea on a tombstone but this place was awesome. Café in the Crypt is exactly what the name implies, a café located—why? Beats me.—inside the crypt of the Anglican church St. Martin-in-the-Fields.

They serve full English breakfasts and a host of other items, amazing pastries, and porridge . How cute is this place? Well, except for all the surrounding reminders that one day your eternal resting place may be located under a restroom.

The food was delicious and I followed up my meal with a look around the crypt, then a look around the church upstairs. Is it weird eating your breakfast on top of countless graves? Hell no, it rocks! 🤘🏼

BUCKINGHAM PALACE | CHANGING OF THE GUARD

Thinking it would take me, like, forever (it didn’t), I decided to walk to Buckingham Palace for the Changing of the Guard ceremony from Trafalgar Square. I ended up getting there super early which 1) sucked because it was freezing out and 2) rocked because I was able to get a great spot along the barrier, front and center.

When it’s all said and done, you’re left with great pictures and probably all your digits so, my advice is to get there EARLY. Even in February when it’s colder than a house elf on Hoth, the crowds are still ludicrous.

Why see the Changing of the Guard ceremony?

The Changing of the Guard is a quintessential London experience, that’s why. It’s really cold and the ceremony is not all that long but wouldn’t you feel stupid if you visited London and didn’t include this in your 5-day London itinerary? Besides, THIS IS WHERE THE QUEEN LIVES.

The outfits are fancy, there are ponies, and the whole experience is worth it to hear that one guy who is so bad on his trumpet you just know he snuck in off the street. Off with his head!

After the brief ceremony, I opted to grab a cab back to Trafalgar Square due mostly to the fact that I wasn’t even sure if my legs were still attached but also because it’s really fun riding on the left side of the street. #What?Shutup. I stopped into Café Concerto again for a cappuccino to raise my body temperature from the inside out.

HARRY POTTER STUDIO TOUR

From there I walked the two blocks to the Embankment Underground station to catch a train to Leavesden which was, by the grace of the nerd gods, on the tracks between platforms 9 and 10. A short train ride, then a longer train ride, then a shuttle bus later I was at the Warner Brothers lot for my Harry Potter studio tour .

Why take the Harry Potter studio tour?

The HP studio tour takes place at the Warner Brothers studios where all the Harry Potter films were made. You can see the sets, props, wardrobes, and behind the scenes technology; you can fly on a broomstick or in an enchanted car; you can drink butterbeer; you can go inside the Knight Bus, the Great Hall at Hogwarts, Diagon Alley, Dumbledore’s Office, the Hogwarts Express, and 4 Privet Drive; you can get up-close to the scale model of Hogwarts; you can all around geek the f*ck out and nobody will make fun of you! It’s nerd Mecca and you’ll never want to leave, that’s why.

I had such an amazing time on the Harry Potter studio tour that I wrote an entire post about it. Read that here ⇣

DINNER AT BRONTE

After what felt like an entire day in Leavesden, I finally made it back to Trafalgar Square where I opted for dinner at Bronte because I passed it on my way back to the hotel from the train station (yeah, I took the looong way home) and there were flames on their porch to which I was inexplicably drawn.

Why have dinner at Bronte?

Great food, fancy-pants service. The tuna tartare was delicious and, had I the energy to consume anything more, I’m sure it would’ve been great. The place is trendy and aesthetically pleasing and I’m sure I looked like an absolute fool in there with my Slytherin scarf and bag of souvenir cat plates from Professor Umbridge’s office. Totally going back to Bronte for a proper fancy-pants do-over.

5- DAY LONDON ITINERARY | DAY 04

On Day 4 of my 5-day London itinerary I had a phenomenal breakfast! At a place that is now closed forever so… awkward…. I guess just eat wherever you want today.

WESTMINSTER ABBEY

After the best avocado toast I’ve ever had in my life (sorry), I caught a cab for Westminster Abbey . I spent a good couple hours there so I think that clears me for a while with the Man Upstairs, right?

Westminster Abbey was incredible and proved way more entertaining than I expected. I grabbed an audio guide upon entering and took my time weaving throughout the entire place. The audio guide, which you can also download ahead of time, takes about one hour and is narrated by Uncle Scar from The Lion King so… Hello, emotional roller coaster! Your voice is like a warm blanket. Murderer! But tell me more about this beautiful church. I hate you!  

(UPDATE: Their link to the audio guide is gone but you can still download it via your friendly app store. Just look for the official Westminster Abbey app.)

Why visit Westminster Abbey?

Personally, I was most interested in seeing the graves of a bunch of famous people because I’m creepy like that sometimes. Among the thousands of people buried at Westminster Abbey you’ll find: Charles Darwin (whose claim to fame is basically the opposite of ‘church’ so this one is particularly interesting), Sir Isaac Newton, and Charles Dickens.

You can also visit the tombs of Queen Elizabeth I, Mary, Queen of Scots, and a ton of other historic figures you’d totally know if you read about them.

Westminster Abbey is also where all the royal coronations and a host of royal weddings have taken place since 1066 AD. Prince William and Kate Middleton were married here, Queen Elizabeth was crowned here, and you can check out the Coronation Chair that’s been used for every coronation since 1300. Shut up, it’s cool!

Note: There is no photography allowed inside Westminster Abbey. Worldwide broadcasts of intimate wedding ceremonies are apparently okay though.

BIG BEN | PARLIAMENT

After leaving Westminster Abbey I walked across the street to check out Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament . Something Brexit-related was happening so I couldn’t get inside but here are some pictures from the sidewalk. Being able to enter or not, seeing the clock tower and building up close is still a 5-day London itinerary must.

CHURCHILL WAR ROOMS

Just a few minutes walk down the street from Parliament, down an alley, then down a staircase, are the Churchill War Rooms . The Churchill War Rooms are the secret, underground bunker that served at Winston Churchill’s and the British government’s command center during World War II that also includes the Churchill Museum.

They even have one of his cigar butts here. Do you ever wonder how much of your cruddy old garbage could be worth millions someday? Something to think about.

Why visit the Churchill War Rooms?

Down here you’ll walk through the labyrinth of offices, bedrooms, conference rooms, and a bunch of other rooms where Winston Churchill & Co. lived and worked during the war. Everything is set up just as it was during the war when they all lived and worked in total isolation and secrecy.

It’s also really cool how they play footsteps and a person whistling like it’s still operational. (That is a total lie – it’s absolutely terrifying when you’re lost in the maze by yourself surrounded by lifelike mannequins.)

AFTERNOON TEA

After exploring the entirety of the War Rooms and the Churchill Museum I caught a cab back over by Westminster Abbey because it was TEA TIME!

Afternoon tea is a 5-day London itinerary MUST. Your options are endless so let me make it easy for you—the Willy Wonka and the Chocolate Factory -themed afternoon tea at the Chesterfield Mayfair has to be the best.

Why have afternoon tea at the Chesterfield Mayfair?

Well, I wrote an entire post on that too which you can (and should) read here .

I chose the Charlie and the Chesterfield afternoon tea for the fun and unique theme (I freakin’ love Willy Wonka ), everything they offer sounded amazing, I read a lot of great reviews, and they had chocolate tea which is pretty much Heaven in a dainty little cup.

The whole experience was so fun, the food was UH-MAZING and UN-LIMITED, and my afternoon tea turned out to be one of the top highlights of the trip. Seriously, read more about it here ⇣

RELATED POST ─ My complete review of Charlie & the Chesterfield , the Chesterfield Mayfair’s Willy Wonka-themed afternoon tea experience.

SEE A SHOW!

I stepped out of the Mayfair Hotel where a top-hatted gentleman opened a cab door for me. I rolled my overstuffed Violet Beauregard belly into the back seat and said, “Take me back to Trafalgar Square, kind sir!” You see, I’d just had afternoon tea at the Mayfair, I was fancy now.

I walked back into the Original London Visitor Center where I’d purchased my double-decker bus tour a couple days before and demanded a ticket to a Broadway show. Whatever’s cheap to whatever’s good (that I hadn’t seen). Question: Is it still called a Broadway show if it’s in London? Please advise. I left there with a ticket to Kinky Boots and time for a nap beforehand.

Why see a show?

If New York City is the #1 city for live theatre (which it is) then London is #2. I mean, hello?, does the name ‘William Shakespeare’ mean anything to you? The caliber of talent in these two cities is unlike anything you ever thought possible from human beings that aren’t LeBron James. No 5-day London itinerary would be complete without some live theatre. (Spelled -re for obvious reasons.)

London has all the best shows you need to see and you can get tickets to almost all of them the night of and at a huge discount. London’s West End (the theater district) is just a few blocks from Trafalgar Square and, besides, it’s an iconic London activity that requires nothing more than sitting in an upright position with your eyes open.

(I’m looking at the brochure for Kinky Boots as I write this and almost literally wrote “…with your legs open.” That would’ve been hilarious. I shoulda left it.)

Kinky Boots , by the way, was UNBELIEVABLEEEEEE.

5- DAY LONDON ITINERARY | DAY 05

Day 5 of the 5-day London itinerary could be a bonus if you wanted it to be since it doesn’t technically take place in London. There were a couple of day trips I had been considering: Stonehenge (but a whole day dedicated to seeing one thing didn’t appeal to me all that much) and Stratford-upon-Avon for all the Shakespeare history and goodness (but the weather was terrible and this town looks solely like a cute, good-weather town).

I settled on a day trip (it’s really just like 20 minutes away) to Greenwich basically because I wanted to check out the Eastern hemisphere while I was in town. It’s all about efficiency.

BRUNCH AT THE ADMIRALTY

I started my day by sleeping in (🙌🏽) then having brunch at the Admiralty in Trafalgar Square. This Brunch. OMG. For the record, this is my favorite meal out of my entire 5-day London itinerary.

Why have brunch at the Admiralty?

Besides the fact that the restaurant is boat-themed (I LOVE ANYTHING WITH A THEME AHHH), they serve beer + meat pie samplers. Three pies, three beers. Every bit of it was amazing.

ROYAL OBSERVATORY | PRIME MERIDIAN

I left the Admiralty and caught a train to Greenwich—which ones, I can’t remember but here’s  the page on how to get there. I went straight from the train station to the Royal Observatory, an observatory and museum that played a huge part in navigation and astronomy.

That sounds super nerdy but it was cool. It was maybe a half hour walk from the train station, and uphill, so make sure to charge your FitBit so you get credit for this madness.

Why visit the Royal Observatory?

There’s a planetarium, an entire museum dedicated to clocks, navigation, and telling time, and some historic buildings, but I went to stand on the Prime Meridian—the up & down equator, if you will.

The Prime Meridian divides the East and West hemispheres giving Greenwich the coordinates of 00° 00’. It’s also where time starts. For instance, I live in the Eastern time zone which is also written as “GMT -5”. This means Boston’s time is 5 hours behind Greenwich Mean Time, get it?

I found the clock and time museum seriously fascinating and only partly because it also felt like the workshop lair of every creepy scientist in a time-travel flick.

DINNER AT THE MITRE

After coming back down the hill from the Observatory and spending 20 minutes trying to find one particular chippy with no luck, I settled for dinner and beers at the Mitre . I say “settled” because that wasn’t my intended destination but this place was exactly what I didn’t know I needed.

Why have dinner at the Mitre?

Chippy or not, I still got my desired fish and chips and they were more fabulous that I thought food could be from a place named after the Pope’s hat. The place was dark and relaxing and straight up filled with clocks of all kinds. Take it easy here and chill on the last night of your 5-day London itinerary because you have a busy 3 days in Paris coming up tomorrow.

Planning your own 5-day London itinerary? Find great places to stay here . But where do I personally recommend? The Citadines Trafalgar Square . Camera I used for this post?  Olympus OM-D EM-5 Mark II  with  12-40mm  &  40-150mm  lenses What else have I written about London? You can find more London posts here . Like this post? Have questions? Hit me up on Facebook | Twitter | Instagram | Pinterest

WHAT CHANGES WOULD YOU MAKE TO THIS 5-DAY LONDON ITINERARY? LET ME KNOW IN THE COMMENTS BELOW!

PIN ME ⇣⇣⇣

Subscribe to MWL

About Ashley Smith

Ashley is a historian and Oktoberfest expert & tour guide. She has traveled to 33 countries and specializes in quick trips throughout Europe and the Americas that prioritize hiking adventures, museums of all kinds, cultural experiences, and jam-packed itineraries. She hails from Memphis, TN and currently lives in Boston with her husband and two feline sidekicks.

Reader Interactions

December 23, 2019 at 7:54 AM

These travel tips are wonderful and really helpful for Travelers who are planning to visit in London first time.

December 23, 2019 at 11:17 AM

Thank you Lucy!

June 26, 2019 at 4:24 PM

Content was great but enjoyed your writing style the most! Nothing better than to find someone who shares a similar snark. 😉 Looking forward to a quick trip to London to visit my son (who is reliving my experience as a student there 35 years ago). Definitely adding some of your reco’s to our list. Cheers!

June 26, 2019 at 4:51 PM

Haha, thank you Mandy! You’re going to have a great time in London – glad I could help with a little bit of it! Cheers to you!

June 26, 2019 at 4:02 PM

I have been planning a trip to London and this post helped me a lot with planning things.

June 26, 2019 at 4:42 PM

Good to know, thanks Sterling!

June 26, 2019 at 2:01 PM

Followed many of your recommendations on my first time to London. Thanks for putting together this diverse itinerary.

June 26, 2019 at 2:35 PM

Thanks Angela! That’s great to hear – I’m glad you liked it. I hope your trip was amazing. 🙂

October 19, 2018 at 10:24 AM

Thanks for this! I found it while searching for “real clothes”. LOL! Oh, the horror of stretchy pants for me. Nice to hear a good review of the Citadines – it’s where I booked our stay for our trip in two weeks. Feel sooo much better now! 😀 Cheers!

October 19, 2018 at 10:48 AM

That’s awesome Kim! The Citadines is great – perfect location! Have a great trip!

September 20, 2018 at 10:26 AM

Great post for “real” people. Thanks so much. We are going for Christmas and I can’t wait!!!

September 20, 2018 at 10:31 AM

Thank you Ruthi! Have a great trip and stay warm! 🙂

August 28, 2018 at 8:24 AM

This is an amazing post! I read and lot of them and just could not sort out my mind on what to actually do?!! But yours – seeing as I am a lazy and proximity-loving person pluss a Harry Potter fan – just gelled. And so well written!. I am so going to use this. Thanks a lot. You write so well, I LOLed at work.

August 28, 2018 at 8:36 AM

Thank you!! Happy to help! You’re going to have a great trip!

August 27, 2018 at 9:30 PM

Heading to London in December, and this is the best blog with the most information I have found. I am a planner, and have been looking at everything, but I got all plus some from this one blog thank you!!!

August 28, 2018 at 7:25 AM

That’s awesome! Thanks so much Sara! Have a great time in London!

August 20, 2018 at 4:25 PM

I love your blogs!! This is exactly what I needed to help plan my trip!

August 20, 2018 at 4:40 PM

Thank you so much! Let me know if you have any more questions! Have a great time in London and beyond!

May 29, 2018 at 3:32 AM

I must say the great post with amazing pictures and information. I had visited some of the places already and surely visit rest on them.

May 29, 2018 at 8:27 AM

Thanks Austin! Hope you have a great time visiting all the rest!

May 25, 2018 at 5:18 AM

Wow! This is so amazing! I randomly bumped into your blog whilst looking at things to do in London, as I make my first trip to in in August. Things you did seem exciting, kinda covered all major attractions yet chill enough to have good breakfasts and brunches. I think I am going to copy paste this blog into my itinerary! Thanks a ton for writing this. also, really appreciate your fun writing style! cheers

May 25, 2018 at 9:39 AM

Thanks so much Mohit, that’s awesome! I think it’s a great itinerary for all those reasons you mentioned! I hope you have a great time on your first trip to London!

May 2, 2018 at 11:36 AM

Wow this is by far the most informative post I’ve read about London. Thank you for going into such depths! Most posts I find mention a couple o tourist attraction and that’s it. Great post!

May 2, 2018 at 11:52 AM

Thanks so much Darryl! I really appreciate that.

January 11, 2018 at 10:08 AM

Hi Anne! YES I’m totally going to check out the view from the Shard when I’m in town next. And I had the Sky Garden on my list of places I wanted to visit but I had to nix it due to time/location. Next time also! And thank you for the compliment. 🙂 Happy travel to you too!

January 8, 2018 at 10:39 AM

Hi! Read your blog on your day trip to Tikal and decided to subscribe! For me 5 days in and around London were too much but glad you had fun! If you are looking for budget friendly destinations check out Budapest in Hungary! It’s amazing; the culture, the food and the wine is everything you hope for!

January 8, 2018 at 10:50 AM

Thanks Cristina! I could definitely see how 5 days would be too much — I just decided to take my time and kinda stretch things out a bit so I could walk more (instead of cabbing it) and stop in pubs where I see fit lol. I hear so much good stuff about Budapest all the time! I’ll get there.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Get my 2024 Oktoberfest Party Planning Checklist here!

Free 2024 Oktoberfest Packing Checklist

Get my 2023 Oktoberfest Packing List here!

Want more  Oktoberfest ?

Belize Packing List

Iceland packing list, get my 2024 hotel booking checklist here.

Subscribe to MWL!

Tmb packing list 2024, morocco packing list 2024, 2024 oahu bucket list.

BEST of London in One Day: Detailed Itinerary (+Map & Tips)

By Author Jurga

Posted on Last updated: March 15, 2024

Visiting London, UK, for one day and wondering what to see and how to plan your itinerary for such a short visit? In this guide, we share a detailed London 1-day itinerary that allows you to see many of the top sights in the most efficient way.

London is a huge city that is filled with landmarks, world-class museums, entertainment venues, and tourist attractions. So trying to see the best of London in a day is not an easy task, especially if you want to make the most out of your time, but also keep it enjoyable and fun.

Yes, there are many amazing places to visit, great rooftop bars, and hidden gems in London that would make any visit more memorable… But unless you have much more than one day, you will probably not want to waste your time traveling to the other side of the city in search of a tiny museum or a cute local restaurant that someone recommended…

With just a day in London, you will probably want to see the major landmarks and at least a few of the top sights that London is famous for.

So this is our no-nonsense guide to the VERY BEST things to see and do in London in one day . At the bottom of this article, you can find a short overview of our recommended 1-day London itinerary as well as a map indicating all the places that we mention in this guide. We also include some practical tips for your trip. Take a look!

Top 4 Experiences in London:

• London Eye .
• Tower of London & Crown Jewels .
• Thames Cruise .
• Harry Potter Warner Bros. Studio .

As you can imagine, there are millions of ways how you could spend a day in London. This is just one suggestion based on our personal experience. It includes some of the most important sights and must-see places that we think are worth your time the most if this is your first time in the city and you have less than 24 hours in London.

Good to know: Our recommended London 1-day itinerary takes into account the locations and the opening times of the main attractions so that you can actually visit some of them if you want to. Although, keep in mind that with just a day in London, you will have to be very selective about the places you decide to visit inside. As you can imagine, this takes much more time and planning compared to just seeing the landmarks from the outside.

TIP: As an absolute minimum, we recommend that you do a Thames Cruise , plus take a ride on the iconic London Eye and/or visit the viewing decks at The Shard . The views are amazing from both! And because you can get timed-entry tickets (or fast-track tickets at London Eye) it’s well worth it, even if your time in the city is limited. You will find more information about these and other landmarks further below.

READ ALSO: London Travel Tips

Here’s what you could do in London in one day:

1. Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace has been the official residence of the monarch of the United Kingdom since 1837 and is one of the must-sees in London.

Since you probably won’t be visiting the Palace inside (it’s only possible at the end of the summer/early fall – see here if interested), you can start your day in London here as early as you like.

The best place to be is Victoria Memorial , which is located right in front of the main gate of Buckingham Palace. From here, you can take a few obligatory pictures of the palace.

2. The Mall & St. James Park

Located right in front of Buckingham Palace, The Mall is probably the most famous street in London. If you have seen TV broadcasts of any of the official royal celebrations in London, this is the street where they start/end their trips with golden carriages and Royal Guard parades.

In fact, you could see the Changing of the Guards ceremony here, but it only takes place on certain dates and starts at around 11 am. So it’s not something I would recommend if you only have a day in London.

Instead, simply walk down the Mall and/or take a detour via the adjacent St. James Park . The next destination on this itinerary – Horse Guards Parade – is about 15-20 minutes walk from Buckingham Palace.

3. Horse Guards Parade

The Horse Guards Parade is a big parade ground at the end of the far east end of St. Jame’s Park. This is also where The Household Cavalry Museum is located.

This is one of the best places to see the famous Horse Guards in London. They are always around, so you can take a picture of them if you like.

In addition, there is also a daily Changing of the Guard ceremony here at 11 am (at 10 am on Sundays). If your timing coincides with this, it’s nice to see, but I wouldn’t adjust the entire day’s schedule just for this. There are better things to do with just a day in London!

TIP: If interested, you could take a quick detour to the famous 10 Downing Street , the official residence of the UK’s Prime Minister. It’s located just nearby here. However, it’s now closed with high gates at the entrance of the street so you can only catch a glimpse of it in a distance.

4. Trafalgar Square

Next, head to Trafalgar Square which is less than 10 minutes walk from the Horse Guards Parade. This is another must-see in London that you will probably recognize from many movies and travel guides.

In the center of the square, surrounded by fountains and waterfalls, stands a huge Nelson’s Column which is guarded by four bronze lions. There are usually lots of pigeons here too, plus tourists, street performers, etc. The square is also a busy traffic center with red double-decker buses and traditional black cabs zooming in all directions.

It’s a very lively place, but if you come here early in the morning, it can be very quiet. Either way, don’t miss it as it’s always worth a quick visit. It’s a great place to simply sit back, do some people-watching, and soak in the typical London atmosphere.

Good to know: Trafalgar Square is also home to the National Gallery . It’s free to visit and is usually open daily from 10 am. If you feel like visiting a museum during your short trip to London, check it out.

5. Leicester Square and/or Covent Garden (optional)

Depending on your interests and how early you start your day, you may want to take a quick detour and visit either Leicester Square and/or Covent Garden. Both of these areas are located just a short walk from Trafalgar Square.

Leicester Square is a vibrant hub with lots of big-name stores such as M&M’s London or the LEGO Store. There is also a small green space in the middle where you can see all kinds of statues and sculptures, including the statue of Harry Potter flying on a broomstick. If you are visiting London with kids you won’t want to miss this place! But this vibrant area is worth a quick look either way.

TIP: It’s also in this part of the city that you will find some of the most famous London theaters . If you are interested in seeing a show or a musical, you could easily adjust this itinerary a bit and come back here in the evening. In that case, check what shows are available and book your tickets well in advance !

Covent Garden is a cool bustling area just nearby. Here, you can visit the famous Covent Garden Market , with its 19th-century glass roof and wonderful architecture. There are lots of restaurants and cafes here, so this could also be a good place for brunch or early lunch.

6. London Eye

Next, cross the river at Hungerford Bridge and Golden Jubilee Bridges and head to the South Bank of London. On the way, you can enjoy great views from the bridge and the riverside.

There is a lot to see and do in this part of the city. The most famous attraction is, of course, the iconic London Eye . The highest observation wheel in Europe, a ride here is a great opportunity to see some of the best views in London . From the top, you can see the entire central London. It also gives you a good overview of the city and many of its famous landmarks.

PRO TIP: The London Eye is one of the most popular tourist attractions in London, so be sure to get timed-entry tickets online in advance . We highly recommend choosing fast-track tickets as this can save you several (!) hours. Otherwise, just admire the structure and the views from the ground, and enjoy the views from The Shard at the end of the day (more info further below).

Sundays in March, April, and May 2024: If you happen to visit London this spring and on a Sunday, you can save 40% on the London Eye tickets. Click here to activate the code and book tickets on the official website (if still available, reserve asap – this is the first time I’ve seen them giving such a big discount). They say it’s not available on Easter Sunday, but I tried booking and it showed me a discounted price for that weekend as well. Anyway, this will only work if you are visiting London on a Sunday.

Additional suggestion: If you would like to get a glimpse of some cool places in London, beyond the main landmarks, make a short detour to the colorful graffiti tunnel, aka The Vaults. This is one of the hidden gems of London that is located so close to the popular sights but is overlooked by most tourists. I indicated it on our map below. Keep in mind that you’ll need at least half an hour extra for a quick detour here (it’s about 10-15 walk from the London Eye).

7. Westminster Bridge, Big Ben & Westminster Palace

Next, walk to the iconic Westminster Bridge just nearby. From here, you also have a good view of the famous Big Ben Tower (officially known as the Elizabeth Tower) and the Palace of Westminster (Houses of Parliament).

The view of the bridge with the beautiful gothic buildings of Westminster Palace is among the most recognizable images from London. This is the heart of the city that you really shouldn’t miss, no matter how long or short your visit is.

It’s not possible to visit the Big Ben Tower. There are tours of the Parliament, but – with just a day or even a few in London – it’s probably not the best use of your time. So this is mostly a photo stop, to see some of the most iconic landmarks in the city.

8. Westminster Abbey

If you cross the bridge and walk just a bit further past Big Ben, you will soon see the famous Westminster Abbey .

Westminster Abbey is the site of many of Britain’s most important events. Every British monarch has been crowned here since the 11th century, many royal weddings and funerals take place here, etc. The Abbey is also the burial site of countless famous British historical figures, such as Charles Darwin and Isaac Newton, just to name a few…

This Gothic building is remarkably beautiful and you can visit it inside. If you decide to do this, be sure to book the timed-entry tickets in advance! Keep in mind that you will need at least an hour to quickly visit the Abbey. More realistically, you should count at least 1.5-2 hours for a visit.

9. Thames Cruise

Next, take a river cruise on the Thames from Westminster Pier to the Tower Bridge.

This is a great way to see more of London, rest your legs a bit, and at the same time cover the big distance between the two main areas of the city that we recommend visiting if you have just 1 day in London.

Good to know: There are several piers and so many different Thames River cruise options that it can get overwhelming. This is the best ticket for this particular journey . The boat departs from Westminster Pier (we indicated the location on the map further below) and takes you to Tower Bridge. The journey takes about 30 minutes.

10. Tower of London

It will probably be late afternoon by the time you get to Tower Bridge and the Tower of London . These are among the most important landmarks in the city, so you absolutely have to see them.

Whether it’s actually worth visiting any of them inside if you only have a day in London, I’ll let you decide based on your interests and how you choose to fill the rest of this itinerary.

Don’t take me wrong – they are both absolutely worth a visit. It’s just that everything usually takes a lot more time than you anticipate. And your itinerary for a day in London will be packed…

If you visit just one attraction inside, the Tower of London is definitely among the top choices. Built in the 11th century, the building served as a fortress, a prison, but also as a palace over its centuries-long history.

This is where the Crown Jewels of the British Monarchy are kept (and can be seen inside, if you are prepared for an inevitable queue). The only way to avoid the queue is to come here first thing in the morning and run straight to the Jewels when the site opens.

Good to know: Be sure to get (timed-entry) tickets if you want to visit. Plan to spend at least 1.5 hours inside (and it will be rushed).

11. Tower Bridge

Tower Bridge is an iconic structure that you can simply admire from the outside (be sure to walk over the bridge too!).

It’s also possible to visit inside, where you can see Victorian engine rooms or walk over the glass walkway and admire nice views of the river and the city.

Also here, if you decide to actually visit the Tower Bridge, be sure to get a timed-entry ticket in advance .

12. The Shard

After crossing the Tower Bridge, walk to The Shard following the river. It’s a nice walk of about 15-20 minutes.

The Shard is an iconic London skyscraper, one of the tallest buildings in Europe, and in the top 100 among the tallest buildings in the world. A visit to its open-air viewing platform Skydeck on the 72nd floor gives you easy access to some of the best 360° views of London. In addition, there are indoor viewing platforms on the 68th and 69th floors.

From the top, you can see the River Thames with Tower Bridge and the Tower of London nearby, plus countless other landmarks in the distance and the entire city at your feet.

Good to know: The Shard is open late in the evening, so it’s very easy to include a visit here at the end of the day. The views are great at sunset, but it’s just as nice to visit during the day or after dark. It never disappoints.

And yes, also here, you really have to book timed-entry tickets if you want to be sure to be able to visit. While walk-ins are possible, they are not guaranteed. So if it’s busy (and it usually is), the only way to visit is by booking in advance.

There are a couple of restaurants in the Shard Tower itself, but they are all quite high-end and definitely have to be reserved.

For dinner, you may want to look for a restaurant in the area around Borough Market . The market itself is closed in the evenings, but there are many eateries nearby. Also here, if you want to dine at a specific place, be sure to reserve a table.

READ ALSO: British Food: best dishes to try in the UK

Theater (optional)

Just like Broadway in New York, London is known for its world-class musicals, amazing shows, and concerts.

While this 1-day London itinerary is quite packed as it is, many people travel to the city just to see a specific show or a musical. So yes, it’s possible to add this experience to this itinerary as well.

In that case, be sure to first check what is available , at which theater, and at what time. Then adjust this itinerary to be sure that you can get there on time, and based on your interests.

London 1-Day Itinerary Overview

Below is an overview of what your day in London could look like.

Important: Keep in mind that you’ll need timed tickets for most of these sites – if you actually want to visit them inside. There is no way you can visit all of these in a day. But you can definitely see them all and visit a few (max 2-3, depending on the place). So you’ll have to plan well and adjust this itinerary based on your interests.

Here’s our recommended 1-day itinerary for London:

• Buckingham Palace.
• St James Park.
• Trafalgar Square.
• Leicester Square and/or Covent Garden (optional).
• London Eye ( book (fast track) tickets if you want to go up!).
• Westminster Bridge, Big Ben & Westminster Palace.
• Westminster Abbey ( book tickets if you want to visit inside!).
• Thames River Cruise ( this is the best ticket for this itinerary ).
• Tower Bridge & Tower of London (book tickets – Tower of London and/or Tower Bridge – and be sure to choose timed-entry (!) if you want to visit any of these inside).
• The Shard ( book tickets if you want to go up!).
• Theater (optional – check what’s available for the day of your visit and adjust the itinerary accordingly if you decide to see a show).

My personal recommendation would be to visit Westminster Abbey and/or the Tower of London and do the Thames River Cruise. I would also probably opt for The Shard rather than London Eye, simply because it’s easier to plan it at the end of the day. The Shard is also open much later in the evening than anything else.

But everything is possible, so pick the sights that look most interesting to you , and plan your own perfect day in London!

Also, start your day very early! The sights that we recommend visiting first can be seen long before any of the landmarks even open.

London is huge but as you can see on the map, many of the major landmarks are located not too far from each other. So you can see and do quite a lot in one day.

To help you with the planning, we created this map indicating all the top places that we recommend visiting in London in a day. You can also see an approximate walking route suggestion. This should give you a better idea of where all these places are located and help you plan a perfect itinerary for your day trip to London.

If you decide to skip some sights or visit them in a different order, it’s perfectly possible too. This is just one of the possibilities, taking into account the opening times of some of the places that we think are worth visiting the most.

How to use this map:  Use your computer mouse (or fingers) to zoom in or out. Click on the icons to get more information about each place. Click the arrow on the top left corner for the index. Click the star next to the map’s title to add it to your Google Maps account. To view the saved map on your smartphone or PC, open Google Maps, click the menu and go to ‘Your Places’/’Maps’. If you want to print the map or see it in a bigger window, click on ‘View larger map’ in the top right corner.

Practical Info & Tips

• If you follow this 1-day London itinerary exactly as it is suggested here, you will be walking a lot, so be sure to wear comfortable shoes . This itinerary focuses on the main landmarks, many of which are located too close to each other to take a metro every time, but far enough to give you a good exercise. You’ll only take a boat to get from Westminster to Tower Bridge.
• Use a metro to get to the starting point of this itinerary and back to your hotel at the end of the day. It’s the fastest way to cover big distances in London.
• Be sure to pre-book timed-entry tickets (choose fast-track tickets where available) for any of the attractions that you want to visit. Otherwise, forget it and just enjoy the sights from the outside. With just one day in London, you really don’t want to waste time queuing at one or the other attraction for an hour or two before you can even get inside. Plus, in some places, walk-ins are not guaranteed at all.
• With just a day in London, it doesn’t matter that much where you decide to stay. Of course, it helps if you choose a hotel in a somewhat central location, also because you can explore a bit more of the days of the arrival/departure as well. A lot also depends on how you travel to/from the city. For example, Megaro Hotel is a good option next to King’s Cross and St Pancras International Stations where the Eurostar train arrives from Paris , Brussels , or Amsterdam .

MORE INFORMATION: Where to Stay in London

So, this is our suggested itinerary for one day in London. As you can see, there are many possibilities and options, so use this as an inspiration to plan your own perfect day trip to London!

If this guide inspires you to stay longer, check out this guide with our recommended 2-day London itinerary .

Have a great trip!

More travel inspiration for London:

• Good to know: Tips for Visiting London
• What to see: Top London Sights & Attractions & Hidden Gems of London
• What to eat: Traditional British Food to Try in the UK
• Best views: Best Views in London
• Camden: Camden Town & Camden Lock Market
• Greenwich: Things to Do in Greenwich & Painted Hall & Queen’s House
• For families: London with Kids
• Outside the city: Best Day Trips from London & Best Cities to Visit in the UK & Day Trip to Liverpool from London

If you found this post useful, don’t forget to bookmark it and share it with your friends. Are you on Pinterest? Pin these images!

Images: personal collection and Depositphotos.com. Additional credits: ewelinas85/Depositphotos.com// cowardlion/Depositphotos.com// dvrcan/Depositphotos.com.

More 1-day itineraries for some of the nicest European cities:

• 1 Day in Amsterdam (Netherlands)
• 1 Day in Barcelona (Spain)
• 1 Day in Edinburgh (UK)
• 1 Day in Florence (Italy)
• 1 Day in Glasgow (UK)
• 1 Day in Lisbon (Portugal)
• 1 Day in Madrid (Spain)
• 1 Day in Milan (Italy)
• 1 Day in Manchester (UK)
• 1 Day in Naples (Italy)
• 1 Day in Paris (France)
• 1 Day in Rome (Italy)
• 1 Day in Salzburg (Austria)
• 1 Day in Venice (Italy)
• Read also our top tips for planning a trip to Europe .

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Nichole Walz

Monday 19th of February 2024

Thank you for this amazing itinerary! It's incredible helpful for our upcoming trip in May! XOXO

Tuesday 2nd of April 2024

@Jurga, I am also going in May and this is a great help thank you we will be starting in Barcelona then and 11 night cruise ending in Southampton and staying a couple days in Soho

Glad to help, Nichole. Have a great time in London!

Thursday 4th of January 2024

Literally hitting all the places I want to see! THANK YOU for this.. it's almost too perfect! Curious what the ideal to start this in order to hit all these sites.

Monday 8th of January 2024

Hi Ali, it depends a bit on the season when you travel, but mostly on your interests (that is, which places if any you decide to visit). If you start around 9-10, you could probably watch the Changing of the Guard at the Horse Guards Parade (10-11 am depending on the day), but that's really up to you. That way, you could also be at Leicester Square/Covent Garden at around lunchtime. On the other hand, if you want to go up the London Eye and also visit either Westminster Abbey or The Tower of London, then I would start earlier. So first decide which attractions you absolutely want to visit, read our tips for how much time you need, and that will help you figure out when to start your day. You'll also need to prebook timed entry tickets. Hope this helps. Enjoy London!

Monday 7th of August 2023

Hello, thank you so much. I used this post for a day in London and it was so wonderful! Thanks again

Tuesday 8th of August 2023

Glad to hear that you enjoyed your short visit to London, Susan. Happy travels!

Snehalata Tawade

Saturday 5th of August 2023

Thank you for your wonderful blog. I missed my flight connection and was in London just for a day and could enjoy the day perfectly visiting all the places you mentioned. Thank you, thank you, thank you so much. Keep it up. All the best wishes for your future endeavors.

Sunday 6th of August 2023

Glad to help, Snehalata. It's great that you could turn a travel mishap into a fun day in London!

Savvy Travel Advice

London Itinerary: 6 Days in London

Last updated: April 20, 2024 - Written by Jessica Norah 90 Comments

London is one of the world’s most famous capital cities and England’s largest city, offering an endless number of attractions, museums, historical buildings, and entertainment options. London can be an overwhelming city for many travelers, especially those visiting for the first time.

We’ve put together a recommended 6-day London itinerary that will help you see the highlights if you have at least 6 days in London.

It includes all the major attractions (e.g., Tower of London, Westminster Abbey, and the National Gallery), but also includes several lesser-known sites and encourages you to explore several of London’s diverse neighborhoods including Westminster, Greenwich, Kensington, and Camden.

We suggest using this itinerary as a starting point for planning your 6 days in London, not as a definitive itinerary, and you can edit it to put together your own personal itinerary that reflects your own needs and interests.

In addition to the 6 day itinerary, we also provide tips on how to get around London, maps of each day’s suggested attractions, and how to save money during your 6 days in London.

Table of Contents:

Planning for 6 Days in London

Before we share the day-to-day itinerary, here is some essential planning information on getting to London, getting around London, tips for saving money, how to find accommodation, and further resources for planning and making the most of your 6 days in London.

Getting to London

London is easy to reach by plane, train, or car. London has six main airports: Heathrow, Gatwick, Stansted, Luton, Southend, and London City, and these airports collectively serve just about every region of the world. If you are arriving from an international location outside Europe, busy  Heathrow is likely to be your arrival airport. See this airport guide for getting to and from each of the airports in London.

If you are arriving by train, London is well-connected to train routes throughout the UK and Europe with a number of train stations in and around central London. Those arriving from Scotland might want to consider an overnight sleeper train . If you are arriving from continental Europe by train or car, you’ll need to travel across the English Channel on EuroStar or take a ferry.

Getting around London

London is best explored either on foot or by public transportation. Cabs and bike hires are also good options. If you need to book a cab, you can use  minicabit to compare prices.

I would not recommend driving in London unless you are planning to stay on the outskirts of the city as driving and finding parking in central busy locations can be a nightmare and parking can be expensive. If you are driving to London, I’d park your car when you arrive in the city and then use public transport until you leave.

London’s has a great public transportation network and most visitors spend at least some time traveling on it. This includes public bus, tram, and rail services (including “the Tube”) within the city. You can buy individual tickets for each ride, but many visitors get an Oyster Card  which allows you to travel on almost all the city’s public transit options and can save you time and money.

If you are considering an Oyster Card, you can read our full review of it here .  For more information and tips on getting around London, check out our detailed  Guide To Transportation Options in London .

Where to Stay for 6 Days in London

Accommodation wise, London has about every lodging option you can imagine, from inexpensive hostels to self-catering apartments to pricey 5-star luxury hotels . London is home to some really iconic classic luxury hotels like The Ritz , The Dorchester , Brown’s , and The Savoy .

But it also has a number of mid-range and budget friendly chains like Holiday Inn Express , Travelodge ,  Best Western ,   Premier Inn , Ibis , and Point.a Hotels . If you are spending a full week in London, you can often save money by booking an apartment at a weekly versus daily rate.

To find the best rates on hotels in London, we recommend searching on Booking.com  or Hotels.com  as in our experience these two sites tend to have the best prices and widest choice on both hotels and a range of apartments.

If you are looking for self-catering apartments or rooms, we recommend checking out Plum Guide . We’ve tried many of the apartment rental sites, and have usually had the best experiences with Plum Guide. Of course, there are also loads of Airbnb alternative booking sites you can check.

Based on our various trips to London, we’ve put together few suggestions across budgets to give you some ideas for where to stay in the city, which are sorted from lowest to highest price:

• The Walrus Bar and Hostel – This is a well reviewed and centrally located hostel, found only a 15 minute walk from Parliament Square and the Palace of Westminster (Big Ben).
• SoHostel  – Another well-reviewed hostel located just at the edge of Westminster, only a 15 minute walk from Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery.
• Point A Hotel – This hotel is located within Westminster and is within the well-priced Point A hotel range. It’s a 17 minute walk to Parliament Square and Westminster Abbey. We’ve stayed here; rooms are tiny but clean and a great budget option.
• Premier Inn – This well-rated mid-range 3-star option is located near to Borough Market and London Bridge.
• Hilton Tower Bridge – This well-rated hotel offers good value for this class of hotel and is located within a short walk of Tower Bridge, London Bridge, and Borough Market.
• Resident Victoria Hotel  – A centrally located 4-star hotel offering excellent value for money located near Buckingham Palace. We’ve stayed here; the lower priced rooms are small but the hotel is very well-located.
• Lime Tree Hotel – A well reviewed boutique hotel, around nine minutes walk from London Victoria
• Brown’s  – If you are looking for a classic 5-star London luxury hotel, you can’t go wrong with Brown’s which provides intimate boutique luxury. It is the oldest hotel in London and is located in Mayfair within a 12 minute walk from Buckingham Palace.
• The Savoy  – Another classic 5-star luxury hotel, this one much larger, located in central London. Less than 10 minute walk to Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery.

For many more options, see our complete guide to where to stay in London , which also has tips on what to look for and the different neighbourhoods in the city.

Saving Money on London Attractions

It is hard to deny that London is a fairly expensive travel destination and attraction entrance fee costs can really add up. Luckily, there are a number of London discount passes you can purchase which can help you save money if you plan to visit a number of London’s museums and attractions.

Our favorite is the London Pass which allows free entry into over 60 of London’s top attractions, and also comes with a free hop-on, hop-off bus ticket and additional discounts on food, shopping, and tours.

We’ve used the London Pass on a number of visits and have written a full review of the London Pass which you can read to help determine if it is a good fit for your trip. Also be sure to check out all the free attractions in London which include top-notch museums, parks, historic sites, special events, and festivals. 

Another discount card option is the GoCity London Explorer Pass where you can choose up to 7 attractions you want to visit (out of 50+) where you can get free entry into all these attractions (including Westminster Abbey, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Tower of London). See a full list of possible attractions here .

This GoCity London Explorer Pass doesn’t work as well with our suggested itinerary but may be more appealing to some, especially families, as it includes more attractions geared to families that are not included on the London Pass.

Buying Tickets for London Attractions

When you are planning on buying tickets for attractions in London, you have two main options. You can book online in advance, or for some attractions, you can buy tickets in person.

For most attractions we would recommend booking online in advance, as this means you can skip the in-person ticket lines. Many attractions also now operate a timed entry system, so turning up on the day might lead to disappointment.

Booking online in advance is usually the best option, and it also often results in slightly better value tickets compared to on-the-door prices.

You then have the option for most attractions of buying direct, or buying via a third-party site like GetYourGuide , Viator or Tiqets .

It is always worth comparing prices across the different options, as well as the cancellation policies. Generally our preferred option is GetYourGuide because they normally offer a full refund up to 24 hours in advance of your visit to most attractions. The prices are nearly always the same as the official site as well.

Of course, you will need to check each attraction’s policy and compare, but for peace of mind this policy can be very helpful.

Walking Tours in London

When visiting a new city, or when we just want to get a bit more local insight into somewhere we’ve been before, we’ll often take a walking tour. These offer a couple of advantages as they help orientate you to a new place plus you can get insider tips from a local on the best places to visit and eat.

We’ve taken a number of walking tours in London, and I did this full day London walking tour on my very first visit to London which covered all the central highlights and includes a visit to the Tower of London , the Changing of the Guard, a short Thames cruise, and a view of all the main sites in Westminster. I did this tour on my very first visit to London and really enjoyed it!

Our favorite walking tour company is Take Walks , who are behind the popular Walks of Italy walking tour company. They now offer a number of tours in London, and we can highly recommend them if you are looking for a walking tour in the city. See all their London tours here .

You can also find a number of popular London walking tours over on GetYourGuide from Harry Potter walking tours to WW2 related walking tours to Royal London tours to food tours to Jack the Ripper tours .

If you are looking for a private walking tour of London, we recommend checking out the London tours offered by Context Travel. They can personalize private tours, adapt to special needs, and can add a car service if needed.

Popular London Day Trips

If you have 6 days or more in London, then you may be wanting to do a day trip on one or two of those days and see some of the other towns and attractions in southern England.

Below are seven popular London day trip options to consider:

• Stonehenge – Stonehenge is an ancient and mysterious stone circle and this site is one of the most popular day trips from London. It is probably best done as a bus day trip, but you can also do it via public transit (train plus shuttle), by car, or via a private transfer. You can read about our Stonehenge day trip experience here , which was a version of this tour of Stonehenge and Bath . A couple other suggestions for guided tours are this express half-day trip to Stonehenge, this tour which include Windsor Castle, lunch and Lacock as well, or this full day trip which includes inner stone access at Stonehenge and Bath.
• Stratford-upon-Avon  – Stratford-upon-Avon is a picturesque medieval market town located along the River Avon in the West Midlands. It is best known as the birthplace of William Shakespeare and for its well-preserved Tudor buildings. Best ways to get here is by car, train, or by joining a tour. Here is a  guided tour option that includes a visit to Stratford-upon-Avon and three Cotswolds villages. See our guide to things to do in Stratford Upon Avon for more information.
• WB Harry Potter Studio – If you love Harry Potter, you may want to make time to visit the Warner Brothers Studio filming studio. The Studio Tour  includes original film sets, clothing, props, interactive visitor experiences, and a huge gift shop. Tickets must be booked in advance. You can get here via public transit (train plus shuttle) or by booking a tour or private transfer. You can book a tour  from central London that includes your transportation so you don’t have to take the train and shuttle. If you want to take a walking tour of the Harry Potter London filming locations consider this tour .
• Oxford – Oxford is a scenic historical city that is home to Oxford University, England’s oldest university. Read our post about things to do in Oxford and how to plan your own Oxford day trip from London . Oxford is easy to reach by train, although car and bus are also options. If you are interested in a guided tour, you might consider this tour which visits Oxford as well as the Cotswolds.
• Highclere Castle & Downton Abbey Sites – Highclere Castle is a country house best known for being a prime filming location in the British TV series Downton Abbey. Easiest ways to get here is by car or by joining a tour. Here is a suggested guided tour option that includes a visit to Highclere Castle, the castle gardens, Bampton (Downton village), and other Downton Abbey filming locations. Highclere Castle is open seasonally so check opening dates before planning a visit.
• Portsmouth  – Portsmouth is a port city and naval base where you can discover over 500 years of naval history. You can visit a number of boats dating back to Tudor times, museums, and other attractions along the historic dock. From London, you can get there via public transit (train is best) or by taking a guided tour. If you visit on your own, we recommend checking out the Portsmouth Historic Dockyard Attraction Ticket . If you are looking for a guided visit, you might consider this full day private one which includes transport from London. See our guide to things to do in Portsmouth for more information,
• Cambridge  – Cambridge, like Oxford, is a historic scenic university town. Cambridge University was founded in 1209 and is the second oldest university in the English-speaking world. There are a number of historical attractions and museums here, and you can check out our guide to things to do in Cambridge . You can get here by public transit (train or bus), car, or by joining a tour. If looking for a tour from London, you might check out this guided tour or this small group tour to Cambridge and Ely Cathedral.

Other Resources for Planning 6 Days in London

If you are looking for packing tips, check out our suggested London packing list .

If you have less than 6 days in London, we have also written a suggested guide to spending one day in London ,  two days in London , and  three days in London . We also have a post about seeing the best of the city and its royal sites in a one day London walking tour .

We have written a ton of content about London, so you can check out our London articles on Finding the Universe and our London articles on this blog for more info and to see where we’ve been. For additional planning resources, the  Visit London  and  Visit Great Britain  websites also offer tons of helpful information for visitors. If your travels are taking you beyond London, you can check out Laurence’s suggested 2-week UK itinerary to get you started.

A 6 Day London Itinerary: How to Spend 6 Days in London

London is one of those cities that has an endless amount of attractions, museums, shows, and potential things to do. This can be overwhelming for many visitors so we’ve put together our suggested 6 day itinerary that takes in London’s most popular attractions as well as several of London’s best neighborhoods. I’ve also tried to arrange them in a logical order so you spend less time traveling around the city.

Use this as a guide and starting point for planning your 6 days in London, not as a definitive itinerary, to put together your own personalized itinerary that reflects your own needs and interests. Be sure to check on admission days and hours for any must-see attractions before you set out as many attractions close for one day per week, or may be closed due to a special event or renovation. 

For all attractions with an admission fee, we’ve noted there is an entry fee by writing “(fee)” next to them. Note that since many people use the London Pass , the attractions that are included on the London Pass are starred (*) denoting that passholders receive free entry so they have “(fee*)” next to them.

We do our best to provide the most updated information, but things change so you may want to double-check fees and London Pass inclusions before your trip.

London Itinerary Day 1 – Westminster

On your first full day in London, I’d head to Westminster. Westminster is a great place to start your exploration of London as it is the political, cultural, and geographical center of the city. It is also where you’ll find some of London’s most iconic and famous buildings. The itinerary starts and stops near Parliament Square but can begin it at any point along the route. 

First, you might consider taking a tour to get oriented to the city. If you are the kind of person who likes to get a good overview of a city before striking out on your own, a sightseeing bus tour, bike tour, Thames river cruise, or city walking tour is a great way to get oriented.

You have loads of options in terms of companies and London Pass holders have access to a free sightseeing hop-on hop-off bus tour , bike tour, and a Thames cruise which all cover the Westminster area. If this sounds appealing, I’d probably recommend either a walking or bus tour for your first day.

If you choose a walking tour, most need to be booked in advance, and you can read about one of the guided  walking tours of Westminster we did on my very first trip to London to get an idea of what you can cover on foot in the area.

As mentioned earlier in the post, we also often use and can recommend walking company Take Walks . They have a number of London walking tours to get you acquainted with London.

Westminster Abbey

Westminster Abbey  (fee*) is definitely one of the most impressive and historical churches in England. The church (and its Norman predecessor) has been the site of all English and British coronations since William the Conqueror in 1066 as well as the site of over a dozen royal weddings, including Prince William and Catherine Middleton in 2011.

The current church dates from 1245, being built mainly from the 13th century to 16th century, and was mostly built in the Gothic style. The church is a coveted burial spot and includes the tombs of British royals as well as Prime Ministers, famous artists, writers, and scientists, and other famous people from the past 1,000 years!

This is a popular place so be sure to leave some time to get in and explore. The included audio guide helps give you a lot of background on the church and points out all the highlights. Guide-led tours are also possible for a small extra fee (currently £5/person), check at arrival or on the Abbey website for tour times.

In June 2018, the  Queen’s Diamond Jubilee Galleries opened. The galleries, which are reached by the newly build Weston Tower, house historical exhibit and treasures owned by the Abbey. Admission to the Galleries is currently an extra £5.00 and requires a timed ticket as space is limited. You can buy your tickets online in advance here .

St. James’s Park

For a breath of fresh air, take a walk through St. James’s Park en-route to Buckingham Palace. The park is one of eight of the city’s Royal Parks and has over 50 acres of green spaces, flower beds, and even a lake that contains some famous resident pelicans.

There is a small café here and it is a great place to take a short break. Also for those interested in the Guards regiments of the British Army, you can make a stop at The Guards Museum (fee*) which is just across from St. James’s Park, next to the Wellington Barracks.

Buckingham Palace 

Buckingham Palace is probably the most famous palace in the UK and it serves as the primary London workplace and residence for the reigning sovereign of the United Kingdom. It was originally built as a private residence by the Duke of Buckingham (hence the name) in the early 18th century, but was later acquired by British royalty and expanded over time.

The public can tour Buckingham Palace (fee, book tickets in advance) but only for about 8 weeks per year (generally August and September). However, you can get a good view of the palace from outside the gates year-round and you can walk up to see the marble and bronze Victoria Memorial that stands in front of the palace at the end of The Mall.

Depending on the day of you visit (as well as weather and security conditions), you may get a chance to see the Changing of the Queen’s Guard ceremony at the forecourt of Buckingham Palace which often takes place around 11am. The full ceremony lasts about 45 minutes. If you want to see the Changing of the Guard ceremony, check the schedule online in advance and show up early to get a good viewing spot.

If you don’t want to stand in the crowds, you can try going to Friary Court in front of St. James Palace for the ceremony (the Old Guard normally lines up and starts here) or watching the Changing The Queen’s Lifeguard (horse guards) at the Horse Guards Parade as both spots attract fewer visitors.

Even if you can’t visit the State Rooms of Buckingham Place, there are places to visit on the palace grounds year round. You can visit the  Royal Mews (fee) which showcases the royal collection of historic carriages and coaches, including the Diamond Jubilee State Coach. Art lovers will want to stop at the Queen’s Gallery (fee*) which displays regularly changing exhibitions of art from the royal collection. 

St. James’s Palace

St James’s Palace is the most senior royal palace in the United Kingdom, having been built during the reign of King Henry VIII in the 16th century. Although it is no longer the residence of the monarch, it is the meeting place and London residence of members of the British royal family.

The palace is not open to the public but as noted above you can see the start of the Changing of the Guard ceremony from Friary Court in front of the palace.

Piccadilly Circus

Piccadilly Circus is a famous road junction and a popular public meeting spot in London. The area is famous for its large neon signs and video advertising as well as the Shaftesbury Memorial with its statue of Anteros.

The spot is well-located for an easy walk to the West End theaters and Regent Street, one of London’s major shopping streets. It’s also going to be familiar to Harry Potter fans as it was one of the Harry Potter filming locations in London .

Trafalgar Square

Trafalgar Square is a popular public square in central London known for its monuments, architecture, street artists, and surrounding museums. The square itself is home to Nelson’s Column (a monument commemorating Admiral Horatio Nelson, who died in the Battle of Trafalgar in 1805), the famous stone lion statues, and the featured contemporary art on the Fourth Plinth.

Around the square you’ll also find two of London’s top art museums, the National Gallery and the National Portrait Gallery . Both are highly recommended for art lovers and include works by some of the world’s most famous artists from Turner to Monet.

Also nearby (hidden underground in St. Martin-in-the-Fields!) you can visit the London Brass Rubbing Centre (fee) to learn about and create a brass rubbing to take home. A great activity for families (we had fun too!). Note that this isn’t always available, check the website for when you can do it.

Whitehall & Downing Street

Whitehall is the main street running south from Trafalgar Square towards Parliament Square. This area was once home to the Palace of Whitehall, a sprawling royal palace complex and the largest palace in the world until it burned in 1698. However, today visitors can still see one remaining section of the palace complex, the Banqueting Hall (fee) designed by famous architect Inigo Jones with a ceiling painted by Peter Paul Reubens.

Today Whitehall is the center of the Government of the United Kingdom and you’ll pass a number of buildings home to various departments and ministries, including the Ministry of Defense and the Cabinet Office. Along this street you’ll also find The Household Calvary Museum (fee*), located in the 18th century stables of the Horse Guards, which gives information on the history of the Household Cavalry and displays a small collection of uniforms and weapons.

Past the Banqueting Hall and Household Cavalry Museum, you’ll pass the entrance to Downing Street. The street is gated and guarded, but you can peek through and should be able to see the door to 10 Downing Street, which is the headquarters of the UK government and official residence of the Prime Minister. There are a lot of statues and memorials along the street, including  The Cenotaph , which has been designated as the United Kingdom’s official national war memorial. As you continue down Whitehall, you’ll end in Parliament Square.

Parliament Square & Houses of Parliament

Parliament Square is a public square where you’ll find a number of statues of famous people, including Winston Churchill, David Lloyd George, Abraham Lincoln, and Nelson Mandela. The square is surrounded by famous buildings, including Westminster Abbey and St. Margaret’s Church, the parish church of the Palace of Westminster.

On one side of the square you’ll see the iconic Palace of Westminster, better known as the Houses of Parliament, with the iconic Elizabethan Tower which contains the famous Big Ben bell. The building is named after the former medieval palace that once stood here, and you can actually visit a section of the old palace, the 14th century Jewel Tower (fee*), if you want a sense of what the original Palace of Westminster was like.

The public can visit the Houses of Parliament  on certain dates, and debates are free for the public to watch. But if you want to actually tour the building, tours are available on certain days of the week and the tours include a number of rooms, including Westminster Hall, St. Stephens Hall, Commons Chamber, and the Lords Chamber. UK residents can contact their local MP or a Member of the House of Lords to request and arrange a free tour. Otherwise, you can book a tour ticket online for a self-guided audio tour or guided tour.

The tour here is well worth it if you have the chance to do it during your visit. We did a guided tour plus a Thames-side afternoon tea here and really enjoyed seeing the inside of this iconic building!

Westminster Bridge

After you have visited all the spots you want to in and around Parliament Square, walk onto Westminster Bridge and look back for a great view of the House of Parliament and the River Thames. You can then take a walk along the Thames or head off to dinner. Tomorrow the itinerary will bring us back to the Thames to further explore more of London’s iconic sites.

London Itinerary Day 2 – Along the River Thames

Today we’d suggest heading back into central London and focusing on sites located along the famous River Thames, London’s main river and the longest river in England. The Day 2 itinerary takes you to more of London’s most historic and iconic sites and attractions. It starts at the Tower of London and ends either at the Churchill War Rooms or the London Eye , depending on your time, energy, and interests.

The first part of the itinerary is walkable but you’ll probably want to use the Thames river boat or public transit to get from the bridges to the Churchill War Rooms. If you want to do a Thames river cruise (fee*), this is a good day for it.

Tower of London

The  Tower of London  (fee*) is a UNESCO world heritage site that has served as a fortress, prison, armory, Royal Mint, and place of execution among other uses during its long history. It is famous for serving as a prison and execution site of famous people like Queen Anne Boleyn and for housing the Crown Jewels.

There is a lot packed in here and highlights include the Crown Jewels, White Tower, Tower Green, and tours given by the Yeomen Warders (Beefeaters). This is a popular place so we’d strongly recommend trying to get here around opening, head to the Crown Jewels first, and plan to spend at least 2 hours visiting here.

One of our favorite attractions in central London but also one of the most crowded so do try to get here early.

You can buy a ticket online in advance here .

We also recommend checking prices on the official website  here , where you can also see opening times.

For more on visiting, see our complete guide to the Tower of London .

Thames Cruise

Today is a good day to do a sightseeing boat cruise of the River Thames, as all the suggested locations today are alongside the river. There is a City Cruises (fee) dock just a short walk from the Tower of London and you can use the cruise to see the city from the Thames and get to the next location with a 24 hour hop on, hop off cruise ticket.

Another option is to get a River Roamer pass (fee*) for the Thames Clipper , a commuter boat service, or just buy a single ticket for a one time ride. Of course, you can also just walk to each attraction or take public transit.

HMS Belfast 

Next suggested stop is  HMS Belfast (fee), which is permanently moored on the Thames a short walk from Tower Bridge on the south bank. This historic warship, operated today by Imperial War Museums, will definitely be of interest to military buffs, or anyone with an interest in boats. Launched just before the outbreak of World War 2, this Royal Navy Light Cruiser saw action in both World War 2 and the Korean War, before being decommissioned in 1963.

Since 1971 she’s been a popular London tourist attraction, and you can spend a good deal of time learning all about operational life on board this historic warship.

There is a small café next to the visitor entrance to the ship which serves fresh sandwiches, salads, pastries, and coffee if you need a bite to eat.

Tower Bridge and London Bridge

Next I would take some time to appreciate two of London’s most famous bridges, the London Bridge and Tower Bridge. Both bridges have exhibitions you can visit, although in terms of time I would choose to visit only one exhibition or just admire them both from the outside. 

London Bridge is famous for being the subject of the nursery rhyme “London Bridge Is Falling Down” and there has been a London Bridge since Roman times with the current one dating only to the 1970’s.   The London Bridge Experience  (fee*) is an interactive educational and amusement attraction geared towards families with children and young adults that don’t mind a bit of a scare. 

The bridge in London which you are probably more familiar with in terms of photos is Tower Bridge, often mistakenly called London Bridge by tourists. This iconic bridge opened in 1894 and is currently painted white and blue.

If you want to learn more about the bridge, then you should visit the  Tower Bridge Exhibition (fee*). Here you can learn about the history of the bridge, including how it was built and how the lifting mechanism works to allow ships through. You can also walk the glass floor walkway across the bridge, a 138 feet high walkway that will definitely test any fear of heights you may have!

Alternatives  (or additional spots) in the area to the above attractions: Southwark Cathedral , Borough Market (one of London’s most famous food markets),  The Old Operating Theatre Museum (fee*), The Monument (fee*), and The View from the Shard (fee*).

Churchill War Rooms 

Now, we are going to head back to Westminster to visit the Churchill War Rooms which are not too far from where you were yesterday. You’ll likely want to hop on the Thames boat to Westminster Pier or take public transit here.

The Churchill War Rooms (fee) are run by the Imperial War Museums (those with a military history interest will also want to visit the Imperial War Museum in London) and allow the public to visit the huge underground secret bunker where the majority of the war effort during World War 2 was directed from August 1939 to August 1945.

The visit essentially includes two places: the Cabinet War Rooms and the Churchill Museum. You get to visit an interesting maze of rooms to see where communications and strategizing happened as well as where people ate, slept, and cooked during WW2. Then a separate large museum room is devoted to the life of Winston Churchill and his legacy. It has the best collection of information and exhibits on Churchill that I have visited, and it covers his life from birth to death, not just the war years.

There is an excellent audio guide included with the tour that covers the Cabinet War Rooms, For those with an interest in Churchill, we recommend checking out this article about visiting some of the top Winston Churchill sites .

For those with an interest in Churchill and the London Blitz, we can also recommend the London Churchill War Room tour by Context Travel which includes a guided visit to the Churchill War Rooms as well as a guided tour of parts of London related to the Blitz. We love Context Travel tours, which are geared to the intellectually curious travelers, and if you book this tour or any other tour with Context Travel, using the link above you’ll receive 10% off any Context Travel tour anywhere in the world. Be sure to book in advance of your trip.

London Dungeon

If you still have time and energy you might want to continue on across the Westminster Bridge to where you’ll find more attractions, including the London Dungeon and the London Eye.

The London Dungeon (fee*) is an interactive attraction that uses costumed actors, rides, special effects, and staging to tell London’s more sinister history while offering up a bit of fun and scares. I wouldn’t come here for a history lesson but if you enjoy haunted houses and amusement parks, you’ll probably enjoy this. Not recommended for young children.

The dungeon also sometimes offers adult-only nights that include food and drinks. Depending on who you are, the London Dungeon is either a must-see or a must-avoid! Next door to the Dungeon are also two family-oriented attractions, the Sea Life London Aquarium and  DreamWorks Tours: Shrek’s Adventure . 

The London Eye (fee*) is Europe’s tallest observation wheel and is essentially a giant slow ferris wheel with large enclosed glass pods. The London Eye is a great place to get some nice views of London, although I’d pass if the weather is terrible. It is open late so makes a great last stop, and around sunset is an ideal time to do the ride if the weather is pleasant. 

You can save money (and time) by purchasing your tickets in advance. Online prices are usually much lower than if you buy at the ticket desk.

You can buy tickets for the London Eye from the official site here . We also have a complete guide to visiting the London Eye here .

Alternatively if you didn’t do a boat trip on the Thames already, you might consider booking an evening sunset and/or dinner Thames river cruise. There are several companies that offer these in London, including City Cruises mentioned earlier and Bateaux London .

London Itinerary Day 3 – More London Highlights

Today we are going to explore even more of London’s central highlights, including the British Museum, Covent Garden, St. Paul’s Cathedral, and Shakespeare’s Globe.

Today all of the attractions are within walking distance but you may want to use public transit to reach some of them. It may also be a good day to use a hop-on hop-off bus if you have a free ticket with the London Pass as the bus routes go to or near all the attractions on today’s route.

British Museum

The British Museum  is a museum holding a vast collection of artifacts from cultures around the world, ancient to modern. Established in 1753 with the collection of just one man, it has grown to be one of the largest and most comprehensive collections in the world with about 8 million objects in its permanent collection!

If you are going to only visit one general museum in London, this would probably be my recommendation as it holds a wealth of treasures from mummies to vases, with the Rosetta Stone, Parthenon sculptures, and Lewis Chessmen being some of its most well-known treasures.

Now you can walk (about 15 minutes) or jump on public transportation to get to Covent Garden and the London Transport Museum.

London Transport Museum

The London Transport Museum (fee*) is a museum dedicated to telling the story of London’s transport system over the last 200 years, highlighting the link between transport and the growth of modern London culture and society. The museum collection is housed in a 19th century building that was previously used for the Covent Garden Flower Market.

As a visitor you can follow a self-guided path that begins with what transportation was like around 1800 in London and then continues to the present day. So you get to see everything from human carried sedan chairs to horse-drawn omnibuses to steam trains to the famous red double-decker buses. The museum does a good job of having a mix of information and interactive exhibits. 

Covent Garden

Covent Garden is a popular tourist destination in London. It originally was a food market (mainly fruit and vegetables) and by the 18th century had become a bit seedy and was also a popular red-light district. The food market eventually outgrew the space and was moved in the 1970’s and today the area is home to shops, cafes, pubs, two markets selling crafts, jewelry, souvenirs, and goods.

It is a popular spot for street entertainers and you’ll often find crowds of people gathered around an entertainer here. The area has long served as an area of entertainment and the first known Punch and Judy like puppet show in England was performed here in 1662! An easy area to find a bite to eat if you are hungry as there are dozens of bars and restaurants here.

Now you can walk on to St. Paul’s Cathedral (20-25 minutes) or take public transit.

St Paul’s Cathedral

St Paul’s Cathedral (fee*) is an Anglican church designed by Sir Christopher Wren in the English Baroque style. The present church was consecrated in 1697; however, it sits on the same site as the former medieval church of the same name which was badly damaged by fire. Today it is the seat of the Bishop of London and one of the most important churches in London.

The Cathedral was the tallest building in London for almost 200 years, and although no longer the tallest it can still been seen from many places in London and is one of the most recognizable places on the city skyline. The Cathedral has been the site of many famous services and events, including the state funerals of Lord Nelson and Winston Churchill, jubilee celebrations for both Queen Victoria and Queen Elizabeth II, and royal weddings such as that of Prince Charles to Princess Diana.

St. Paul’s Cathedral was a symbol of resilience during WW2 as images of the recognizable Dome still standing after the Blitz gave hope to people (although the church was damaged), and Churchill would give orders to try to protect the church at all costs. Services were held here after both WW1 and WW2 to give thanks for their end and to pray for peace.

Admission prices include an audioguide for self-guided visits or you can join a regular guided tour of the church. St. Paul’s Cathedral is a busy tourist attraction so be sure to allot enough time, especially if you want to climb the steps to the dome which can have a long line.

If you are planning to visit without a London Pass, especially in the summer months, we recommend booking your ticket online in advance to save money on admission and to get skip the line access.

Worshippers attending a church service or wanting to pray in one of the side chapels can enter for free.

An Alternative or additional stop in the area may be the Museum of London , which is a great free museum dedicated to the history of London. 

Tate Modern

Now you can cross the Millennium Bridge, a popular pedestrian bridge, to reach the Tate Modern , the largest international modern art gallery in the UK. The museum’s location is unusual as it is based in a former power station building. The museum displays both a permanent collection as well as several temporary exhibitions throughout the year.

Personally I prefer the Tate Britain (also in London) since I tend to like older art, but this is a must-see for modern and contemporary art lovers and has some great masterpieces. The museum is free to visit. 

Shakespeare’s Globe

A short walk away you’ll come to a famous white theater building. First let me say that the current Shakespeare’s Globe theater (fee*) is not the original and in fact this one only dates to 1997! The original Globe Theatre was built in 1599, destroyed by fire in 1613, rebuilt in 1614, and then demolished in 1644.

The current one is a realistic reconstruction of the original (with concessions to modern health and safety requirements) and is located very close to the site of the original. The man behind the rebuilding of the Globe is the late American actor and director Sam Wanamaker , who sadly died before the Globe was completed.

The complex also has a museum exhibition about Shakespeare’s work and the original theater, a smaller candle-lit indoor theatre called the Sam Wanamaker Playhouse, and an educational and rehearsal space. Today the public can visit the exhibition and take a guided tour of the theater, which allows visitors to experience what it would have been like to go to a theater in the Elizabethan era as either a lord or lady or as a poor groundling.

You can also get tickets for performances at both the Globe (summer only) and the Sam Wanamaker Playhouse (year round).

Enjoy a West End Show or Hit a Club

Tonight is a perfect evening to go see a West End Show performance, a performance in Shakespeare’s Globe, or other theater or concert event. London is full of nightlife throughout the year—concerts, shows, theater, opera, circuses, comedy shows—so you shouldn’t have a problem finding something that will appeal.

If you are planning to go to a theater performance, you can book tickets in advance online before your trip (recommended if there is a performance you really want to see) or try to find a deal once you are in the city.

Here are some tips for buying London theatre tickets . Note that London Pass users typically have access to theater ticket discounts on certain West End shows. Also check out what is happening at the Royal Albert Hall during your visit, this world-famous venue hosts everything from classical concerts to rock bands to tennis matches!

If you prefer a club or a bar to a theater, London has some of the best clubs in Europe. Here is a list of some of London’s top clubs to get you started. Note that most bars stop serving drinks between 11am and 2am, and here is a guide to some of London’s  late night bars .

London Itinerary Day 4 – Day excursion & Camden

If you have 6 days in London, I would head out of central London for at least one day. Today I’d recommend visiting one of the major attractions outside the city in the morning and then spending the afternoon in the borough of Camden. Camden is well-known for its markets, canals, zoo, and Regent’s Park.

Alternatively, if you are not interested in visiting Camden, you could try visiting two of the recommended morning attractions (e.g., Windsor Castle and Kew Gardens). You’ll need to use public transit to reach the morning attractions and to get to Camden but the attractions in Camden are all within walking distance.

Visit an Out of Central London Attraction

In the morning I’d recommend heading to one attraction on the outskirts of London or just outside the city. All of these are popular and busy attractions so getting there around opening time is wise idea! Here are our top recommendations to choose from:

Option 1: Windsor Castle

Windsor Castle (fee*) was built as a defensive fortification by William the Conqueror in the 11th century. Today it is the largest and longest continuously occupied royal residence in the world. Much of the castle’s magnificent State Rooms were designed and built in the 19th century, and the castle is a common weekend home for Queen Elizabeth II.

Highlights here include the State Apartments, Queen Mary’s Dolls’ House, and the 15th-century St. George’s Chapel. You can also see the Changing of the Guards ceremony here on certain days which is a similar but much smaller version of the ceremony that takes place in front of Buckingham Palace.

There is an excellent audioguide included with admission and you can also join offered guided tours at the castle. Note that the castle can get very busy, especially in the summer, so try to arrive at opening time or alternatively you may want to visit in the afternoon.

To get here you need to take a train out of London. You cannot use an Oyster Card and will need to buy a rail ticket. Windsor Castle tickets can also be purchased here . 

Option 2: Hampton Court Palace  

Hampton Court Palace (fee*) is a former royal palace, originally built in the 16th century for Cardinal Thomas Wolsey, a powerful person during the time of King Henry VIII. However, Wolsey would fall out of favor with the king (as most people did) and Henry would confiscate his house and use it as his own palace.

The huge Tudor and Baroque style royal palace was used by British monarchs until the 18th century and is now a popular tourist destination. The palace is huge and you could spend all day exploring its many rooms, but luckily the self-guided tours are broken up by themes so you can decide which parts of the palace are of most interest to you. The gardens, the tennis court, and hedge maze are also definitely worth exploring here.

This is a must-see for anyone interested in King Henry VIII and Tudor history. The palace is located in outer London and can be reached by public transportation. Tickets can be bought in advance here .

Option 3: Kew Gardens

Kew Gardens (fee*) is considered one of the best botanical gardens in the world, housing over 8 million specimens. The gardens have “the largest and most diverse botanical and mycological collections in the world”, representing “over 95% of known flowering plant genera and more than 60% of known fungal genera”!  

Some highlights include the Palm House, Temperate House, Waterlily House, and Treetop walkway. A trip here offers more than just plants, as you can also visit art galleries, the Great Pagoda, and tour Kew Palace, a former royal residence located within the gardens.

You can explore at your own pace or join one of the garden’s guided walk tours that come free with entry. This is a must-see for any garden lover. Kew Gardens are located in outer London and can be reached by public transportation. Tickets can be bought in advance here .

Option 4: Warner Brothers Studio Tour London – The Making of Harry Potter 

If you are a Harry Potter fan you might want to consider spending the morning at the Warner Brothers Studio located just outside the city. This film studio was where all eight of the Harry Potter films were actually filmed, and they have retained many of the original sets, clothing, and props from the movies.

On the largely self-guided The Making of Harry Potter tour  (fee), you can visit the Great Hall, the railway station, numerous filming locations from inside Hogwarts, the Forbidden Forest, and Diagon Alley. You’ll learn many of the secrets of how the films were made, have the opportunity to drink Butterbeer, and explore giant gift shops full of all things Harry Potter.

Many people take 3.5 to 4 hours to visit here. So you’ll want to take this into account in planning your day as well as the time it will take you get there. This will be a full day trip for some.

T o get to the Studio, you can take a National Rail train (London Euston most convenient) to the Watford Junction station and then you can take the studio tour shuttle from the station to the film studios. You must book your tickets in advance online and have the voucher with you on your visit. You can also book a tour from central London that will take you directly to and from the studio so you don’t have to take the train and shuttle. 

Check out our detailed guide to the Harry Potter Studio Tour for more information, tips, and photos.

Explore Camden

After a morning spent exploring a royal palace, marveling at Hogwarts’ Great Hall, or wandering around one of the world’s best botanical gardens, you might want to head to the borough of Camden.

Camden is a diverse neighborhood that has been home to a number of famous people over the centuries from Charles Dickens to Sigmund Freud to Amy Winehouse.

Once an industrial area known for shipping gin, it is now known for its markets, music scene, street art, and alternative fashion stores. It is also home to Regent’s Park and the London Zoo, and Camden Lock is a popular place to start a canal boat ride along the Regent’s Canal. 

Camden Market

Camden Market is not a single market, but consists of several different markets within walking distance of each other. Market stalls sell just about everything including food, clothing, crafts, art, souvenirs, and more.

In addition to the market stalls, you’ll also find restaurants, bars, dance clubs, and other entertainment spaces here. It is a popular tourist destination as well as a meet-up spot for Londoners. Although the Camden Market is open daily, you’ll find it at its busiest and with the most open stalls on the weekends. Great place to find something to eat.

The ZSL London Zoo (fee*) is the world’s oldest scientific zoo and it was originally begun with a royal collection of animals that has been previously kept at the Tower of London. Today the zoo animals include lions, hippos, otters, gorillas, tigers, and giraffes. The newest exhibition is the Land of Lions which features a large interactive exhibit for its endangered Asiatic lions.

The London Zoo also has a Reptile House, an aquarium, an aviary, and a large collection of insects. There are several places to eat, shop, and you can even take a photography workshop or spend the night in the zoo.

The Regent’s Park

The Regent’s Park is a large 410 acre royal park that is mainly open parkland. In the northern end you’ll find the London Zoo, but you’ll also find lots of open spaces, gardens, sporting pitches and facilities, children’s playgrounds, sculptures, memorials, and an open air theater. You can also rent a boat to row across its lake (seasonal), climb Primrose Hill for a nice view of London, or enjoy the roses at Queen Mary Gardens.

There are also homes located in Regent’s Park, including Winfeld House, which has been the official residence of the U.S. Ambassador to the UK since after World War 2. A great place to have a break or enjoy a picnic (there is a restaurant located in the center of the park or bring your own food). 

Madame Tussauds

If you still have time and energy, you can cross Regent’s Park’s (by foot or bus) and you can visit Madame Tussauds. Madame Tussauds (fee) is a museum displaying the waxworks of famous and historic people from Tudor royalty to current Hollywood film stars.

The museum was started by an interesting French woman  Marie Tussaud  who traveled around Europe with her wax figure collection until opening a permanent location in 1835. Although many of the original figures have been destroyed or damaged by fire or bombing, some of Tussaud’s original figures still exist as well as older ones she inherited.

The oldest existing figure displayed in the collection is one modeled after Madame du Barry dating from 1765, but the museum also includes everyone from Queen Elizabeth II to the band One Direction to Angelina Jolie.

Although not for everyone, it is a popular place to take a selfie with your favorite stars. The museum has become a popular London attraction and there are now branches of Madame Tussauds around the world, but if you are only going to visit one, I’d visit the original! See our guide to visiting Madame Tussauds for more information.

Alternative places you may want to visit in the area include the Sherlock Holmes Museum  (fee) and the Jewish Museum (fee). Note that if you are a fan of Amy Winehouse, you’ll find a Amy Winehouse statue near the Stables Market, street art dedicated to her memory throughout the area, and there was an exhibition at the Jewish Museum about her life and career when we last visited.

London Itinerary Day 5 – Kensington

Today I’d suggest exploring the London borough of Kensington & Chelsea, with a particular focus on South Kensington. This affluent area of the city is full of museums, galleries, stores, and world-class entertainment venues. Everything on the main itinerary is within walking distance (or a short public transit ride if you prefer).

Kensington Palace

Kensington Palace (fee*) is a royal residence set in Kensington Gardens. It began as a fairly humble 17th century two-storey Jacobean mansion and was expanded by the royal family into the giant royal residence it is today.

The palace might be best associated with Queen Victoria as it was here that she spent much of her unhappy childhood and first learned that she was queen. More recently it was the official residence of Prince Charles, Princess Diana, and their two sons.

Today it is still an official private residence and workplace for many royals including Prince William and Prince Harry, but the State Rooms are open to the public. There is a lot to see here and it can be a bit confusing to try to wander around on your own, but luckily the palace has put together several different self-guided routes based on different themes and people (e.g., King’s Apartments, Queen Victoria, royal fashion) to help you get the most of your visit.

There is a cafe here and the garden is a nice place to enjoy a cup of tea if the weather is pleasant.  This palace can be very busy, especially in the summer months or when they have a popular exhibition. If you don’t have a London Pass I would recommend booking your ticket in advance here and if you do have a London Pass, I’d recommend arriving near opening time.

Kensington Gardens

After visiting Kensnigton Palace, if the weather is nice, I’d spend some time exploring Kensington Gardens and adjacent Hyde Park. Within this large green space, you’ll find a number of gardens, sporting area, statues, biking trails, and boat rentals (seasonal).

Some of the notable places to see or visit include the Serpentine Gallery, Serpentine Sackler Gallery, the Princess Diana Memorial, Peter Pan statue, the Elfin Oak, and the ornate Albert Memorial. An easy place to spend an hour or two.

Royal Albert Hall

The Royal Albert Hall  is a world-class performance venue that was opened in 1871 by Queen Victoria. The hall has hosted just about every kind of event which have included concerts by Richard Wagner, wartime speeches by Winston Churchill, rock concerts by the Beatles, tennis tournaments, Cirque du Soleil performances, and Star Wars films accompanied by a live symphony orchestra.

It has been host to the BBC Proms for decades. If you are interested in going inside, you can take a guided tour of the Royal Albert Hall (fee*). Guided tours include the original carriage entrance, the auditorium, gallery, royal private box, and the private suites of the royal family.

If you’d rather come for a performance, you can head inside to the Ticket Office. Note if you are on a small budget, inexpensive standing room only tickets are available for some performances, including the BBC Proms.

Kensington Museums

It’s museum time! Kensington is one of our favorite areas for museums as it has loads of them, and the best part is that almost all of them are free to visit! Let’s talk about the three main museums, and you can choose your favorite or dive into all three.

First you have The Science Museum which has information and exhibits on a range of scientific topics from genetics and electricity to space travel and virtual reality. There are loads of interactive exhibits that are both fun and educational. The museum also has an IMAX theater (fee*).

Next you have the Natural History Museum and its giant life and earth science specimens are housed in a beautiful building that looks more like a cathedral than a museum. Its collection holds over 80 million items and you can see everything from dinosaur skeletons to specimens collected by Charles Darwin to a giant mineral collection. There is also a seasonal butterfly house (fee) at the museum.

The  Victoria & Albert Museum , often referred to as the V&A Museum, is the world’s largest museum of decorative arts and design, with over 2 million objects in its collection that spans 5,000 years of human history! You’ll find everything from Greek pillars to Chinese vases to Alexander McQueen gowns here. The museum is also known for hosting popular temporary exhibitions (fee) throughout the year.

Kensington is well-known as a shopping destination with many of its most famous stores located along Kensington High Street, Brompton Road, King’s Road, and Sloane Street.

Among the hundreds of stores, you’ll find popular antique stores, the British department store Harvey Nichols, and the world-famous Harrods with its 1 million square feet of retail space which sells everything from speciality food to designer shoes!

Harrods was started by Charles Henry Harrods as a small family-run shop, but like many British landmark institutions it is sadly now owned by foreign corporations (in this case the state of Qatar). In addition to shopping, you might also want to stop for an afternoon tea, such as this fashion inspired afternoon tea in Knightsbridge.

If you prefer a market, the Portobello Road Market in Chelsea is a popular market and at its best on Saturdays. There are many cafes and restaurants in this area if you are here at dinner time.

Alternatives : There are many other things to see in the area (mostly in Chelsea), including the Chelsea Physic Garden (fee*), Leighton House Museum (fee), Design Museum , Portobello Road Market, Chelsea Football Club Stadium Tour & Museum (fee*), and the recently renovated National Army Museum (fee*).

London Itinerary Day 6 – Greenwich or Free Day

For your final day in London, consider spending the day in the London borough of Greenwich. Greenwich is world-famous as the traditional location of the Prime Meridian and for its observatory, but it also has a number of historical buildings, museums, a market, a giant park, and a famous tea clipper. A large portion of Greenwich, and most of today’s suggested itinerary, is part of the UNESCO World Heritage Site known as Maritime Greenwich.

Or alternatively leave this day free to wander around London’s streets and parks, do some shopping, or catch up on places you missed on prior days. Maybe you want to simply spend a day relaxing by the Thames, exploring the latest art exhibits, buying gifts for loved ones back home, or checking out vintage clothing shops. 

This is also a perfect day to follow your specific interests and passions, whether it is searching for  Harry Potter in London , checking out London’s best pubs, visiting Winston Churchill sites , taking a Jack the Ripper tour , checking off London’s World Heritage sites , exploring London’s street art, or finding the perfect fish & chips shop. 

The Cutty Sark (fee*) is a British clipper ship built in Scotland on the River Clyde in 1869. The ship is historically significant for being one of the last tea clipper ships ever built and one of the last clipper ships of this period still in existence. The ship was originally used to carry tea from China to England as quickly as possible and would visit almost every major world port during its life at sea.

In later years as steam-powered ships became popular, the Cutty Sark was used for cargo transport and then as a training ship. It was dry docked here in 1954 and is now one of the area’s most popular tourist attractions.

A tour of the Cutty Sark allows you to see the ship’s interior, learn about the ship’s history and what it was like at sea in Victorian times, hear stories of the people on board the ship, and see the ship’s hull up close as you walk underneath it. There is also a cafe on board where you can grab sandwiches or have afternoon tea (if you want a full afternoon tea, book it in advance). 

Tickets can be purchased in advance here .

Old Royal Naval College

The Old Royal Naval College is a set of buildings designed by Christopher Wren whose original purpose was to serve as a place to care for and house retired seamen. Later the large building complex was used as a naval training college and today is used for a number of functions, and many of the buildings are open to the public.

We’d recommend starting your visit at the Greenwich Visitor Centre which has some helpful information, displays, and artifacts. Then you can wander around the site to admire the buildings, and you can visit the Chapel and the beautiful Painted Hall, painted by James Thornhill in the early 18th century. Guided tours can also sometimes be arranged for those with a special interest to see more areas of the complex not usually open to the public.

Before the Old Royal Naval College was built, the Palace of Placentia (better known as Greenwich Palace) sat here which was the birthplace of King Henry VIII and his daughters and later queens Mary I and Elizabeth I. You can learn more about it in the Greenwich Visitor Centre.

National Maritime Museum

The National Maritime Museum is a great museum dedicated to the dramatic maritime history of Britain. The museum covers about everything related to the sea from shipping and trading, fishing, technology development, the Atlantic Slave trade, pirates and explorers, war battles at sea, leisure cruises, and the life of seamen throughout the ages. You’ll even find J.M.W. Turners’ largest painting The Battle of Trafalgar here.

The museum is packed with information, exhibits, and fun interactive bits. The museum is free to visit.  Not far away you can also visit the  Queen’s House , a beautiful and architecturally significant former royal residence designed by Inigo Jones.

Greenwich Park

Greenwich Park is yet another of the large royal parks in London that was once a royal hunting park. Here in its 183 green acres,you’ll find a number of attractions, historical ruins, memorials, sporting fields, a deer park, and gardens.

Our favorites are the rose garden, the Ranger’s House which houses the Wernher Collection of art, and the Royal Observatory Greenwich. Note that the hill in the park is a bit steep but those who climb the hill are also rewarded by a nice view of London.

Royal Observatory Greenwich

The Royal Observatory Greenwich  (fee*) is a well-known observatory that has played a significant role in the history of astronomy and navigation. It is known as the location of the prime meridian and gave its name to Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) and sits first on the meridian line.

The observatory is now maintained as a museum and visitors can learn about the history and discoveries at the observatory, stand on the famous Meridian line, visit Flamsteed House, see a camera obscura, and see the great equatorial telescope.

Admission includes an audioguide to make the most of your self-guided visit. You can buy your tickets in advance here .

Nearby is the interactive Astronomy Centre (free to visit) and the attached Peter Harrison Planetarium (fee), which is currently London’s only planetarium. 

Greenwich Market

Greenwich Market has been in existence since the 18th century and is one of London’s best covered markets. The market sells food, clothing, flowers, antiques, crafts, souvenirs, art, and more. There are also a number of pubs and restaurants nearby. A great area to grab a snack or meal.

Isle of Dogs

If you are looking for a walk underneath the River Thames, you can take a walk across the Greenwich Foot Tunnel to the Isle of Dogs. The Isle of Dogs is surrounded by the Thames on three sides and while once na industrial dock area, it is mainly a residential area now. The view from the Island Gardens across the river of the Queen’s House and Greenwich Hospital was depicted by Canaletto in a few of his paintings.

From here you can walk back across the tunnel to Greenwich or take public transit onto your destination.  Note that if you haven’t done a Thames cruise yet and still want to, you can pick up a boat at the Greenwich Pier near the Greenwich foot tunnel entrance.

Final Night Out? If you haven’t already taken in a West End Show or gone out for some of London’s nightlife, this is your last chance to do it. If you are looking for an earlier evening (big flight tomorrow?), consider splurging on a nice dinner to enjoy your final evening in London and talk about all the great things you saw and did during your 6 days in London!

Save Money on your 6 Days in London Trip with the London Pass

We wanted to give you an example of the cost savings over 6 days in London if you have a London Pass.

The following is based on the above itinerary although it doesn’t include every single attraction we suggested but includes what we believe is a realistic number for someone planning to actively sightsee based on the above itinerary.

Note, we have included images of the London Pass which was previously available as a physical product. As of 2021, the pass is only available as virtual product, which can be used through a smartphone app. The code can also be printed out for scanning.

Here is the cost savings for 6 days in London for 2 people with the London Pass based on our itinerary above:

It’s also always worth comparing prices between the official site here and GetYourGuide here as sometimes one will be better value than the other.

As you can see in our example (with the 6 day pass) we ended up with a savings of £280.5 per person for a total cost savings of £561. This is definitely a considerable amount for six days of sightseeing!

Even if we had visited significantly fewer sites during the six days in London, we would have still saved money with the London Pass. A general rule is that you need to visit an average of 2 to 3 attractions per day to save money with a 6 day London Pass.

We highly recommend that all visitors check out the London Pass, especially if it is your first visit to London. It covers free entry to over 80 attractions and museums, plus a number of discounts on tours, restaurants, souvenirs, and theater tickets. Not only will it save many visitors money, it also saves times by providing fast track entry into certain busy sites.

However it is not a great fit for everyone, and if you are not sure if it is a good fit or not, read our full review of the London Pass to help you decide as it breaks down the features, ways to purchase, how to calculate your cost savings, and more.

There you have our suggested London itinerary on how to spend 6 days in London. If you were planning a trip to London, which of these places would be must-sees on your itinerary? If you’ve visited London, what were you favorite spots in London? If you are planning a visit to London and have any questions about the itinerary or visiting London, just ask them in the comments below and as always we are happy to help!

Share this Post!

There are 90 comments on this post.

Please scroll to the end to leave a comment

Caroline Post author

November 27, 2023 at 8:42 am

Fantastic itinerary! Your detailed suggestions make planning my upcoming 6-day London trip a breeze. Can’t wait to explore these iconic spots and soak in the city’s charm. Thanks for the insights!

Jessica & Laurence Norah Post author

November 29, 2023 at 4:05 pm

Hi Caroline,

So happy to hear that you are finding our London itinerary helpful, just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip!

Best, Jessica

Albert Post author

October 12, 2023 at 2:26 am

My name is Albert, I was very impressed after reading your article and I also got a lot of information. I also went on a trip to London once and enjoyed it a lot and that time I stayed at Edward Hotel. I have enjoyed your service a lot.

October 12, 2023 at 11:32 am

Thanks for taking the time to comment, and so happy to hear that you found our London itinerary and travel information helpful in visiting London! Glad you had such a great stay and hope you have a chance to return to London again.

Happy travels! Jessica

Alexis Post author

April 8, 2023 at 4:46 pm

I just bought my airline tickets last Tuesday for travel the last week of September . I am traveling solo and now I need to start making the rest of my plans. This article has been incredibly helpful as London is a large city and I am overwhelmed! I am subscribed to your newsletter and look forward to gathering more information. Thank you for all the effort you put into this article and all the resources provided!

April 10, 2023 at 12:17 pm

Thanks so much for taking the time to comment and let us know that our London article has been helpul. Obviously, I would suggest editing the London itinerary to best suit your interests, pace, etc. but hopefully it will give you some good ideas on what you might want to see/do and how to organize your days. If you have any questions as you begin to book the rest of your trip, just ask!

Coleen Post author

February 25, 2023 at 8:39 am

Our group of 4 adults is planning a 5-day trip to London in late April to early May. We’ve been struggling over how best to allocate our time in the city. Your post’s itineraries are a wonderful resource for us! Thank you for all the work you’ve put into it!

February 25, 2023 at 10:58 pm

You’re very welcome and glad our London itinerary ideas have been helpful in planning your Spring trip. If you have any questions as you plan your trip, feel free to just ask!

Wishing you a wonderful trip to London!

Tom Post author

January 12, 2023 at 8:23 pm

This is how detailed and comprehensive a guide should be! Thanks for this, Jessica! Hoping to read more itineraries from your trips.

January 14, 2023 at 2:31 am

Thank you very much for your nice comment, and glad you are enjoying our London itinerary. It is a city we have spent a lot of time in. We do have other itineraries on our travel blogs (we also run Finding the Universe) that might be helpful for future trips elsewhere.

January 17, 2023 at 2:13 am

Thanks for mentioning your other blog site, I found the Cost of Travel in Uk blog very helpful. Anyway, since you’ve been or spent a lot in London, what do you think of private tours with GowithGuide, is it worth it? in terms of travel with family of DIY itinerary is still doable regardless of number of people traveling in London?

January 19, 2023 at 6:27 am

I don’t have any specific thoughts about GowithGuide and haven’t used this site for a private tour. But if you do hire a guide for a private tour in London, I’d recommend a licensed Blue Badge guide as they tend to be the best (and are the only people who can guide within certain places). If traveling with kids, it is best to find a tour guide who specifically does family tours as some of the guides can pack too much in or plan tours that aren’t very interesting to kids/teens. And yes, guides are normally able to do a set itinerary of their suggestions or you just pay them by the hour (plus all transport/entrance fees) to do a DIY itinerary that you decide in advance with your guide. So definitely good to ask all your questions before booking if planning to hire a private guide.

A private guide is definitely going to add a lot of extra cost to your trip, so I would think about if you feel you need one or not. London is a pretty easy city to see independently if you speak English so you definitely do not need one. So it just depends on if you think it would be worth the cost or not. Certainly a good guide can be priceless, especially if you have an interest in learning more about the history and backgrounds of the places you are visiting and for local recommendations.

We tend to just join tours within sites (e.g., tour the Parliament) and to do general city walking tours (e.g., an introduction to London tour or a Jack the Ripper tour). These are generally not that expensive as they are group tours and are generally 2-4 hours in length. Some are led by site guides (e.g., Parliament) or companies like Take Walks , City Wonders, or Context Travel.

Anyway, hope that helps!

January 23, 2023 at 11:00 pm

Hi Jessica, thank you for your input! I’ll take your suggestions/recommendations into consideration. Thanks a lot!

Babu Kaji Sitaula Post author

July 20, 2022 at 2:50 am

One of the most comprehensive guides to London that I have recently seen is this one. I’ve been to a good number of these sights, but there are still a ton left to see.

July 22, 2022 at 11:49 am

Thanks Babu for taking the time to comment. Glad you have enjoyed so many great places in London but this itinerary inspired you to visit still more places. I don’t think you can ever fully see a bit city like London – always something more to see or do 😉

Saras Mahara Post author

September 26, 2021 at 4:38 am

Most a wonderful and informative site. We would also like to see a day of countryside out of London, what would you recommend. I day we have a trip to Paris.

September 26, 2021 at 6:00 am

Glad you are finding our suggested London itinerary helpful in planning your trip. There are lots of countryside locations all around southern England so you will have no shortage of choices. But it really depends on what you want to do there, do you want to just see the countryside, do you want to go hiking, or some other activity? Do you want to go on a guided tour or do you want to take the train out to a location and explore on your own? Some locations might be the Cotswolds for pretty villages and countryside or Kent which has lots of countryside walks.

For example, this guided tour takes in a number of popular Cotswolds villages and includes a lot of driving through local countryside. This is a very beautiful part of the country and near where we live.

If you are a fan of “Downton Abbey”, the Highclere Castle tours may be of interest as those tours include filming locations that are set in the Cotswolds countryside. Many of the tours also include a visit to a historical farm. Just note that the home is only open a limited number of days a year so it would depend on the dates of your visit. But you can see our Highclere Castle guide for more information on visiting.

If you are looking for a more of a day of hiking on your own, you could consider a hike in lots of places like the Cotswolds (perhaps a section of the Cotswolds Way), Kent (lots of countryside walks), or do a short section of the Thames Path (this long-distance path runs alongside the river and goes through London). You would just need to figure out where you want to hike and plan your transport to and from there.

For the Thames Path , you can combine a popular attraction visit with hiking as places like Hampton Court Palace and Windsor Castle are along the path. So you could get train or bus from London to Hampton Count Palace for instance, visit the palace and then do a afternoon hike from there along the river and then return back. If you’d rather bike than hike, there are also biking tours like this one to Hampton Court that you can join.

Those are just a few ideas, but there is a lot of potential countryside locations that may suit depending on what you want to do.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have further questions!

mike Post author

May 31, 2021 at 10:38 pm

Thank you so much for this serious and well-thought-out list! I’m on my way here second time and I can see I have a lot of catching up to do. I want to add that for anyone considering a longer stay, it is worth checking out the co-living option. I had a flat here last time and loved it.

June 2, 2021 at 5:27 am

Glad that our London itinerary is helpful in planning your second visit to London. Yes, if you are staying for several day or more, it can often save you money and be easier to rent a flat than pay for a hotel, just depends how you like to travel and what amenities you need.

We have a guide to booking holiday homes and flats in the UK here that gives you some of the best booking websites if you are searching for one!

Polly Taylor Post author

August 23, 2020 at 9:44 am

Great itinerary. I used to live in London and haven’t done nearly all of these! I love Greenwich and its market, and always has a pie and mash at a great little cafe there – not been south of the river for a while now but must take our daughter up to London to explore before too long.

August 24, 2020 at 6:47 am

Yes, we love Greenwich – it is a great place to spend a day! Hope you get a chance to visit London with your daughter soon.

Victoria Post author

January 8, 2020 at 10:20 am

So happy to find this! I goofed on calendar dates and booked Harry Potter 1st on our trip instead of the walking tour you suggest. We arrive in June on a Sat late. Booked Harry Potter for Monday not knowing there is no changing of the guard on Tuesday for the tour. And it looks like no tours are booked on Sundays. What do you recommend we do 1st Sunday? Pretty much want to see all you mention in your itinerary, I guess I’m just out of order. 1st time visitor to the UK. Thank you!

January 8, 2020 at 12:20 pm

Hi Victoria,

Don’t worry, you can do the days in really any order, so I would just book any tours on the days that work best for you and for what’s happening (such as the changing of the guard). You can leave your Harry Potter tour as is or switch it to a better day, but I would not be too worried about the order. But yes, you do need to check opening hours/days and schedules for the attractions you really want to visit. For instance, I think Westminster Abbey is also closed on Sundays for public visits (services only).

For the Changing of the Guard, if you are interested in seeing it as part of one of the walking tours, I’d just join the tour on a day the changing of the guard is scheduled to happen. Just note that weather and royal events can affect the ceremony as well, so just keep that in mind. But I’d just do the Westminster highlights on that day, in however it fits into your schedule. If the tour doesn’t work into your schedule, you can of course just head over on your own to see the Changing of the Guard, just be sure to try to get to the palace well before it starts so you can find a place to stand.

For Sunday, I think Kensington would be a good area to explore. There is the palace, the parks and gardens, Royal Albert Hall, several free museums, and lots of shopping opportunities in that area. So you have lots of choices of how to structure your day. As far as I can think of (but do double check all the places you definitely want to visit), all the main attractions are usually open on Sundays. Just note that Sunday is generally going to be a busier day for museums and attractions as you have all the local people off work and it is a day a lot of families go out – but this is going to be true of any place in London (especially free places).

If you are planning on using a London Pass (or other tourist pass), it is only valid for a set number of consecutive days. So I would just make sure you go to the things included on your pass within the allocated number of days once you activate the pass.

The other thing to note is that we list a lot of options and alternatives for each day of our London itinerary, and it is designed to help give you an area to explore each day and a suggested route. You can’t of course visit all the places (especially if you want to really go inside and spend time) we mention under each day and do all the extra tours and activities we mention. So I’d use each day as a guide for the area you are visiting and the major attractions, and then focus on all the places that are must-sees, whether you want to really visit each place or just view it from the outside (and how long you think the visit will take), and then make a list for “other things that I’d like to see here if there is time”. This can really help prioritize your days, especially if you encounter delays or you decide to spend longer than expected somewhere.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have any other questions as you plan your trip to the UK!

Helen Post author

October 29, 2019 at 9:54 am

Your suggestions have been so helpful. We area going to London next month! We hope to see some of the Christmas markets while we are there. I am not sure if I missed it, but how long per day (approximately) from start to finish to fit in the itinerary? We generally like to move at a leisurely pace and so I would want to make some adjustments if it is a little overwhelming for us. Thanks again for all your ideas! Helen

October 29, 2019 at 1:30 pm

Happy to hear our itinerary is helpful! Our London itinerary is just a general suggestion for how you could spend 6 days in London. We discuss more attractions than you’d want to squeeze into each day to give you choices. So I’d use it more to base each day. The days are laid out to give you a good roadmap but you’ll want to adjust as needed. I’d take into account which attractions are of interest and for those you want to visit, how long you’d want to spend at each (taking into account security and lines).

For example, for Day 1 describes a walking route focused on Westminster, joining together a number of historical and popular attractions and sights. You could complete the general sightseeing path in an hour or so on foot, but then you want to add in time for each attraction you want to stop and visit, breaks, meals, etc. Some people may want to just spend a few minutes seeing Westminster Abbey from the outside and then move on and others will want to go inside and spend a couple of hours touring it, so it is really dependent on the traveler. If as part of the walk, you want to visit Westminster Abbey (for an estimated 1.5 hours), stop for lunch (for estimated 1 hour), visit the National Gallery (for an estimated 2 hours), and stop in to see the Banqueting Hall (estimated 40 minutes) as part of the route, that would fill up most of your day.

Our itineraries are definitely designed for a full day of sightseeing (after breakfast to dinner), so yes I would definitely adjust down for a more leisurely day out. And take into account other things you want to do such as the Christmas markets. For example you may want to try to take out a day out of the itinerary and try to do 5 of the days over 6 days.

Hope that helps! Jessica

BK Lim Post author

October 12, 2019 at 8:20 pm

Can I check if this London itinerary is recommended for summer? I’m going in Nov/Dec and I was told the days are shorter.

October 13, 2019 at 12:34 am

Our London itinerary will work any time of the year and just about all the places mentioned are opened year-round. Our 6 day London itinerary is a suggestion though and you’ll want to edit it to your specific schedule and preferences.

The daylight hours will, of course, be shorter in London in the winter months than in the summer months. Also some of the attraction opening hours may be a bit shorter than in the summer months. So you may not be able to see or do quite as much as you could in the summer months. Our 6 day London itinerary provides lots of suggestions for each day, and you can still use it to guide each day. But you will probably want to maybe aim for no more than 3 major attractions (to go inside) each day.

Hope that helps, Jessica

Luciana Post author

July 10, 2019 at 5:08 pm

Thanks for such a great article! I’ll be in London next month for the first time in my life and you’ve been of great help. I’ve been reading about the London Pass, and they offer some interesting excursions on their app, but the problem is I haven’t been able to find their price. Could you help me? Thanks in advance!

July 11, 2019 at 3:20 pm

Hi Luciana, Glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful. I am not 100% sure which excursions you are referring to but London Pass holders do get discounted prices on some tours outside of London, and you can view these and their prices and book them here . Hope that helps! Best, Jessica

Patty Post author

July 1, 2019 at 10:49 am

Thank you for the amazing 6-day London Itinerary! My husband, two adult daughters and I will be visiting London for 7 days in September (13th – 19th) for the first time. We’ve been doing a lot of research and have put together a tentative itinerary. I do have a couple questions I hope you can answer. Is it wise to visit Westminster Abbey at opening time one day and the Tower of London first thing on another day? Do you think the queues will be long that time of year? Is there a way to buy a ticket or book a tour to avoid the queues? It looks like I can buy a ticket on the Westminster Abbey website for a particular day and time block (9:30-11:30 am) so assume it’s not a timed entry and will wait for entrance. It looks like the Tower Of London tickets don’t offer a timed entry either. Thanks for any advice you can provide.

July 3, 2019 at 10:02 am

Hi Patty, Yes, Tower of London in particular we recommend visiting when it first opens as it doesn’t absorb crowds that well in certain areas such as the line to see the Crown Jewels which can get busy and long. We were the first group in on our last visit and didn’t have any long waits. Westminster Abbey is also always busy but does absorb crowds better, but can be good to visit near opening if it fits in your schedule. Kensington Palace is another site in London that is best to try to visit near opening if it is on your list.

London is a popular and busy destination year round but September is not going to be nearly as busy as July and August so attractions will be busy but should not be super busy. We normally visit with the London Pass so we just try to arrive near opening for busiest places and then visit less busy places later in the day.

Yes, Westminster Abbey does offer fast-track entry tickets (only sold by them online) for most days and times. We have not used these but you get to avoid the ticket lines and I think you should be able to go through a faster security line. But you may want to send them an email or call them to confirm this. The tickets are sold by time blocks so you just need to be in line before that time period ends to use your ticket.

For the Tower of London, you can currently pre-purchase tickets online for entry to avoid the ticket line but I don’t think it gets you into a priority line.

If you you are interested in a walking tour (and all 4 of you are reasonably fit), this tour by Take Walks is a great one to consider. It is organized in a way so that you see as much as possible in one day and includes tours of both of the Tower of London and Westminster Abbey as well as Changing of the Guard ceremony and more. One great advantage is the guide is a Blue Badge guide so can do tours inside both attractions. So that might be something to consider for your first or second full day in London.

MDHegs Post author

June 24, 2019 at 11:13 am

Excellent itinerary!! My wife and I will be visiting for 8-days in August and have secured lodging near Madame Tussaud’s and Regent’s Park. We have already received our Visitor Oyster Card and selected this location due to it’s close proximity to a couple of underground lines. Is this a suitable location, in your opinion?? I am using your itinerary as a baseline and filling in with specific markets, for dining and a walking tour or two to dig a little deeper into some history and culture. On day 7 we are going up to Highgate Cemetery with Take Walks … Can’t wait!! Thank you for the excellent post!!

June 24, 2019 at 5:55 pm

Hi there, Yes, I think that as long as you are somewhat central and near a good public transit line, you should be able to easily do a lot of sightseeing in London. Regents Park is a nice area, and there are two Underground stations really close together there (Baker Street and Regent’s Park). You are just a 15 to 20 minute Tube ride from the very center of the city so it should not take you too long to reach any of the places in our 6 day London itinerary except of course if you head out to Kew Gardens, Windsor, etc.

The Highgate Cemetery tour sounds interesting, that must be new to Take Walks, we’ll have to check it out!

Wishing you a great visit to London, Jessica

Beverly Post author

May 30, 2019 at 2:59 am

Did you stay in the same hotel for the 6 days or did you book different hotels according to your itinerary? Thank you

May 30, 2019 at 7:34 am

Hi Beverly, We would recommend staying in the same hotel, which is why we recommend a centrally located hotel so you are closer to most of London’s attractions. But you could split up in stay in 2 places if you really wanted to do so of course, but I’d probably recommend just one place if you can so you don’t have pack up and move hotels in the middle of your visit. Best, Jessica

Danny Doan Post author

May 28, 2019 at 11:37 am

Hi Jessica, Thank you so much for the 6 day itinerary. I have a couple of questions I hope you could answer. Do you know if the airbnb’s apartment in London have a safe box to put personal belongings in to? And are there any budget hotels in London that can accommodate a family of 4? My wife and I travel with our sons who are 17 and 18.

May 28, 2019 at 12:04 pm

Glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful!

If you are thinking of an Airbnb in London (note we have personally NOT had good experiences in London with budget Airbnbs), most Airbnbs do not have a guest safe. But I am sure some do, but you will likely need to contact properties individually to ask if they offer a safe as it is not a feature you can currently search for and this as it is not often included in the descriptions. It is not typical if renting an Airbnb apartment. If having a safe is important, I’d recommend looking at budget hotels or apartment hotels instead as they are much more likely to have a safe box in the room.

Yes, most budget hotels can accommodate 4 persons. Most room configurations though are going to be 2 double beds, so if your sons are OK with sharing that could work for 1 room. Or try to find a family room that has 1 double and 2 singles or 2 doubles with a pull-out sofa. Otherwise, I’d probably recommend getting 2 separate rooms, one for you and your wife and one for your sons. You can search for rooms for 4 adults here on Booking.com .

Hope that helps, let me know if you have further questions.

May 28, 2019 at 6:14 pm

Thank you so much for you help.

melis Post author

May 25, 2019 at 1:36 am

I had stayed just 3 nights in Westminster, and it was totally enough to love that city. On my last day, I just tried to see something negative, but no way.. It might be only some expensive when you compare it with other European cities, I guess. And, this post… It looks like a formal guide, more than a blog content. Thank you…

May 25, 2019 at 7:52 am

Hi Melis, Yes, it is easy to love London, and we love staying in or near Westminster or elsewhere in central London. It is a great time for new visitors to the city as it makes it easy to walk to so many of the highlights like the Houses of Parliament, Westminster Abbey, and Buckingham Palace! Glad to hear that you didn’t have anything negative to say about your stay, and hope you return to see more of what London has to offer! Best, Jessica

Kathy Post author

May 20, 2019 at 6:52 pm

So much helpful advice here…thankyou! Re London Pass or London Explorer Pass…the former has a maximum 10 day pass whereas Explorer gives you 30 days, which is great for us. We will have 10 days in London and may want to vegetate a bit in between serious sightseeing!! Value your thoughts on this…am I missing something here? ( apart from different venues depending on your interests)

May 21, 2019 at 5:19 am

Hi Kathy, In terms of time the London Explore Pass may be good if you have more than 10 days in London and want to explore the attractions at any time during your visit. However, the London Pass gives you free entry to a lot more attractions (60+) than the London Explorer Pass which only allows you to visit up to 7 attractions (out of 20) plus sightseeing bus for 1 day. That included attractions are also different between the two.

I think the main thing to consider is what attractions do you know you want to visit? Then see if the London Explorer Pass is a good fit and includes those. If not, the 10 day London Pass may be a better fit.

Kathy J Post author

May 22, 2019 at 1:04 am

Thanks heaps Jessica! I’ve since been checking reviews and London Explorer Pass doesn’t seem to be a good option….not recognised at some venues etc. etc When 80% of reviews aren’t favourable I think it pays to steer clear!

May 22, 2019 at 4:42 am

Hi Kathy, The London Explorer Pass is sold by the same company as the London Pass, but it is just a different product. I haven’t heard anything negative about it (it should work as designed) but it works differently from the London Pass. I think the bad reviews are likely by people who did not know how it worked. It will definitely save you money if the attractions included fit where you want to visit. But if you are not sure, the London Pass gives you a much wider range of attractions to choose from and you can visit as many as you want during the consecutive day period. Hope that helps! Jessica

ALLISON brackett Post author

April 30, 2019 at 3:08 pm

I’m getting to London at 6:30 in the morning on a Sunday after a long flight. Do you have recommendations on what to see without having advance tickets on that day? With possible delays/exhaustion I’m afraid of booking activities in advance for our arrival day. Thank you for any help.

May 2, 2019 at 2:01 am

Hi Allison, If your flight arrives at 6:30am, you should have a lot of time that first day. But since you’ll likely be tired, I’d just plan a relaxing day. You have a lot of options and really could pick stuff from any of the days of the 6 day itinerary.

I would recommend having a London Pass and then perhaps doing the suggested walking route around Westminster as described in Day 1 – you can stop into the attractions that look interesting and you have time to visit. Most don’t require reservations and most are free to enter with the London Pass. A few places in London do close to visitors on Sunday, notably Westminster Abbey, so do keep that in mind. Then whatever you don’t see the first day, you can just go back and visit the next day.

Another option would be going to go to Kensington and explore the museums, parks, and shops around that area at your leisure. Or maybe you just want to tackle one big place, like spending the day at Hampton Court Palace, Windsor Castle, or exploring the British Museum.

This is also maybe a good day to do a sightseeing bus as you can get your bearings while justing relaxing on a bus. Or do a Thames boat cruise.

Michelle Post author

April 23, 2019 at 9:48 am

Hi, i am travelling to London and bought 6 Days london pass. Am so confuse where to start as my hubby will hv interview on Day 2 of our arrival. Intervirw is at Birdcage walk near Westminster. I would also like to visit Paris as i will be thete in London for 10days. Staying at relative place at southfield. Much appreciate if u could guide on the best itinerary. First time traveller from malaysia

April 24, 2019 at 7:08 am

Hi Michelle,

I think that the 6 Day London itinerary above should work well for you, but you should do the days as they make sense with your schedule and not necessarily do them in order. So for the day you are in Westminster, Day 1 is a good one to follow. Most attractions in our itinerary are included on the London Pass.

Southfields is not very central or near many tourist attractions, except Wimbledon, so just keep that in mind as you will need to take public transit each day to get to each of the neighborhoods we recommend in our itinerary. So plan in that extra time. Your relatives should be able to tell you the nearest Underground and bus stops and the best ways to use public transit from where you will be located.

Since you have 10 days, I’d consider doing at least a couple of day trips out of London. We recommend several at the top of this article to places like Stonehenge, Oxford, Stratford-upon-Avon, etc.

Paris can be visited as a day trip or you can take the Eurostar train and stay overnight in Paris and then return to London, depending on your schedule and budget. You can also book a tour from London to Paris, and you can see options here and here .

Hope that helps, let us know if you have further questions as you plan your trip to London.

Bob Post author

April 22, 2019 at 6:50 am

Admiring the persistence you put into your travel blog and in depth information you provide. It’s nice to come across a blog every once in a while that isn’t the same old rehashed material. Fantastic read!

April 22, 2019 at 7:01 am

Hi Bob, Glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and travel blog – hope you’ll continue to follow along with our adventures and articles. Best, Jessica

pat Post author

November 17, 2018 at 8:23 pm

I know, there’s a lot of websites out there but this London itinerary is fantastic! Giving me so many great ideas for our vacation. Thanks!

November 18, 2018 at 7:08 am

Hi Pat, So glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful in planning your vacation. Thanks for taking the time to comment! Best, Jessica

Travelouts Post author

November 12, 2018 at 2:36 am

Excellent London itinerary, and thank you for sharing so many very helpful thoughts!!! Best of luck with your travels

November 12, 2018 at 6:06 am

Hi there, Thanks, and do let us know if you have any questions if you are planning a trip to London! Best, Jessica

MickeyArorra Post author

October 22, 2018 at 1:41 am

This is a great post. You have covered all the aspects of London. I love to live in London. Its nightlife is just amazing – Bar’s, Pubs, Theaters everything is just superb.

October 22, 2018 at 11:49 am

Hi Mickey, Glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and so happy to hear you think we gave some comprehensive coverage of things to do. Yes, London does have some great nightlife and quite a variety! We are looking forward to being back in London in a couple of weeks 😉 Best, Jessica

Samuel Post author

September 30, 2018 at 1:40 pm

Great info indeed on London. I and my wife will like to visit and tour London on 6 days tour starting from 15th -22nd December 2018. we are coming from Lagos Nigeria. Can you please arrange the tour itinerary, accommodation inclusive with mode of payment. yours truly, Samuel.

October 3, 2018 at 8:28 pm

I am happy to hear that you enjoyed our 6 day London itinerary. We are travel writers not a tour operator and cannot book a tour or accommodation for you. But we are happy to provide any additional tips you may have about what to do or where to stay.

If you would like an itinerary and tour booked for you, I would contact a local travel agent or tour operator who operates in London.

Arun Mishra Post author

August 1, 2018 at 7:30 am

Hey Jessica, I am visiting London and Scotland in the month September and I was wondering how to go about it ! Though my daughter just came back from LSE after completing her summer schooling program and gave me lot of tips but your post solved all my problems. This is my first trip to London and staying almost 8 days there. Thank you so much for the valuable tips and information. Warm regards Arun

August 1, 2018 at 7:34 am

Hi Arun, I am so happy to hear you found our London itinerary article helpful and thank you so much for taking the time to comment! We have lots of articles on both London and Scotland (our current home) on our travel blogs, but just let us know if you have any questions as you continue to plan your trip. London is such a fantastic city and having 8 days will give you time to see so many of the city’s highlights!! Happy travels, Jessica

Vidhi Sehgal Post author

June 13, 2018 at 1:10 pm

Hi , Great Post. Just wanted to know which month did you travel in? I plan to travel to London in November, will the tourist spots mentioned in your post be open then?

June 14, 2018 at 2:16 am

Hi Vidhi, Yes, almost all major attractions (and even most minor ones) are open year-round in London. Buckingham Palace for instance is only open for part of the summer, but all the rest should be open. However, many may have reduced winter hours so just check the website of the attraction before you visit to note the opening days and times. Wishing you a great trip to London! Best, Jessica

Amy & Scott Post author

October 3, 2017 at 5:43 am

Wow, we are going to London in 2 months and this is the most helpful post I’ve come across over the past week in searching for things to do during our time in London. This London itinerary covers all of the things we had on our bucketlist plus so many other great places and tips on how to spend our time. My husband and I are very grateful and we’ll be printing this out and bring it along our our trip!! Our warm thanks from NYC!

October 3, 2017 at 7:09 am

Hi Amy & Scott, So happy to hear and thanks for taking the time to comment! Wishing you a fantastic visit to London and please just let us know if you have any questions about our London itinerary or traveling in London. Best, Jessica

Sand In My Suitcase Post author

September 10, 2017 at 7:33 pm

Wow! This is a really fabulous detailed guide to things to do in London! We’ve hit London from time to time over the years for a couple of nights here and a couple of nights there — before or after a cruise. We’ve enjoyed the double-decker, hop-on/hop-off sightseeing bus for an overview of the city. And oh the musicals and plays! That’s our favorite thing to do in London — take in a West End show.

You’ve got us thinking that next time we should explore the Camden area. :-).

September 12, 2017 at 12:02 pm

Hi guys, Thanks! Yes, a bus tour or walking tour is always a great way to get a good feel and look around a new city! The West End is definitely a great area for those who like theater and musicals!! Camden is a great area of London to explore if you haven’t been before, there are of course the famous markets and London Zoo, but you can take canal boat rides, visit Jewish Museum, do street art tours, wander Regent’s Park, etc. It is definitely an area with a different vibe! Best, Jessica

Lyn @ A Hole in my Shoe Post author

September 4, 2017 at 11:19 pm

What an amazing itinerary which will surely stop me walking around in awe and keep me in the right direction. We like to fit as much as we can in our days as it is so far to travel we make the very most of our time. Thanks for keeping all this info in one place so we can save for a reference when we finally make it to UK.

September 5, 2017 at 1:37 am

Hi Lyn, You should still leave some time to walk around in awe 😉 Westminster and the City of London have the biggest concentration of the iconic sites and are great areas to hit in your first few days in London. Hope you get to the UK soon and hopefully this London itinerary will come in handy! Best, Jessica

Anda Post author

September 4, 2017 at 2:06 pm

Very good itinerary, Jessica. We’ve spent a week in London some years ago and visited all these places (except for the Royal Albert Hall), but I loved revisiting them with you through your beautiful post and pictures. We also bought the London Pass, like you, and saved a lot of money. For us it was worth it.

September 5, 2017 at 1:36 am

Hi Anda, Thanks, glad you like our suggested itinerary on how to spend 6 days in London. Happy to hear that you saved a lot of money from buying a London Pass. Best, Jessica

Cheryl Post author

September 2, 2017 at 5:52 pm

What an amazing and detailed itinerary for London! I’m pinning it now for later planning. I love how you included alternatives in it. My favorite is Warner Bros. Studios and the Harry Potter set. I’m a self professed Potterhead (nerd, but I’m good with it lol). This post has definitely moved London up some notches on my travel bucket list and made it seem more affordable with the right planning.

September 4, 2017 at 11:21 am

Hi Cheryl, Glad you enjoyed our 6 days in London itinerary. We just went to the Warner Brothers Studios the Making of Harry Potter tour this year and really enjoyed it. We are not huge Harry Potter fans but still spent almost 3 hours doing the tour and stopping for a snack and butter beer 😉 You might enjoy Laurence’s guide to Harry Potter spots in London and my guide to Harry Potter sites in Edinburgh for future trips! Best, Jessica

Ruth | Tanama Tales Post author

September 2, 2017 at 10:42 am

Jessica, you knocked it out of the park! Well, you always do but this time you hit the ball a bit harder. I visited London once but my time there was so, so reduced. I have come to the realization that London needs time (like other great cities in the world). I like to have 3 or 4 days in a city but I think that will never be enough in London. I will like to have at least a week in the city. And, I will love to follow parts of your itinerary. I am the one always looking for walking maps!

September 4, 2017 at 11:09 am

Hi Ruth, Thanks for the kind words! Yes, I agree, 3 or 4 days is not enough time in London as it is in many cities. Some cities like London, Paris, NYC, etc. just need a lot more time as they just have so many great sites, attractions, and entertainment options. We think 5 or 6 days in London is a good amount of time to see a lot on a first trip without getting overwhelmed or exhausted. I hope you get a chance to return soon and do parts of this London itinerary and use the suggested walking maps 😉 Jessica

Hilary Post author

September 2, 2017 at 9:11 am

Amazing list of things to do in London! We’ve already done many of them, but many are definite repeats if you ask me! My boys and I plan to spend 2 weeks in London over the Christmas Holidays, and will definitely refer back to this list for inspiration!

September 4, 2017 at 11:04 am

Hi Hilary, Yes, we often return to places we love as well. We’ll be back in London in November and already have plans to re-visit a couple of the galleries 😉 Enjoy your upcoming trip to London. Best, Jessica

Paul and Carole Post author

September 2, 2017 at 12:05 am

This is an excellent post on London. We spent 4 days there in April and covered quite a bit, but would love to go back so have pinned your post for reference. Your photo of the Beefeater at the Tower is spectacular!

September 4, 2017 at 11:03 am

Hi Paul & Carole, Thanks, and I hope you get a chance to visit London again. There is so much to do in the city that it is difficult to see everything you want in one (or two!) trips 😉 Thanks, Laurence shot that at the Tower our first trip to London together a couple of years ago – we had a gray rainy day and that was the best shot of the day! Best, Jessica

Michelle | michwanderlust Post author

September 1, 2017 at 9:18 pm

I just love how thorough and detailed your posts always are! Definitely a great resource for anyone planning to visit London. Even though I’ve spent a lot of time in London, I haven’t visited all the places on your list – especially the Greenwich area, or even St Paul’s Cathedral, which is actually pretty close to my apartment. Pinned this for when I go back to London later this year!

September 4, 2017 at 11:01 am

Hi Michelle, St. Paul’s Cathedral is a great church, I didn’t find it as historically interesting as Westminster Abbey but it has a lot of history and significance and is definitely a symbol of London. The dome was definitely a highlight for Laurence, although I would recommend trying to go early to avoid it being too crowded as the line for the dome can get long and is slow moving. Greenwich has loads of great things to do, we spent a couple of days exploring Greenwich on our last trip and Laurence’s brother is actually moving there next year so should get to see even more 😉 Definitely recommend going the next time you are in London, lots of stuff to do including museums, the Cutty Sark, historical buildings, the O2 arena, family-friendly things, and a giant park. Best, Jessica

Upeksha Post author

September 1, 2017 at 3:04 pm

This is a one of the most detailed guides to London I have seen for a long time. I have been to quite a few of these, but there’s still so many to visit.

September 3, 2017 at 11:49 am

Hi Upeksha, I am not sure if you could ever see everything in London, and I think that makes it one of those cities that is great to keep visiting. We are excited to head back again in a few months! Best, Jessica

Lolo Post author

September 1, 2017 at 2:55 pm

I’ve done soooo much in all of my many visits to London, but at the same time there is still sooo much to see and do! I can’t believe you managed it all in 6 days! That London Pass definitely seems like it’s worth the splurge! Pinned!

September 3, 2017 at 11:45 am

Hi Lolo, Yes, the London Pass can be a great deal as even though it may seem like a lot upfront, the cost of many of the attractions in London are £15 to £20 each. We did not actually do this exact itinerary in a single 6 day trip, but it is based on our many visits to London. This is what we came up with for the best itinerary for first or second time visitors. One should definitely go at their own pace and adjust our suggested London itinerary each day to meet their needs. Best, Jessica

Tanja Post author

September 1, 2017 at 1:39 pm

excellent post! and it’s great to see other people also doing a lot on a trip, visiting actual sights not just trendy things they saw on Instagram or Pinterest:) I shuddered when I saw some of the prices, I was fortunate to have done most of these on my trips to London before a couple of years, the prices are sky high now! Can you believe that I paid only 12 pounds for Tower of London? but then again,it was 10 years ago. luckily, there are many free attractions in London, and once you’ve visited all the main attractions you can do the rest:) I did Sky garden last year for instance:) and Tower Bridge exhibition but only because they didn’t have the glass walkaway before:)

September 3, 2017 at 11:29 am

Hi Tanja, We like to really explore cities and we’ve been to London now a number of times so have seen most of the major attractions and many of the lesser known ones, although we always discover something new on each visit. Yes, 10 years ago prices were definitely lower and there seems to be a small increase in attraction entry fees every year or two. Although its not just London as we have observed in the same in Paris, NYC, SF, etc. London does indeed have some great free attractions, I love the parks, shopping arcades, and free museums. Best, Jessica

Anisa Post author

September 1, 2017 at 1:11 pm

Wow you really covered a lot and I can tell a lot of thought went into this post (like usual!). I have been to a lot of these but there are some I still need to visit, like the Churchill War rooms. I had no idea that you could save so much using the London pass, that is a great tip.

September 3, 2017 at 11:25 am

Hi Anisa, The Churchill War Rooms are fantastic (well in my opinion!) and the museum is very centrally located (short 5-7 minute walk from Westminster Abbey or Parliament Square). Most people go to see the secret bunker and war rooms and learn about how it operated during WW2, but my favorite part is the Churchill Museum which is a giant room filled with all kind of Churchill artifacts, memorabilia, and information. The London Pass includes free entry into about 60 attractions in London (e.g., Churchill War Rooms, Westminster Abbey, London Zoo, Tower of London) and can really save many visitors money as most are going to want to visit some of the included attractions. Best, Jessica

Gary Post author

August 30, 2017 at 12:05 am

Great post, you’ve managed to cover so many sides of London in six days, with so much detail. I love the city. However, I am biased as I’m a Londoner, it says so on my Birth Certificate.

You’ve captured a brilliant mix of history, culture – London’s green spaces, museums and galleries. Glad you included Camden & Greenwich because both offer another side of London.

I have to agree the best way to see London is on foot – there’s so much to see, or bus if the feet are weary (The river cruise is also a good idea). I’d say avoid the underground unless it’s a distance (Smartphones & maps help here) because there’s always something to see when heading from A to B.

As I said, fabulously detailed post, and will help a visitor see a chunk of London.

Happy Travels,

August 30, 2017 at 3:08 pm

Hi Gary, Glad that we have the seal of a approval of a Londoner!! Laurence lived in the city for a few years but honestly didn’t make it to many tourist sites during that time, so it has been fun exploring them together when in the city. We get a lot of readers asking for these longer itineraries so finally put one together! Yes, exploring London by foot is a lot of fun as you never know what you’ll see and cutting across green spaces is so nice as it gives you a bit of time to relax!! Best, Jessica

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Notify me of replies to my comment (just replies to your comment, no other e-mails, we promise!)

Subscribe to our monthly Newsletter where we share our latest travel news and tips

We only ask for your e-mail so we can verify you are human and if requested notify you of a reply. To do this, we store the data as outlined in our privacy policy . Your e-mail will not be published or used for any other reason other than those outlined above.

• Sign Up For Emails
• Get A Free Brochure

• All Destinations
• England & Wales
• Multi-Destination
• All Travel Types
• ​Guided Tours
• Guided Small Groups
• Group Travel
• Custom Private Driver
• Independent Adventures

2025 Early Bird Discount

• Last Minute Deals
• 2025 Tours Available

Repeat Guest Savings

Group discount, solo travel.

• Honoring Heroes
• All Travel Deals & Promotions
• The CIE Tours Difference
• CIE Tours Travel Blog
• Guest Reviews
• Responsible Tourism
• Health & Safety

2025 Tours: Book Early, Save $200pp - Use Code EBD25200

London Daytripper

Starting from $2,095

• The Experience
• 6 Days In 2024
• 6 Days In 2025

Make London your home away from home

Trip details.

Tour start London

Tour end London

Available Promotions for this tour

Booking window

01 Apr 2024 - 31 May 2024

Canterbury Cathedral

Discover 1,400 years of history in the grand cathedral — including an original copy of the Magna Carta.

Oxford University

Take a walking tour of the world's most revered university, nearly 1,000 years old and boasting alumni like Jonathan Swift, JRR Tolkien, Stephen Hawking, and Margaret Thatcher.

Shakespeare's Birthplace

Learn all about the life and work of the Bard — and tour his birthplace at Stratford-Upon-Avon.

Try to uncover the mystery of these massive stone arrangements that date back thousands of years.

Tower of London

Explore the grand fortress that has served as a royal residence, a prison, an executioner's grounds — and even as a zoo, in its time.

Windsor Castle

Visit the Queen's magnificent home, the longest-occupied palace in all of Europe.

Day 1 London Tour | Tower of London

Day 2 stonehenge | windsor castle, day 3 greenwich sightseeing | cruise, day 4 oxford | stratford-upon-avon, day 5 canterbury cathedral | leeds castle, day 6 tour ends in london, where you’ll stay.

DoubleTree by Hilton Hotel London - West End London, England

Historic charm meets modern elegance at DoubleTree by Hilton Hotel London – West End. Originally...

Inclusive package with no hidden extras

What's included?

• Full daily breakfast and many meals*
• Transportation (Buses, shuttles & ferries)
• Welcome drinks with your group
• Free Wi-Fi on luxury coaches
• All entrance fees to attractions
• Comprehensive travel itinerary and documents

*Breakfast is not included on Day 1

Our welcome gift to you

• A travel backpack
• Travel adapter
• Rain poncho
• Luggage strap and tags
• Documents wallet

From our experts

We're excited to be introducing this new style of tour - we think our customers will love making themselves at home in London, and using this fantastic city as their base for seeing many of England's top attractions.

Related Articles

24 Travel Goals for 2024

New years bring new dreams and hopes for new adventures. If you’re thinking about what you’d like to put on your travel…

2024 Daytripper Collection

Picture this: a vacation that feels like home, with cozy, luxurious hotels as your base, and daily adventures to unveil…

The Perfect Ten: Amazing Experiences in Ireland and Scotland

The amazing experiences offered by Ireland and Scotland will leave you spellbound. From the stunning landscapes of…

DoubleTree by Hilton Hotel London - West End, London

Historic charm meets modern elegance at DoubleTree by Hilton Hotel London – West End. Originally built in 1911, this central London hotel is housed in a listed building with a stunning Edwardian façade.

DoubleTree by Hilton London West End

• 24-hour Front Desk
• Business Center
• Fitness Center
• Wifi in Public Areas (Complimentary)
• 24-hour Room Service
• Air Conditioned
• Alarm Clock
• Coffee & Tea-making Facilities in Room
• Daily Maid Service
• In-Room Wifi (Complimentary)
• Iron/Ironing Board
• Work Desk & Lamp

Bar and Restaurant

See what people are saying about this trip

Cie tours customer, well planned excursions.

Exactly what I hoped for - smallish group, popular sites, excellent guide & driver

Fabulous and Fun

Fantastic adventure with Ian and Lisa. They made the trip for us. The places we went were perfect for what we wanted to see.

Linda Anne Milligan

London daytripper is a keeper with one addition.

I liked everything. As stated before, the hotel, guide, driver and places of interest were all fine. This is a redundant question, The one thing I did not like was the travel agent, April Abbott. I do not know how she got involved. When I asked for information on the Day tripper London tour online, she took over. She was not helpful and the itinerary had an error. The omission of Westminter Abbey was a big flaw in this trip.

All locations / sites we visited were interesting, educational & fun.

Our hotel was the BEST !! the STAFF could not have been better. They tried to please us , going beyond expectations. Loved the breakfast service. Outstanding !

George Riseborough

Fun and interesting trip.

We missed our transfer from the airport to the hotel. Had to take the tube to London. On our way home our flight was cancelled from terminal 5. We were told we were rebooked for the next day. After telling them that was not acceptable they changed our flight to United airlines. That flight was 3 hours later and going to Newark instead of Philadelphia. The terminal was then out of terminal 2.. We did make it Bangor Maine by 11 pm. The only other minor issues was they changed first 2 days trips. They reversed them but we didn't know until we were on the at 2 pm. It shortened the Windsor trip. I probably should have realized that the trip was over the Easter weekend. Bad timeing on my part.

How can we help you?

The Inclusive Advantage

Get more without spending more. CIE Tours includes every experience and most meals so you won't be hit with hidden expenses.

• Skip to primary navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar

Mint Notion

Feel rich living within your means

5-Day London Itinerary For First-Time Visitors

By Eden Ashley MintNotion.com is reader-supported. When you buy through links on this site, we will earn a commission at no added cost to you. This helps keep the content on this website free for everyone to enjoy. Disclosure Page

London is one of the most popular tourist destinations in the world. If you’re visiting London for the first time, this 5 day itinerary is perfect for those who want to see the best of what London has to offer.

This London itinerary includes the city’s top museums, shopping, landmarks, and architecture. It’s great for those using the London Pass , which can save you both time and money on your trip.

Table of Contents

Where do tourists stay in London?

Many tourists want to know — what is the best area to stay in London? Below are my recommendations for the best neighborhoods to book your accommodations:

• Covent Garden (most popular neighborhood in London)
• Soho (great for nightlife, arts & culture)
• South Kensington (best for families, museum lovers and history buffs)
• Mayfair (best for luxury and romance)
• Camden (best for those on a budget)
• South Bank (across from the Thames and great for tourists)

While hotels are pricey in London, there are plenty of ways to have an incredible trip without breaking the bank. One of my favorite ways to save money on accommodations is to check for deals on sites like Booking.com .

Related Posts:

• The ultimate guide to visiting London on a budget
• 10 reasons why winter is the best time to visit London
• 8 spots to find the best view of London

Saving Money on Sightseeing & Attractions

London is a big city and there’s lots of fun things to do and see. It can be challenging to plan an itinerary and determine which attractions to spend your money on.

Getting the most bang for your buck is my #1 priority when planning a vacation and the London Pass was rated the #1 London tourism pass by TripAdvisor.

They’re also recommended by Expedia and The London Pass currently has a TrustScore rating of 4.4/5 on Trust Pilot , which makes it one of the highest rated sightseeing passes.

Over 3 million travelers have used the pass and it’s the only all-inclusive pass rated 4+ on Google.

With the London Pass, you can save time, money, and enjoy stress-free sightseeing. But don’t just take my word for it. Check out these TripAdvisor reviews.

PRO TIP:  Buy the pass online and  save extra money off the retail price. To buy the London Pass, click here to go to the official website.

HURRY! Save up to 10% off the London Pass . Offer ends April 14th. You have 2 years to activate the pass.

Here’s what’s included in the London Pass:

✓ Pick from over 80 London attractions ✓ Valid for up to 10 days ✓ Save up to £430 when you visit 3 attractions per day compared to purchasing individual tickets ✓ Mobile pass option

The London Pass is a pre-paid sightseeing card which gives you FREE fast-track entry to the city’s top tourist attractions, including the  Tower of London , Westminster Abbey , and a  Hop on Hop off Bus Tour .

Plus, you can use The London Pass to get free entry to over 80+ other attractions , museums, and tours in the city, including an optional Oyster travelcard to cover all your transportation needs. 

I rode the London tube everyday during my trip. It was easy to use and a quick way to get to each attraction.

Is the London Pass worth it? Check out my honest review of the London Pass here.

How to get your London Pass:

Step 1: Choose which pass duration you want to buy (1, 2, 3, 6, or 10 day). You can click here to purchase your London Pass from their official website.

Why you should consider buying the pass online:

• When you buy the pass online, you can take advantage of online discounts .
• They offer a 365-day money-back guarantee , so you can get a full refund just in case your plans change.
• You can activate your pass anytime within two years from the date of purchase.

STEP 2: Download your mobile pass instantly using the London Pass app.

If you prefer a physical pass, simply print your pass and guidebook at home. Links and easy-to-follow instructions for both options will be in your confirmation email.

Step 3: You now have FREE access to any of the 90+ top London attractions included for the duration of your pass.

How to activate the pass : It will activate once you visit your first attraction and can then be used on consecutive calendar days for the number of days purchased. 

You’ll also receive a free guidebook , which is included with your purchase. Use this book to help you easily plan your itinerary.

PRO TIP: I used the  3 Day London Pass for my trip. It worked well with this  5-day London itinerary . Using the London Pass was great because it let me visit more attractions than I would have otherwise.

How many days are enough in London?

For first-time visitors, I recommend spending at least 3-5 days in London.

Three full days will give you enough time to see the main tourist attractions and landmarks. Five full days will give you a little more breathing room and allow you to explore the charming neighborhoods in London.

When is the cheapest month to travel to London?

The cheapest time to visit London is during the off season. September and October offer cheap flights to London.

November to mid-December and January to March are also the cheapest months to travel to London. I went to London during November, which can be a great time to visit if you’re traveling on a budget.

Getting Around the City

To make the most of your time in London, pick up an Oyster Card (or a Visitor Oyster Card). You can purchase one before your trip, at the airport, or at one of London’s tube stations.

For London Pass holders, you have the option to add an unlimited Oyster travelcard to your pass. This can help you save money and time when traveling to each sightseeing attraction.

I also recommend wearing comfortable shoes — this is a must when visiting London since you’ll be walking around a lot.

Day 1 in London

St. paul’s cathedral (free with the  london pass ).

Why visit? It’s an iconic feature of the London skyline and boasts incredible views from the top of the dome. Visitors can also go down below to see the crypts. St. Paul’s Cathedral is included for free with the  London Pass .

Quick Tip: It’s 528 steps up to the Golden Gallery. Make sure you’re wearing comfortable shoes because it’s worth the climb to see the incredible view at the top.

Millennium Bridge

Why visit? This pedestrian footbridge is one of the coolest bridges in the city. It was also featured in the Harry Potter movies.

Quick Tip: Take photos on the bridge with St. Paul’s in the background for an interesting perspective. The bridge is worth a visit both during the day and at night.

Tate Modern (free to the public)

Why visit? The Tate Modern is free to enter and is home to an extensive collection of modern art dating from the 1900s to present day.

Quick Tip: The restaurant at the Tate Modern offers a beautiful view of London. The museum is also open later on Fridays and Saturdays.

My must-have London accessories : Click the product to shop

Shakespeare’s Globe  (free with the  London Pass )

Why visit? This is the third theatre, which was reconstructed based on the original Shakespeare’s Globe from 1599. While it’s a bit smaller than the original Globe, this is the only Globe theatre still standing today. Shakespeare’s Globe is included for free with the  London Pass.

Quick Tip: Visit during the regular season to see a Shakespeare play performed here. Also, don’t forget to take a tour of the theatre to learn more about its history.

Borough Market

Why visit? Borough Market is one of the London’s most popular food markets consisting of more than 100 stalls and stands.

Quick Tip: Pick up fresh produce, bread and cheese to have a delicious picnic or make a meal if your accommodations have a kitchen. Hot meals for take-away are also available.

Day 2 in London

Trafalgar square.

Why visit? Home to Nelson’s column and the iconic stone lions, this is a must-visit square for any first-timer in London.

Quick Tip: Get here about 20 minutes before the National Gallery opens as it can get quite busy later in the morning.

National Gallery (free to the public)

Why visit? That National Gallery is among one of the most visited art museums in the world, after the Louvre in Paris and the MET in New York City. It’s also free to enter so there is no excuse not to visit.

Quick Tip: Arrive here when the museum opens as it can get quite busy with tour groups later in the morning. It is also open late on Friday evenings if you prefer to visit at night.

Covent Garden

Why visit? This popular market in London has a variety of shopping, restaurants, theatre and free street performers.

Quick Tip: Enjoy the beautiful atmosphere by visiting here for lunch.

British Museum (free to the public)

Why visit? The British Museum has an amazing collection that spans over two million years of human history. It is also home to the largest collection of ancient Egyptian material outside of Cairo.

Quick Tip: Don’t miss seeing the Rosetta Stone, Egyptian mummies and Pantheon sculptures.

Shopping on Oxford Street, Regent Street and Carnaby Street

Why visit? These streets have some of the best high-street and luxury shopping in London.

Quick Tip: Even if you’re not into shopping, it’s worth a visit just to browse and explore the streets.

Piccadilly Circus

Why visit? This is a popular public space among tourists in London and often shown in movies. Relax here and people watch after shopping. Save over 40% off on London shows when you book through Viator.com

 Quick Tip: Visitors can easily explore Regent Street, Piccadilly or Soho from here.

Day 3 in London

Big ben and houses of parliament.

Why visit? If you’re visiting London for the first time, chances are visions of Big Ben come to mind. A visit to London is not complete without a trip to Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament.

Quick Tip: Big Ben is the name of the bell inside the clock tower. The tower is actually known as the Elizabeth Tower.

The view from the Shard  (free with the  London Pass )

Why visit? The top of the Shard provides one of the most spectacular views of London. This is Western Europe’s tallest building. You can visit the top of the Shard for free with the  London Pass.

Quick Tip: Plan to visit here early in the morning between 10:00am and 12:00pm to avoid crowds.

Westminster Abbey   (free with the  London Pass )

Why visit? With over one million visitors per year, this beautiful 700-year old building is a must-visit in London. This is also where Prince William and Kate Middleton had their wedding. Entrance to the Westminster Abbey is free with the  London Pass.

Quick Tip: There are a number of burials and memorials at Westminster Abbey , including the monarch Mary, Queen of Scots.

Buckingham Palace

Why visit? Buckingham Palace is the official residence of Britain’s sovereigns since 1837. It is also the administrative headquarters of the Monarch.

Quick Tip: Arrive early (at least 15 minutes prior) in order to get a good spot to see the changing of the guards.

Victoria & Albert Museum (free to the public)

Why visit? The Victoria & Albert museum is the world’s largest museum of decorative art and design.

Quick Tip: Enjoy afternoon tea at the museum’s Garden Café.

Natural History Museum (free to the public)

Why visit? One of the best natural history museums in the world, here you can discover information about mammals, dinosaurs, minerals and the earth.

Quick Tip: Perfect museum for families and people of all ages.

Day 4 in London

Tower of london  (free with the  london pass ).

Why visit? Despite its grim reputation, the Tower of London holds over 1,000 years of history that is worth exploring! Entrance to the Tower of London is free with the  London Pass.

Quick Tip: Visit early on a weekday morning. I went on a November morning and was the only one in the Crown Jewels room.

Read Next: The best tips for visiting the Tower of London

Tower Bridge Exhibition   (free with the  London Pass )

Why visit? Learn about how this famous bridge works, walk across the glass floor and enjoy beautiful views from the top of the bridge. Entrance to the Tower Bridge Exhibition is free with the  London Pass.

Quick Tip: Don’t forget to visit the engine room which is included in the price of admission.

St Dunstan in the East

Why visit? Built around 1100, the church was severely damaged by both the Great Fire in 1666 and the Blitz of 1941. Today visitors can walk around the ruins in this city garden.

Quick Tip: It’s not uncommon to see people enjoying their lunch on one of the benches. Worth a visit if you like ruins.

Monument  (free with the  London Pass )

Why visit? The monument commemorates the Great Fire of London of 1666. Entrance to the Monument is free with the  London Pass.

Quick Tip: After climbing the 311 steps up to the top, you will be treated with a nice view of the Tower Bridge.

Leadenhall Market

Why visit? Built in 1881, this Victorian covered market is a must see in London. Have lunch or shop around here in the afternoon.

Quick Tip: Harry Potter fans may recognize Leadenhall Market from the movies, as it was also the filming location for some of the exterior Diagon Alley scenes.

Camden Market

Why visit? One of London’s most popular attractions, browse stalls that sell a variety of clothing, crafts or fast food.

Quick  Tip: A fun mixture of cultures and delicious street food.

Day 5 in London

Portobello market in notting hill.

Why visit? One of the most popular markets in the world, this is a fun destination for both tourists and locals alike. You may recognize it from the movie Notting Hill.

Quick Tip: The main day to visit is on Saturday, although you can explore the antique shops during the week as well.

Why visit? One of the largest in the city and also a royal park, this is a beautiful place to visit year round in London.

Quick Tip: During the Christmas season, visitors can enjoy the Winter Wonderland.

Marble Arch

Why visit? Structured and designed by John Nash, this 19-century marble arch is a London landmark.

Quick Tip: The arch was originally located near Buckingham Palace and only members of the Royal family could pass through, as well as the Royal Horse Artillery and King’s Troop. However today, visitors can freely walk through the arches.

London’s King’s Cross Station / St Pancras Station

Why visit? King’s Cross Station is home to Platform 9 ¾ which is a must-visit for any Harry Potter fan.

Quick Tip: Arrive early to avoid waiting in the queque.

Have dinner at a London pub

Why visit? London is known for its pubs and it would be hard to imagine the city without them.

Quick Tip: I highly recommend the Black Friar pub (just across from Blackfriar Station). They offer a delicious vegetarian pie.

See the London Eye lit up at night 

Why visit? How else would you spend your last evening in London? I recommend heading to the London Eye where you can see it lit up at night and Big Ben.

Quick Tip: If you have time, walk across the Hungerford Bridge which is also lovely at night and has a great view of the London Eye.

Have more time to spend in London?

If you have more time to spend in London, you may want to check out these other fun attractions. Each attraction is FREE to visit when using the London Pass :

• Thames River boat cruise
• Windsor Castle
• London Bridge Experience
• Kensington Palace
• Hampton Court Palace

About Eden Ashley

Eden has an MBA and a degree in Psychology. As a new mom (and homeowner), she knows the importance of having a budget that works. She's helped thousands of women get good with money using the same strategies she used to save $100,000 by age 25. Click here to learn how to create a better budget!

Reader Interactions

February 5, 2017 at 9:03 am

Hi everyone! Just a few tips as I’ve been there several times as part of educational trips organized for my language school! Well, as already mentioned, there are so much to see and do in London that 5 days only give you a small scent of this fabulous city! To cut a long story short, a half – day trip to Greenwich is a fantastic outing, especially on a nice day! And get back to the center via Thames for a great boat ride! Also, next to Tower of London there is St Catherine ‘s dock, a lovely renovated area to enjoy a beer or snack! The Globe Theratre is an excellent choice especially for those who love Shakespeare and theatres! Take a stroll on the south side of Thames from London eye towards Tate modern! Finally, a visit to Churchill ‘s war museum is an enlightening experience! I should probably round up here as there endless choices to cover all tastes as I said! Take nice walking shoes, a camera and have fun! Regards, Greg

3 Day London Itinerary: What to See & Do plus FAQs & Insider Tips

By: Author Tracy Collins

Posted on Last updated: March 12, 2023

Looking for a 3 day London itinerary? We have you covered – discover everything you need to know to make the most of your London visit with this complete guide and itinerary.

London makes it onto many a bucket list, and that’s hardly surprising – it’s one of the world’s most exciting cities! When you have limited time, though, it can be hard to know what to prioritise. Hence this 3 day London itinerary.

Full of information – including insider tips from former London residents – this 3 day itinerary for London will help you make the most of even just a short stay in the British capital.

From the quickest and simplest ways to see the sights to shopping, royalty, the river Thames and some of the city’s finest foodie experiences, this 3 days’ London itinerary has you covered.

You may even discover some surprises within this Itinerary for first-time visitors to London . Although the UK capital has a reputation for being expensive, we can show you ways to save money on all your tickets, travel and tours.

There is also a lot of free stuff to see and do in London. Whether you’d prefer a picnic in the park during summer or wandering around some of the top museums in the world in winter, when it comes to the British capital some of the best things in life really are free.

Whether you’re wondering where to stay and how to get around or are simply trying to work out how to pack it all in, this three day London itinerary aims to give you a huge head start when planning your travels. 

First off, let’s address some common issues likely to cross your mind when considering a trip to London.

☀️ Weather in London

📈 peak season in london, 🎉 uk public holidays, 📅 the best time to visit london, 🤔 how long to visit london for, 1. don’t pack too much in, 2. stay in central london, 3. wear comfortable shoes, 4. take an umbrella and/or rain jacket, 5. plan ahead, 6. the best things in london are free, 7. go overground, 8. group your destinations, 1. stay in zone 1, 2. don’t hire a car, 3. use london transport, 4. get an oyster card, 5. buy a london pass, 6. take a london taxi trip, 7. london by bike, 8. london by boat, full english breakfast, fish and chips, sunday roast, pie and mash, curry night, borough market, m&s sandwiches , afternoon tea, getting to the london eye, your trip on the london eye, london eye tickets, south bank , thames river cruise, the changing of the guard: things to know, the langham, fortnum & mason, the tower of london: things to know, harrods, hyde park & knightsbridge, take a sightseeing walking tour, south kensington museums, west end accommodation, westminster accommodation, south bank & bankside, how many days is enough in london, is 3 days enough in london, how do i see london in 3 days, what do you do in london in 72 hours, 3 day london itinerary – final thoughts, london travel guide & itinerary planner (+ 4 bonus ebooks).

3 day London itinerary – Planning a trip to London

When you’re thinking about travelling in the UK, one of the initial considerations is when to visit. How long should you spend in London, and when is the best time to go?

📆 When to visit London

London is busy during every season, with tourists from all over the world flocking to the city to see all the sights. Having said that, there are times when London is at its most crowded.

The UK has four seasons. Spring starts in March, and is when the weather starts warming up before summer starts in June. July and August are the hottest months in Britain.

Although the UK has a reputation for cold, wet weather, don’t be fooled. Summer in London can be stifling if there’s a heatwave, especially when travelling via the underground.

Winter is chilly, although the coldest weather tends to occur after the Christmas and New Year holiday period, during January and early February. Spring and autumn are kinder, with temperatures generally ranging from cool to warm during April, May, September and October. 

So the months of July and August see the best weather in London – but at times it can also get very hot in the city. Add to this the fact that these are peak periods for tourism, and you may wish to consider whether high summer is the best time to visit.

Sunny months aside, the other time when London can become very crowded is during December. This is because people head here from all over the UK, Europe and even other continents to experience the festive Christmas lights, markets, parties and shopping that typifies London in December .

Known in Britain as ‘bank holidays’, public holidays are also when London can become packed with people. Bank holidays in the UK take place at Christmas, New Year and Easter. There are also two in May and one in August, as follows:

• 25th December – Christmas Day
• 26th December – Boxing Day
• 1st January – New Year’s Day
• Good Friday – date varies
• Easter Monday – date varies
• Early May bank holiday – 1st Monday in May
• Spring bank holiday – Last Monday in May
• Summer bank holiday – Last Monday in August

Please do note that this is very occasionally varied slightly when a landmark occasion occurs, particularly involving the Royal Family. In 2022, for instance, the late May bank holiday was moved to Friday 3rd June for the Queen’s Platinum Jubilee. 

Another point to note is that when a public holiday falls on a Saturday or Sunday, the day off is then given as a substitute day on the next weekday. You can check the exact dates of all scheduled bank holidays with the UK government website here . 

While there are lots of factors to consider when planning the best London itinerary, it can be more pleasant to spend time in London during quieter periods. Anytime from January to June plus September, October and November tends to be less busy, as long as you don’t pick a bank holiday weekend.

If you don’t want to contend with cold weather, it’s worth knowing that the British winter is fairly mild. It does snow now and again in London during winter , but it’s not worth pinning your hopes on seeing the city covered with a twinkling blanket of the white stuff. 

Those who really aren’t used to – or fans of – colder temperatures may prefer to visit London during May, June or September. April and October can also be very mild, but the weather tends to be more hit and miss. 

A key bonus of visiting outside the peak seasons is to save money as well as avoiding overcrowding. Hotels charge less during off-peak periods and you should get around the capital more quickly too, meaning you can pack more into your itinerary for London in 3 days.

So how long do you need in London? The answer varies widely according to what you want to see and do as well as who you ask. 

Even just 1 day in London is better than nothing, and 2 is obviously an improvement on that! If possible, though, 3 days is ideal, as you can see the key sights without rushing around so much that your head starts to spin. 

Read more – Essential London planning for first-timers

3 day London itinerary – Insider Tips

Here are our top tips for the most enjoyable and memorable trip to London possible. Don’t leave home without checking out this list!

Having fun is surely the main point of taking a vacation or going travelling, so don’t try to do so much that fitting it all in will cause you stress. 

There are ways to save time, however. Book attraction tickets in advance and you’ll not only save on admin time, you may also get to skip the queue. 

This itinerary is only a guide. Think about what you want to see from the suggestions given, as well as any ideas of your own. This way you can concentrate on what appeals to you most so you don’t feel you’ve missed out. 

One way to save heaps of time is really simple. Stay in a central location and you can get everywhere far faster, even on foot. This cuts down travel time immensely. It may cost a little more, but some locations are surprisingly affordable. 

You’ll also save on travel costs, so spending less money on transport means you can put that little bit extra towards your accommodation. 

The best areas to stay in include the West End, around Leicester Square, Covent Garden or Soho. You could also stay close to Westminster, or on the other side of the river Thames near South Bank, Waterloo and Bankside. 

Read – Location guide to the best neighbourhoods in London

Even if you’re not planning to walk far, comfy shoes will make your day so much more pleasant. Don’t forget that you’ll be on your feet for hours at a time. Even hopping on and off a London bus or the tube isn’t easy in high heels!

Plus it’s best to be prepared. Distances may sometimes be further than you think, tubes are sometimes cancelled and a taxi may be nowhere in sight. 

Rain is a fact of life in the UK. If you’re going to be standing outside for any length of time, a packaway jacket with a hood and/or a compact umbrella are musts for your daypack. 

Imagine standing outside Buckingham Palace, waiting for the Changing of the Guard , while chilly rain soaks you to the skin. Not a way to experience something you’ll see only once in a lifetime! 

By doing a little forward planning before you leave home, you can save both time and money. Doing this also gets you ready for your trip, building up the anticipation about the places you’re about to see. 

We recommend booking entrance tickets and travel passes in advance – and don’t be put off by the fact that your plans may change. Buying through a third party like Get Your Guide means that you can often cancel to receive a full refund, as long as you do so 24 hours or more in advance. 

Using this type of ticket or pass can also mean skipping the queues, ensuring you make the most of every precious moment in the UK capital!

OK, so this statement may not be strictly true. There’s no arguing with the fact that many things in London can be costly.

At the same time, some of London’s highlights are indeed completely free . A wander along the Thames, a sunny afternoon in one of the city’s plentiful parks or a visit to a leading museum or art gallery can also be yours for precisely no pounds sterling whatsoever.

Just meandering around town, taking in theatreland, the smart shops of Regent Street or people watching in the busy squares can be fascinating, and as well as saving you money can make a welcome break from seeing and photographing the main tourist sights.

Although the tube is a great way to get around London, don’t spend all your time in a Victorian tunnel if you can help it. Walk, catch a bus or hail a black cab – that way you will see some of life above the surface along the way. 

It makes complete sense to visit a bunch of attractions in one day that are clustered fairly close together, rather than being spread out all over London. 

Doing this saves on travel time and ticket costs. It also means you can focus on only certain parts of the city during each day, helping to prevent you from feeling overwhelmed. 

An example would be to combine your visits to the London Eye, the South Bank and Borough Market, which are clustered close together.  

3 day London itinerary – Getting around

London is a large, sprawling city and getting from one end to the other can take a lot of time. So it’s a good idea to plan your transport carefully. 

Staying as centrally as you possibly can will help enormously. Avoid anything outside of zone 1 when you’re planning to complete your London trip itinerary in 3 days; you’d just waste so much time travelling. 

Don’t bother renting a car. Even Brits find driving in London stressful, and despite the introduction of the congestion charge, finding a parking spot is nigh-on impossible. Traffic can still be terrible too.

The good news is that London has a great public transport system, including underground and overground trains and buses. These are the most useful forms of transport to use in zone 1. 

If you can, avoid rush hour, when tubes are packed with commuters. Standing room only is an understatement then, as you’re lucky if you can find a narrow gap to squeeze into while breathing in! These times tend to be before 9 am and between 16.30 and 18.30, Monday to Friday. Off-peak tickets are often cheaper too. 

Read more – How to get around London by public transport

London’s Oyster Card is used by locals and visitors alike to save money on public transport. This electronic ticket can be used to pay for journeys on the tube, overground trains, buses, and even boats and trams (the latter are found in South London only). 

An Oyster Card is cheaper than buying separate tickets, and a special Visitor Oyster Card is available to tourists from abroad. Buying one in advance will save you lots of money and also time when you arrive, and you can use it right away. 

The London Pass is one of the most popular sightseeing passes available in London. As well as jump-on, jump-off transport, it includes entry to a whole wealth of London attractions.

Discounts on entertainment, eating out and shopping are also offered to London Pass holders. With entry to over 80 London attractions, it will be worth it for you if it works out cheaper than buying tickets separately. That’s another reason why a little planning can go a long way!

Read – Is the London Pass worth it?  

Taking even a quick trip in a black cab just once is worth the fare just for the experience – London cab drivers are known for being chatty and who knows what subjects might come up as they drive you from A to B. 

To be a London cab driver they will have passed a test called ‘The Knowledge’, and to do this they must prove they know the location of every street in the capital – as well as the fastest route to it. That’s the level of expertise you’re paying the fare for.

Look for a taxi driving with its light on, which shows it’s available. Stick out your arm to hail it and the driver will pull over when they deem it safe to do so. Asking about celebrities they’ve driven can often lead to the telling of an interesting tale – or there’s always the British fail-safe of talking about the weather!

You can also hire from the fleets of Santander bikes you’ll see dotted around the city. Known informally as ‘Boris Bikes’, they were brought in when Boris Johnson was Mayor of London. To rent one, you can simply download the Santander Cycles app and follow the instructions.

The UberBoat by Thames Clippers provides an alternative way to see the city – from the river. They are run by Uber and Transport for London, and the Oyster Card can be used to pay for your journeys. 

3 day London itinerary – Food for thought

Dining out can really be a highlight of any trip to London. As a multicultural city, there are so many restaurants and cafes in the capital and standards are generally high. Here are some foodie highlights not to miss.

This may well be served at your hotel if you’ve booked the appropriate room rate. If not, ask staff for their recommendation. 

The national dish. Best eaten outdoors if possible and served with lashings of salt and vinegar.

If you’re in London over the weekend, a Sunday roast at a British pub is a must. Don’t miss out on the Yorkshire pudding!

When you’re in London on weekdays only, sampling pie and mash is the next best thing to a Sunday roast (though it’s not the same). If you’re feeling brave, some pie and mash shops also sell jellied eels, a true cockney classic.

Any night is curry night, particularly in the East End of London. The area around Brick Lane is best, where you’ll be spoiled for choice. 

Borough Market is featured in films and on TV all the time. It’s a famous foodie haunt on the south side of the river, close to London Bridge. The ideal place to pick up a picnic for savouring in one of the city’s selection of fine parks. 

London boasts some of the world’s finest food halls. The best and most famous are to be found at Fortnum & Mason on Piccadilly, Harrods in Knightsbridge and Selfridges on Oxford Street. 

If you’re after a quick bite to eat on the go, do as the British do and pop into M&S. There are branches all over the city, and they sell the most delicious sandwiches available at very palatable prices. 

You just can’t go to London without sampling the full-on afternoon tea experience . It’s as much about the tinkle of silver on china, the piano playing in the background and the grandeur of the setting as it is about the dainty cakes, freshly baked scones and finger sandwiches.

3 day London itinerary – DAY 1

So you’ve arrived in London. You may even have taken your first black cab ride followed by fish and chips for supper. Here’s what to do once you get there.

The first third of this London in three days itinerary begins with a reasonably relaxed day – just in case you’re getting over jet lag! You can take a trip on the London Eye followed by a riverside stroll around the South Bank, perhaps popping into Borough Market or the Tate Modern before taking a laid-lack look at the city as seen from the waters of the Thames. 

The London Eye

Booking tickets in advance for the London Eye is a great idea – not least because of jet-lag. Experts always say you should get into the time zone of where you are as soon as possible after arrival, and having pre-paid for tickets gives you an incentive to get out of bed!

A trip on the London Eye will also give you a birds-eye view as your first introduction to the city, giving you a sense of perspective while whetting your appetite about what is yet to come. 

The London Eye: things to know

Waterloo, Westminster, Charing Cross and Embankment stations are the nearest to the London Eye, Waterloo being the closest of all. If you stay in the West End or just south of the river, you may wish to walk there. 

Each ‘flight’ – as it’s sometimes referred to – on the London Eye takes 30 minutes. This will take you on the world’s largest, 135-metre-high and award-winning cantilevered observation wheel.

The Eye is the top paid-for attraction in the entire UK. Since it opened at the turn of the millenium, similar attractions have been built in cities worldwide. Your trip will give you panoramic views over one of the planet’s most exciting cities, including of course superb selfie opportunities!

While you can buy London Eye tickets on the official website, we recommend purchasing yours from Get Your Guide . This is because they don’t actually cost any extra, yet allow you to cancel 24 hours before your ‘flight’ for a full refund. There is also the option of booking a fast-track option – ideal when time is tight. 

Buy your London Eye tickets here

Read more – Best tickets, tips & tours for the London Eye

Taking a walk around the South Bank area makes complete sense after a trip on the London Eye – not least because the two are located close together, south of the Thames.  

When you leave the London Eye, keep the river to your left as you head east towards the South Bank area. Don’t rush it – watch the boats sailing by on the Thames and look out for the Royal Festival Hall as you pass. 

The South Bank and Bankside areas have plenty to keep you busy for a while, including shops, cafes, bars and restaurants. There are quirky, one off boutiques, smart cocktail bars and classic pubs, fine dining eateries and street food stalls.

Bankside is also home to Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre and the Tate Modern. If you’re a fan of contemporary art you’ll want to visit the latter, while committed foodies won’t mind wandering a little further to reach Borough Market. This is located on Southwark Street, near London Bridge and the tube station of the same name.  

Why not stay in South Bank? Recommended hotels in South Bank, Southwark & Bankside

Following a morning spent on the London Eye and in the South Bank area, next up for your 3 day stay in London is a relaxing cruise on the river. Even if you’re jet-lagged, this is an easy and pleasing way to spend the afternoon. 

This also allows you to see the city from another perspective, before delving deep into the city’s streets to explore it further. You can also make like James Bond and take a speedboat trip if you like.  

Thames river cruises typically last between 30 minutes and 3 hours, and if you prefer you can book an evening cruise with music plus fizz and canapes or a full-on dinner. Another alternative is to take a cruise along Regent’s Canal in North London. 

The hop-on, hop-off sightseeing cruise is also recommended. Tickets last for 24 hours, giving you plenty of time to see and stop exactly what and where you want to. 

Read more – Top 20 London cruises & boat trips

3 day London itinerary – DAY 2

Seeing all the pomp and ceremony surrounding the Royal Family can be a major highlight of any visit to London. Day two therefore includes some of the key things to do in London in 3 days, including witnessing the Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace and relishing a sumptuous afternoon tea.

You’re likely to have some time to spare between the ceremony and your afternoon tea, so you can consider how to spend this as you wish. With this in mind, our hotel suggestions for afternoon tea are all located close to central areas like Green Park, Covent Garden, Oxford Street and Piccadilly Circus.

The Goring is also close to the palace itself. If you want to tour the state rooms inside while you’re there, this could be the perfect place to rest afterwards while being served the most decadent afternoon tea of your life.  

The Changing of the Guard

The Changing of the Guard is one of those ceremonies that could only take place in the United Kingdom. For a start, it all happens at Buckingham Palace, so you’ll get to see where the Queen lives at the same time. If the flag’s flying, it means she’s at home!

The ceremony has taken place for centuries and moved to its current location during Queen Victoria’s reign. In all but the very worst weather, the Changing of the Guard takes place in front of the palace at 11am. 

• When to see the Changing of the Guard

A key thing to know when planning your trip is that the Changing of the Guard doesn’t take place every day. Normally it happens every other day, at 11 am, on Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays and Saturdays. 

It is worth making sure before you set off, though, and you can do that via the official Household Division website here . If the weather forecast is particularly bad or suddenly changes, the ceremony may also be called off. 

• Getting to the Changing of the Guard

The closest underground stations to Buckingham Palace are Green Park, Hyde Park Corner, St. James’s Park and Victoria. Trains from all over the UK arrive at and depart from Victoria rail station.

• Changing of the Guard timing

It’s a good idea to arrive around 15 to 20 minutes before the 11 am ceremony to secure a spot. You can arrive sooner, but may have a long wait with nothing to do but stand around!

• Changing of the Guard tours

You don’t need a ticket to see the Changing of the Guard – it’s one of those attractive free things to do in London in three days. You can, however, take a walking tour with an expert guide, which will help you make the most of the experience. They even know exactly which spots are the best ones to stand in. 

There are also other good alternative tours, including other activities such as a visit to the State Rooms inside Buckingham Palace. Or you could combine it with a visit to the Tower of London or a Thames river cruise, or a whistle-stop tour of the city. 

If these options interest you, we recommend reading our complete guide to the Changing of the Guard, which you can access here .  

Buy your Changing of the Guard walking tour here

Read more – Ultimate guide to the Changing of the Guard

Once you’ve seen the Changing of the Guard and perhaps done some exploring too, it’s time to take afternoon tea at a top London hotel. Perhaps taking a wander around the area you’re headed to, first, to make sure you build up a hearty appetite. 

Afternoon tea is a British institution – and even the cause of some controversy. Firstly there’s the question of how to pronounce ‘scone’ – is it as in cone or gone? Even Brits are divided, and it’s not even as simple as a North/South issue.

The second bone of contention concerns what you put on those scones. Jam and clotted cream, of course – but in which order? According to Hello magazine, the Queen herself spreads jam on first before adding a dollop of clotted cream.

The debate rages on down in south west England , however. The Cornish do as the monarch does, putting jam on before cream, but in Devon they swear that cream then jam is the only way to do it.

Whichever you go for, you can’t miss the chance to sample an afternoon tea while in Blighty, and for many, a top-drawer hotel is the only way to do it.

Favourites vary between folk, of course, but the list typically includes grand properties like the following options. 

Located on the Strand between the Thames and theatreland, The Savoy is just a hop, skip and jump from Covent Garden. Afternoon tea is served here in the breathtaking Thames Foyer, with a magnificent piano taking centre stage.

Also in central London’s West End is The Ritz on Piccadilly. As Buckingham Palace isn’t too far away. you could walk across Green Park from one to the other. Tea is served in the former ballroom, overseen by the UK’s only certified Tea Master.

The Langham is credited with the very invention of the afternoon tea, and the Palm Court certainly makes a stunning setting. The art deco style venue can be found on Portland Place, a secluded location close to the fashionable stores of the Oxford Circus area. 

Located in Beeston Place, The Goring is practically next door to Buckingham Palace. The hotel began serving afternoon tea in 1840, so there’s been plenty of time to perfect what’s on offer. For a real treat, you can also wash it all down with a glass or two of Bollinger champagne.

This one’s not a hotel, but it is an impressive venue – and you get to browse the fabulous food hall here before or after taking tea. It’s served in the Diamond Jubilee Tea Salon on Piccadilly, and is located between Green Park and Piccadilly Circus. 

Read more – 21 afternoon tea options to choose from in London

3 day London itinerary – DAY 3

Your third day in London begins with a trip to the Tower of London , before spending the afternoon just as you please. But don’t worry if you get stuck – we have plenty of suggestions as to how to spend your last half day in the UK capital! That is if you can tear yourself away from the Tower of London…

Tower of London

If you could only visit one historic and cultural site while in London, the Tower of London would be top of many a list. With its intriguing – and at times brutal – history, the tower is the place to see Beefeaters in their traditional red costume, the resident ravens and of course the Crown Jewels.

During your tour you can also see suits of armour worn by previous Kings, discover the Fusilier Museum and see buildings including the White and Bloody Towers and the Mediaeval Palace.

• Getting to the Tower of London

The nearest Underground station to the Tower of London is Tower Hill. If you don’t mind walking, you can also reach the Tower on foot from London Bridge, Liverpool Street or Charing Cross stations in 25 minutes or less. 

If you’re staying centrally, you may also wish to walk from your hotel. The Tower is located by the Thames and Tower Bridge, so it’s very easy to find. 

• Your tour of the Tower of London

It’s best to arrive early at the Tower of London. This is because it gets busy later in the day. That way you can also spend as much time at the Tower as you like without having to rush. It also sometimes shuts as early as 4.30pm. 

Audio tours are available, so you can interpret and make sense of what you’re seeing while you tour the Tower. 

• Tower of London tickets

Booking tickets for the Tower of London in advance will also help you to make the most of the limited time you have when on a London three day itinerary. 

Again we recommend booking your tickets via Get Your Guide. The cost is the same as via the official website, and the bonus is that you can get a full refund if you have to cancel up to 24 hours before your booking. 

Visitors buying through Get Your Guide also get to skip the ticket line!

Buy your Tower of London tickets here

Read more – Best tickets & tours for the Tower of London

Your London

When you’re on a 3 day trip to London, it’s easy to lose sight of what you want to see and do while in the UK. Which is why we’ve factored in some free time this afternoon. How do you want to spend your final few hours in the city? 

Here are just a few suggestions, though the possibilities are pretty much endless!

If you’re the sort that likes to shop till you drop – and you either have some cash to splash or don’t mind window shopping – then a trip to upmarket Knightsbridge is a must. 

Knightsbridge is home to Harrods, one of the world’s most famous department stores. Harvey Nichols is neither far away nor far behind, and the area also boasts a range of designer boutiques including Ted Baker, Jimmy Choo, Lulu Guinness, Rigby & Peller, Lacoste, Burberry and many more. 

At the top of the road is Hyde Park, a green oasis from the hustle and bustle. It would be easy to spend an entire afternoon here if you chose to. Don’t miss The Serpentine, a 40 acre lake that hardy Londoners drop into for a dip between May and September. 

If you’re not sure what to do and are worried about wasting your last afternoon, why not place your fate in someone else’s expert hands? 

There are numerous walking tours so you can see more of the city’s sights – even when you’re doing London in 3 days. We’ve written an entire article on all the best ones, which is divided into sightseeing and themed options, and you can read that here . 

How does a Notting Hill, Doctor Who, Harry Potter , Charles Dickens or James Bond tour grab you? You can read all about them in this post , which also covers the top recommended sightseeing tours you can take on foot. 

Read more – 23 of the best London walking tours

London boasts some of the best museums on the planet. There are so many to choose from, but some of the best can be found in South Kensington. The Natural History Museum, the Victoria and Albert Museum and the Science Museum are all located on Exhibition Road, so if you’re not keen on one you can always dip into another. 

The Natural History Museum boasts a vast collection of specimens from all over the world, while the Victoria and Albert Museum specialises in art and design. It houses well over 2 million objects. The Science Museum, meanwhile, is for fans of all things that celebrate mankind’s history of discovery, invention and innovation. 

3 day London itinerary – Where to stay

Where to stay in London is an entire other article – or perhaps a whole lot more. Here are the links to our accommodation guides for the areas we recommend booking into when planning an itinerary for London in 3 days.

• Best Covent Garden hotels for all budgets
• Top Leicester Square and Soho hotels
• Best accommodation in Westminster
• Great hotels in Bankside and the South Bank  

3 day London itinerary – Frequently Asked Questions

These are some of the most common FAQs that come up when planning a 3 day London itinerary – along with our answers. 

Any day spent in London is better than none, while at the other end of the scale the famous Samuel Johnson quote states that when a person is tired of London they must be tired of life, as ‘there is in London all that life can afford’.

For some there will never be enough time, which is why people from all over the world choose to call London home for a few months or years – or even for a lifetime. 

3 days in London is enough to see the key sights, while getting a feel for the city as a place where people live and work. It’s enough to leave you wanting more, without getting fed up of following the well-beaten tourist trail. 

Whether you’re on a 3 day London itinerary as a family, solo traveller or couple, you can save so much time by planning ahead. This includes booking a hotel in the central zone and buying travel passes and entry tickets in advance. 

The other thing to do is to focus on what you really want to see and do. There are no rules. You have 3 days. How would you prefer to spend them? What would you be sorry to miss out on? 

There is so much to do in London in 72 hours. See the Tower of London, the Changing of the Guard, Westminster and Buckingham Palace . Explore the museums you want to spend time in and take a break with a picnic in the park.

Stroll around the South Bank or along the Thames, or take a trip to Oxford and Regent Streets to see a dazzling array of shops. Explore the markets, take a river cruise, hop on a tube and hail a black cab. Book afternoon tea at an upmarket hotel, and enjoy fish and chips at a traditional British pub.

London really is your oyster! 

Phew! There is so much to see and do in the British capital, but we hope this London 3 day trip planner will help you make the most of your stay in one of the finest cities on earth.

We hope to have shown that while a 3 days in London itinerary is pretty tight, time-wise, it is not only do-able but will also be thoroughly enjoyable!

If you have 3 days in London and what to do is a dilemma, do remember that it’s your trip. This is only a suggested itinerary, and of course you can play around with the timings to suit your schedule and preferences perfectly.

Whether your 3 day London tour takes in the Tower of London, the Changing of the Guard and the London Eye or you prefer to spend your time eating and shopping your way through the city, we hope you have a lot of fun along the way.

Have a few extra days in London? Why not take a day trip?

• Best day trips from London by train
• 17 Places to visit for an easy day trip from London
• How to visit Harry Potter studios from London
• 7 Magnificent castles to visit near London
• Guide to the coronation of King Charles III – When, Where & FAQs
• Seasonal guides – London in Spring , London in winter

While you’re here, don’t forget to take a look at our London Travel Guide . It’s packed with tips and inspiration so you can create your perfect trip. 

Nomadic Matt's Travel Site

Travel Better, Cheaper, Longer

London Travel Guide

Last Updated: January 5, 2024

London is one of the most popular cities in the world. It’s home to charming pubs, world-class (and often free) museums, tons of history, some of the best theater performances in the world, a diverse population, incredible food, and a wild nightlife.

I know it’s cliche to say there’s something for everyone but, in this sprawling metropolis, there really is!

I’ve been visiting London since 2008 and, with every subsequent visit, the city has grown on me. The more I go, the more awesome stuff I see, the more I fall in love with it. There’s always something new to do here and there’s an energetic vibe to the city.

Unfortunately, it’s also an expensive destination. A visit here can eat a hole in any budget if you aren’t careful.

Luckily, there are tons of free and cheap things to do in London . While budget travelers need to be frugal here, you can still visit London on a budget and have an amazing time.

This London travel guide can help you plan your trip, save money, and make the most out of your time in this cosmopolitan capital!

Table of Contents

• Things to See and Do
• Typical Costs
• Suggested Budget
• Money-Saving Tips
• Where to Stay
• How to Get Around
• How to Stay Safe
• Best Places to Book Your Trip
• Related Blogs on London

Top 5 Things to See and Do in London

1. Visit Big Ben and the House of Parliament

Although you can’t go up the tower, you can view this Gothic structure from the street and hear its chimes four times an hour. Big Ben is actually the name of the Great Bell of the Great Clock of Westminster which can be found inside Elizabeth Tower at the north end of the Palace of Westminster, but is often used to refer to the clock and the tower as well. To learn about the UK government, take a tour of Parliament, founded in 1801, while you’re here (get there early or reserve tickets online) . Guided tours cost 29 GBP while self-guided multimedia tours are 22.50 GBP. The best view of the tower is from the opposite side of the river on the South Bank, near the London Eye.

2. See the Tower of London and Tower Bridge

Built in 1070, the Tower of London has expanded many times over the years. It was built as a double-leaf bascule bridge in the middle (both sides lift up) to maintain river access to the Pool of London docks while easing congestion on each side of the river. You can visit inside the tower and walk along the glass walkways. Weapons, armor, and coins were made here until 1810 and today you can view the famous crown jewels, walk the battlements, wander recreated medieval palace rooms, see the iconic Yeoman Warders (known as the Beefeaters as they were allowed to eat as much beef as they wanted from King Henry VII’s table), and spot the legendary black ravens that live in the tower. Skip-the-line tickets are 29.90 GBP.

3. Admire Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace is only open to the public for 10 weeks during the summer, but you can join the crowds and watch the changing of the guard at 11am every Monday, Wednesday, Friday and Sunday throughout the year (get there in good time to find a good place to stand). Admission to the palace isn’t cheap, with tickets costing 30 GBP online (33 GBP on the day), while exclusive guided tours are 90 GBP. Check the Royal Collection Trust website for details on other events happening throughout the year.

4. See Westminster Abbey

A working royal church, the Gothic Westminster Abbey was founded by Benedictine monks in 960 CE. More than 3,300 people are buried here including 17 monarchs and numerous royal funerals have been held here over the centuries. It’s the traditional coronation site for British monarchs and has been the setting for every coronation since 1066, as well as for many other royal occasions, including 16 weddings. Other famous British figures buried here include Charles Darwin, Sir Isaac Newton, Aphra Behn, and Charles Dickens. Tickets cost 27 GBP , but you can visit for free if you go during a service. Just make sure to dress (and act) appropriately as it is a place of worship.

5. Hang out in Trafalgar Square

Stroll around and admire the fountains and the famous monuments, such as the four bronze lion statues and Nelson’s Column (which honors Admiral Nelson’s victory at the Battle of Trafalgar in 1805). It is bordered on all sides by a number of museums, galleries, cultural spaces and historic buildings so there’s plenty to do as well. Trafalgar Square is also known to be a center of national democracy and protest so peaceful rallies and demonstrations are frequently held (usually at weekends). Even if there aren’t any official events, lots of people still hang out here so it makes for a good place to people-watch.

Other Things to See and Do in London

1. take a free walking tour.

London has tons of different walking tours on offer. From free tours to specialty tours to paid tours to literary tours to quirky tea tours, London has it all. Free London Walking Tours and New Europe Walking Tours are two of my favorite companies to go with when it comes to free tours. They’re the best way to see the sights and learn about the city on a budget. Just remember to tip at the end!

If you’re looking for more in-depth and specific tours, check out Take Walks. They offer affordable tours that go into a lot of detail. And if you’re a Harry Potter fan, Get Your Guide runs an awesome Harry Potter tour around the city for 15 GBP.

2. Go museum hopping

London has more museums than you could see in a single visit, and many of them are free. You can spend days visiting world-class museums like the Tate, the British Museum, the City Museum, the National Gallery, the Historical Museum, and many others — all without spending a penny. One of my favorites is the Natural History Museum, a beautiful Romanesque building that contains over 80 million items, including specimens collected by Charles Darwin. It also has an expansive collection of fossils, making it a fun and educational stop. The Victoria and Albert Museum (named after Queen Victoria and Prince Albert) is another favorite of mine. It’s home to over 2,000 works of art covering over 3,000 years of human history.

3. Grab some food in Borough Market

Established in 1756, London’s Borough Market has something for every foodie. It’s home to some of the best British and international produce and dishes. Come here hungry and leave satisfied. It’s great for people-watching too. The market is open daily but the crowds are terrible on Saturdays so be sure to get there early.

4. Enjoy some theater

London is known for its famous theater scene. Attend a show while you’re here and see some of the incredible performances that make London famous. Tickets can be pretty cheap, and something is playing every night (check out TKTS for discounted tickets to shows in the West End). Otherwise, catch a Shakespeare show at The Globe in South London — tickets range from 5-62 GBP depending on the show and seat you choose.

5. Stroll along Brick Lane

Known for vintage clothing, cheap eats, and art, this East London street is a local favorite. Sunday is the best day to come, as this is when the outdoor street market takes place, though the restaurants and shops lining the street are open daily. Brick Lane has some of the best (and cheapest) food in London, especially when it comes to curry, as this is the hub of London’s Bangladeshi community. This street is also a great place to bring a camera, as its walls are basically a gallery for London’s best street artists, including Banksy, D*Face, and Ben Eine.

6. Ride the London Eye

The London Eye is a 152-meter (500-foot tall) Ferris wheel. While a little cheesy, it’s nevertheless one of the most popular attractions in London. It’s across the street from Parliament and provides excellent views of London and the city’s most iconic buildings, especially on a clear day. Tickets are 32.50 GBP , but if you want to play tourist and take in the view, it might be worth it. The ride lasts 30 minutes and tickets start at 32.50 GBP.

7. Visit the London Dungeon

The London Dungeon calls itself “the world’s most chillingly famous horror attraction.” It covers 2,000 years of London’s gruesome history and is a morbid but interesting museum. Although you can learn about popular torture methods in England, this place has turned into more of an “amusement park” type attraction. But if you like things like escape rooms and scary boat rides, it’s enjoyable. Tickets cost 29 GBP when you book online (32 GBP in person).

8. See St. Paul’s Cathedral

St. Paul’s is a striking English Baroque cathedral with a world-famous dome. Architect Christopher Wren’s masterpiece, the iconic building dates from the 17th century. Inside, you can visit the crypt to see the resting places of famous figures including The Duke of Wellington, Christopher Wren, and Admiral Nelson, or just enjoy the cathedral’s glittering mosaics and elaborate stone carvings. If you don’t mind climbing some stairs, a highlight is to climb to the Stone Gallery or Golden Gallery for panoramic views over surrounding London. Admission costs from 18 GBP when you buy online , which is cheaper than the London Eye and offers similarly breathtaking views.

9. Explore Covent Garden

Covent Garden, a popular West End neighborhood, is a fun place to hang out for an afternoon. It’s home to lots of quirky stalls, busking musicians, an artsy market, and a selection of unusual pubs and coffee shops. Covent Garden is also within walking distance of all the big musical theater shows, so it’s a great place to spend a few hours before catching a performance. Make sure to visit Covent Garden Market, which has been open since the 1830s. It’s a good place to grab a bite to eat or shop at some of the artisan craft stalls. It’s open Monday to Saturday from 8am-6pm, with an outdoor farmer’s market on Saturdays between April and December.

10. Visit Shakespeare’s Globe

An integral part of England’s history, Shakespeare’s Globe is a reconstruction of the original Globe Theatre, the venue for which the famous playwright wrote his plays. It’s a must-see for lovers of Shakespeare, with performances embracing near-perfect replicas of Elizabethan staging practices. You can even sit in front where the groundlings did, for shouting and heckling! The theater is open-roofed, so bundle up in the winter. Tickets cost 5-62 GBP depending on the production and the seat (you can stand just as they did in Elizabethan times). You can also take a guided tour for 17 GBP to learn more about the history of the theater (more specialized ones such as the Ghosts and Ghouls tour or the Pride tour cost 20 GBP).

11. Explore Camden Market

A long-time counter-culture haven, Camden Market is home to over 1,000 independent shops, stalls, cafes, restaurants, bars, buskers, and everything in between. It’s enormously popular and busiest on the weekends (it sees over 250,000 visitors each week). Camden Market is actually a series of six separate markets, so you can literally wander the labyrinth of alleyways for hours and not see it all.

12. See the Royal Observatory

Since its founding in the late 17th century, the Royal Observatory at Greenwich has played an important role in astronomy and navigation. The observatory is divided into two sections, with one half focusing on time while the other half is devoted to astronomy. In the Meridian Courtyard, you can stand on either side of the Prime Meridian, which separates the Earth’s eastern and western hemispheres. The Peter Harrison Planetarium is also housed here, where you can see a show for 10 GBP. The Royal Observatory itself costs 16 GBP .

13. Walk around the Strand

In the 12th century, rich noblemen built elegant homes and gardens along the shore (the strand) of the Thames, making it one of the most prestigious places to live (a fact that remains true to this day). Walk down this thoroughfare and be treated to a grand display of wealth and beauty. It was dubbed “the finest street in Europe” by Prime Minister Benjamin Disraeli in the 19th century. The Strand, which runs from Trafalgar Square to Temple Bar, is home to numerous shops, pubs, landmark buildings, and classic hotels.

14. Drink beer at Ye Olde Cheshire Cheese

This historic pub has been around since the great fire of 1666 (and there has been a pub at this location since 1538). It’s surprisingly large inside, and in the winter, fireplaces keep pub-goers warm. The wood paneling, atmospheric lack of natural lighting, and vaulted cellars make stepping inside feel like stepping back in time. Famous literary figures like Charles Dickens, R.L. Stevenson, Mark Twain, Oliver Goldsmith, and others used to frequent (and write about) this particular pub.

15. See the Churchill War Rooms

Located beneath the Treasury Building in the Whitehall area of Westminster, the Churchill War Rooms include the government’s command center during World War II and a museum about the life of Winston Churchill. The centerpiece of the whole place is an interactive table that enables visitors to access digitized material from the Churchill archives. If you are like me and a huge history nerd, this is one of the best attractions in the city. I highly, highly encourage you to visit. It’s worth the price! Admission is 29 GBP.

16. Relax in Hyde Park and Kensington Gardens

If you’re looking to get away from the hustle and bustle of the city, head to Hyde Park or Kensington Gardens for some reprieve. Both parks, which are (conveniently for the visitor) right next to each other, are designated as Royal Parks of London. Hyde Park is the most famous park in London. Originally the private hunting grounds of Henry VII, it opened to the public in 1637 and is a great place to stroll, picnic, or catch one of the many events that are hosted here throughout the year. Kensington Gardens are home to the Serpentine Galleries as well as Kensington Palace. The park and the gardens cover almost 250 acres!

17. Take a Jack the Ripper tour

Jack the Ripper is one of London’s most infamous killers — and his true identity was never figured out. Every night, there are tons of people in the East End learning about Jack the Ripper on a ridiculous number of similar tours. The tour guides you through dark alleyways, stopping at historic locations connected with the infamous serial killer. Tickets cost 15 GBP .

For more information on other cities in England, check out these guides:

• Bath Travel Guide
• Brighton Travel Guide
• Bristol Travel Guide
• Cambridge Travel Guide
• Liverpool Travel Guide
• Manchester Travel Guide
• Oxford Travel Guide

London Travel Costs

Hostel prices – A bed in a dorm with 4-8 beds costs 16-25 GBP per night while a bed in a dorm with 10-18 beds costs 13-16 GBP. A private room with a shared bathroom costs 50-90 GBP per night. If you want to stay closer to the center of the city expect to double these prices and expect prices to be at least 10 GBP higher in peak season. Free Wi-Fi is standard and many hostels offer free breakfast and self-catering facilities.

Budget hotel prices – A budget hotel room costs 70-100 GBP per night. Prices are higher in the center and in peak season. Expect basic amenities like free Wi-Fi, TV, and a coffee/tea maker.

There are lots of Airbnb options in London. A private room costs 45-60 GBP per night (80-100 GBP in the center), while an entire home/apartment starts around 90-150 GBP per night (more in high season).

Food – While British cuisine has evolved in leaps and bounds due to immigration (and colonialism), it’s still very much a meat and potatoes country. Fish and chips remain a popular staple for both lunch and dinner while roasted and stewed meats, sausages, meat pies, and the quintessential Yorkshire pudding are all common options as well. Curry (and other Indian dishes, such as tikka masala), are super popular too.

You can eat cheap in London if you stick to street eats and food vendors (plus many of the hostels have free breakfast). You can find fish and chips or a kebab for about 7 GBP each. Indian food can be purchased for between 8-10 GBP for lunch entrees. You can buy pizza for 8-12 GBP or burritos and sandwiches for 5-9 GBP. Fast food (think McDonald’s) is around 13 GBP for a combo meal.

For a mid-range meal of traditional British cuisine at a pub or restaurant, expect to pay 14-16 GBP. A pint of beer can cost up to 6-8 GBP while a glass of wine costs around 7-10 GBP.

You can find tons of high-end dining in London, but be prepared to spend a lot. Expect to pay at least 30-35 GBP for a three-course menu with a drink in a mid-range restaurant and upwards of 70 GBP in a higher-range establishment.

If you plan on cooking for yourself, a week’s worth of groceries costs around 50-60 GBP. This gets you basic staples like rice, pasta, veggies, and some meat. The best places to buy cheap groceries are Lidl and Aldi, Sainsbury’s and Tesco are more mid-range, while Marks & Spencer and Waitrose are higher-end.

A great way to save money is to get the Taste Card. This diner’s club card offers 50% discounts on tons of restaurants as well as two-for-one specials. It can really pay off, especially on any nice meals you want to have. You can only live on fish and chips for so long!

Backpacking London Suggested Budgets

If you’re backpacking London, expect to spend about 60 GBP per day. This budget covers a hostel dorm, taking public transit, cooking all your meals, limiting your drinking, and sticking to free activities like parks, free walking tours, and museums. If you plan on drinking, add another 10 GBP to your daily budget.

A mid-range budget of 150 GBP per day covers staying in a private Airbnb room, eating out for most of your meals, having a drink or two, taking public transit and the occasional taxi, and doing some paid activities such as Tower Bridge or Westminster Abbey.

On a “luxury” budget of about 300 GBP or more per day, you can stay in a hotel, eat out anywhere you want, drink more, take more taxis, and do whatever activities and tours you want. This is just the ground floor for luxury though. the sky is the limit!

You can use the chart below to get some idea of how much you need to budget daily, depending on your travel style. Keep in mind these are daily averages — some days you spend more, some days you spend less (you might spend less every day). We just want to give you a general idea of how to make your budget. Prices are in GBP.

London Travel Guide: Money-Saving Tips

London is one of the most expensive cities in the world. But thanks to its free museums, cheap pubs, and numerous hostels, there are a lot of ways to cut your costs and save money here. Here are my top tips for saving money in London:

• Visit all the free museums – Most of the museums in London are free, including the Museum of London, the British Museum, the Natural History Museum, and the Science Museum. The National Gallery and the Tate Modern are also free and are two of my favorites.
• Buy an Oyster Card – This prepaid transit card saves you about 50% on each tube, bus and tram ride. If you plan on using the tube a lot, get this card! You can get a refund for the balance left on the card at the end of your trip. If you aren’t charged international transaction fees and have a contactless credit or debit card, you can also use this for travel and the system automatically caps your travel so you never pay more than you would have if you had bought a travel card. Just make sure to tap in and out and the beginning and end of each ride to make sure you’re charged the right fare.
• People watch at the markets – Sunday is market day in London, with Camden Market, the Portobello Market, the Flower Market, being some of the more popular options. People watch, snap some photos, and enjoy local London life without spending a dime.
• Watch the changing of the guards – Both the changing of the guard at Buckingham Palace (4 times a week) and the changing of the horse guards (daily) at Whitehall take place at 11am (10am at Whitehall on Sundays). Take in true British flare with these interesting and free ceremonies.
• Just walk and explore – London is a huge city and beautiful, historic buildings abound. I once walked for four hours and barely made a dent in the route I was going to take (hence the need to get the Oyster Card.) However, once you get out of the tourist area around the Thames, you get to see London the way the locals do. You can pick up free maps of showing walking routes around the capital from any of London’s tourist information shops.
• Snag last-minute theater tickets – You can get last-minute tickets to the theater from the official booth in Leicester Square. Availability varies every day, so be sure to get there early. And if you don’t want to shell out a lot of money to see The Lion King or Les Misérables , check out smaller shows and comedy nights at theaters like Leicester Square Theater, where prices start at about 17 GBP.
• Skip the cabs – Taxis are incredibly expensive in London and can destroy your budget. I stayed out past when the tube closed one night and the taxi to my hotel was 31 GBP! If you start taking taxis everywhere, you’ll end up spending hundreds of dollars per day, so keep this in mind.
• Master the night bus – In London, the tube closes around 12:30am (the Central, Jubilee, Northern, Piccadilly, and Victoria lines do run all night on Friday and Saturday nights). To avoid taking expensive taxis, make sure you get a map of the night bus routes so you can get back to your hotel/hostel on the cheap. These buses go all over the city and into the suburbs.
• Take a free walking tour – London, like most big cities in Europe, has a wide array of free walking tours given throughout the city. For a historical view of the city, try New Europe , and for off-the-beaten-path tours, try Free Tours by Foot .
• Get the Taste Card – This diner’s club card offers 50% discounts on thousands of restaurants as well as two-for-one specials. It can really pay off, especially on any nice meals you want to have.
• Get the London Pass – If you get the London Pass, you can enjoy access to over 80 London attractions, including the Tower of London, Westminster Abbey, and St. Paul’s Cathedral. A one-day pass is 89 GBP, a two-day pass is 115 GBP, and a three-day pass is 135 GBP. You can get all the way up to a ten-day pass for 199 GBP although they often have deals on giving discounts to this. This pass makes for good savings if you’re planning on doing a ton of sightseeing! Other passes available include the London City Pass from Turbopass which includes an option to add transport costs, and the London Sightseeing Pass.
• Bring a water bottle – The tap water here is safe to drink so bring a reusable water bottle to save money and reduce your plastic use. LifeStraw is my go-to brand as their bottles have built-in filters to ensure your water is always clean and safe.

Where to Stay in London

While the city may be expensive, its popularity means there are lots of hostels here. I’ve stayed at dozens of hostels over the years. Here are some of my favorites:

• Astor Hyde Park
• St. Christopher’s
• Clink261 Hostel
• Generator London
• Onefam Notting Hill

For more hostel suggestions be sure to check out my list of the best hostels in London.

How to Get Around London

Public transportation – London has excellent public transportation and is the cheapest way to get around. A one-way fare on the tube in Zone 1 costs 6.30 GBP, but getting a Visitor Oyster Card reduces tariffs to 2.50 GBP per ride. No matter how many trips you take per day, your Oyster Card caps your travel at 7.70 GBP for travel in Zones 1 and 2. This is applicable across all public transit, including buses and trams, saving you a ton of money.

The Visitor Oyster Card costs 5 GBP, and then you choose how much credit to add to your card. Remember that you can get back any remaining balance at the end of your trip.

The bus system in London also uses the Oyster Card and costs 1.65 GBP per ride. However, a day of unlimited bus- and tram-only travel costs a maximum of 4.95 GBP. Buses do not accept cash; you must use either an Oyster card, a Travelcard, or your own contactless payment card.

The tram system in London works the same way as the bus system, with rides costing the same.

Bicycle – London’s public bike-sharing program is Santander Cycles. With 750 docking stations and 11,500 bikes, they’re available all over the city. Renting a bike costs 1.65 GBP for up to half an hour and 1.65 GBP for each additional 30 minutes, though you can always dock a bike and take out another one to restart the free timer.

Keep in mind, however, that London isn’t a super bike-friendly city, especially if you’re used to biking with cars driving on the other side of the road!

Taxis – Taxis are readily available, with prices starting at 3.80 GBP and going up around 3 GBP per mile (the tariff is more expensive at night). Given how expensive they are, I wouldn’t take one unless absolutely necessary.

Ridesharing – Uber is available in London but it still costs an arm and a leg if you use it a lot. Stick to public transportation.

Car rental – Cars can be rented for 20-30 GBP per day for a multi-day rental. However, traffic is terrible in the city so I wouldn’t rent a car here unless you are heading out on some day trips. Remember that driving is on the left and that most cars have manual transmissions. There’s also a 15 GBP daily Congestion Charge for driving in the center (7am-6pm Mon-Fri and noon-6pm Sat/Sun/public holidays) and parking is expensive too. Drivers need to be 21 to rent a car as well.

When to Go to London

London doesn’t get too cold, but it’s notoriously foggy and rainy. Summer is peak tourism season, and temperatures are the warmest during this time — but rarely are they ever above 30°C (86°F ). London is bursting at the seams during the summer, but the city has a fun, lively atmosphere. People make the most of the warm weather and there are constantly tons of events and festivals happening.

Spring (late March-June) and autumn (September-October) are also fantastic times to visit, as temperatures are mild and the city isn’t as packed.

Winter lasts from December to February, and tourism crowds thin out dramatically during this time. Temperatures can dip below 5°C (41°F), and prices are slightly lower as well. Expect grey weather and be sure to dress warmly.

Since it is frequently rainy here, pack a light rain jacket or an umbrella no matter when you visit.

How to Stay Safe in London

London is a safe city and the risk of violent crime here is low. Scams and pick-pocketing can occur around high-traffic areas, especially around tourist attractions like London Tower and on crowded public transit. Pick-pockets tend to work in teams, so stay alert and be aware of your surroundings. Keep your valuables secure and out of reach at all times just to be safe.

Solo travelers, including solo female travelers, should generally feel safe here, however, the standard precautions apply (never leave your drink unattended at the bar, never walk home alone intoxicated, etc.).

Although there are no super seedy neighborhoods in London, avoid wandering around late at night alone — especially if you’ve had a pint or two. As an extra precaution, only bring the money you need when you go to the bar. Leave the rest of your cards and cash in your accommodation.

Scams here are rare, but if you’re worried about getting ripped off you can read about common travel scams to avoid here .

If you do experience an emergency, dial 999 for assistance.

Thanks to a few high-profile terrorist attacks and riots across Europe (including London), I frequently get emails inquiring whether or not Europe is safe to visit. The short answer: yes! I wrote a whole post about why Europe is safe to visit.

The most important piece of advice I can offer is to purchase good travel insurance. Travel insurance protects you against illness, injury, theft, and cancellations. It’s comprehensive protection in case anything goes wrong. I never go on a trip without it as I’ve had to use it many times in the past. You can use the widget below to find the policy right for you:

London Travel Guide: The Best Booking Resources

These are my favorite companies to use when I travel. They consistently have the best deals, offer world-class customer service and great value, and overall, are better than their competitors. They are the companies I use the most and are always the starting point in my search for travel deals.

• Skyscanner – Skyscanner is my favorite flight search engine. They search small websites and budget airlines that larger search sites tend to miss. They are hands down the number one place to start.
• Hostelworld – This is the best hostel accommodation site out there with the largest inventory, best search interface, and widest availability.
• Booking.com – The best all around booking site that constantly provides the cheapest and lowest rates. They have the widest selection of budget accommodation. In all my tests, they’ve always had the cheapest rates out of all the booking websites.
• HostelPass – This new card gives you up to 20% off hostels throughout Europe. It’s a great way to save money. They’re constantly adding new hostels too. I’ve always wanted something like this and glad it finallt exists.
• Get Your Guide – Get Your Guide is a huge online marketplace for tours and excursions. They have tons of tour options available in cities all around the world, including everything from cooking classes, walking tours, street art lessons, and more!
• The Man in Seat 61 – This website is the ultimate guide to train travel anywhere in the world. They have the most comprehensive information on routes, times, prices, and train conditions. If you are planning a long train journey or some epic train trip, consult this site.
• Rome2Rio – This website allows you to see how to get from point A to point B the best and cheapest way possible. It will give you all the bus, train, plane, or boat routes that can get you there as well as how much they cost.
• FlixBus – Flixbus has routes between 20 European countries with prices starting as low 5 EUR! Their buses include WiFi, electrical outlets, a free checked bag.
• SafetyWing – Safety Wing offers convenient and affordable plans tailored to digital nomads and long-term travelers. They have cheap monthly plans, great customer service, and an easy-to-use claims process that makes it perfect for those on the road.
• LifeStraw – My go-to company for reusable water bottles with built-in filters so you can ensure your drinking water is always clean and safe.
• Unbound Merino – They make lightweight, durable, easy-to-clean travel clothing.
• Top Travel Credit Cards – Points are the best way to cut down travel expenses. Here’s my favorite point earning credit cards so you can get free travel!
• Fat Tire Tours – For bike tours, use this company! They have fun, interactive tours led by expert local guides. You’ll get to see all the main sights without breaking the bank!
• BlaBlaCar – BlaBlaCar is a ridesharing website that lets you share rides with vetted local drivers by pitching in for gas. You simply request a seat, they approve, and off you go! It’s a cheaper and more interesting way to travel than by bus or train!
• Take Walks – This walking tour company provides inside access to attractions and places you can’t get elsewhere. Their guides rock and they have some of the best and most insightful tours in all of England.

London Travel Guide: Related Articles

Want more info? Check out all the articles I’ve written on backpacking/traveling England and continue planning your trip:

The 14 Best Things to Do in Bristol

Where to Stay in London: The Best Neighborhoods for Your Visit

The 8 Best Hostels in London

How to Spend a Week in London

The 9 Best Walking Tour Companies in London

70+ Free Things to Do in London

Get my best stuff sent straight to you, pin it on pinterest.

• Where To Stay
• Transportation
• Booking Resources
• Related Blogs

• Search Please fill out this field.
• Manage Your Subscription
• Give a Gift Subscription
• Sweepstakes

How to Visit London and Paris in a Long Weekend

Here's how time-pressed travelers can visit two iconic European capitals in four days — even on a budget.

How about a four-day trip to London and Paris, with two days in each city?

We agree that sounds way too short, since, together, the two European capitals contain more than 200 Michelin-starred restaurants, over 300 museums, around 400 theaters, and thousands of bars and nightclubs.

Still — it's possible to see the major highlights of London and Paris over a long weekend, even for those flying from the U.S. The cities are just a little more than two hours apart by rail, allowing travelers to maximize their vacation time and budget.

Here's how to plan the ultimate long weekend in London and Paris.

Getting There and Back

To make this quick trip work, fly into one city, and then out of the other, and book a seat on the high-speed Eurostar train to travel between the two. Plenty of airlines fly regularly between the U.S. and both London and Paris , making it possible to find deals on a one-way or multicity ticket. Consult airline comparison apps, or a knowledgeable travel advisor, to get the best price.

"Savvy travelers know there are increased air passenger duty taxes charged on flights departing from London," says travel journalist   Ramsey Qubein ,  who  states on his website  that he flies more than 450,000 miles a year. "This means fares are often higher for making a round-trip flight into and out of London than flying into London and out of another airport."

British Airways offers direct flights to London from 27 U.S. cities and has added Cincinnati, Ohio, and Portland, Oregon, to its lineup. This carrier allows passengers to use Avios points toward payment, too, cutting the cost of the overall fare.

Air France offers up to 180 flights a week to Paris from 14 U.S. cities. The French carrier regularly announces flash fares to Paris (and other destinations) through its email newsletters and social media channels.

Eurostar trains make the 213-mile journey between London's St. Pancras International station and Gare du Nord in Paris for as little as $63 each way. Eurostar ticket pricing fluctuates, similar to airline pricing, with the lowest rates usually offered for midweek travel. You can purchase your tickets up to 330 days in advance or on the day of departure, but Eurostar recommends booking at least 120 days out for the best prices.

The time of year you book your ticket matters, too. "After Thanksgiving, and returning before December 15; and then again from January 4, or so, through the end of March, have traditionally been the best time for bargains on airfare," says George Hobica, travel columnist and founder of Airfarewatchdog.com , adding that the same goes for booking hotels.

Where to Stay

In London, there are many hotels to choose from near St. Pancras International railway station, just steps from the British Library and its free events and exhibitions. Nearby is the Wellcome Collection , a free museum and library with rotating science, health, and art exhibits.

You can even stay inside St. Pancras at the St. Pancras Renaissance Hotel , a splurge-worthy property offering a hefty dose of history and a convenient location. Just across the street, you'll also find The Standard , a less-traditional option that oozes irreverent style.

In Paris, you might be inclined to sleep near the city's renowned museums, chic cafés, and famous attractions. In that case, stay at Hôtel Madame Rêve , which is so close to the Eiffel Tower and the Notre Dame cathedral you can see the landmarks from top-floor windows. A piece of history itself, the hotel occupies the beloved 19th-century Louvre post office building. Another good option is the 97-room Renaissance Paris Vendome Hotel , housed in an 18th-century mansion near the Tuileries Garden and the Louvre .

Christopher Larson/Travel + Leisure

For a quintessential London experience, take a whirlwind tour aboard an iconic double-decker bus. Hop on the Routemaster 's heritage T15 route, which starts at Trafalgar Square or Tower Hill and stops at places like St. Paul's Cathedral and Covent Garden. If you'd prefer a more luxurious journey, opt for the Bustronome (which also operates in Paris) and enjoy a prix fixe menu while you ride around the city. This three-hour bus tour drives by many of the city's top sights, which you can view through the panes of a panoramic glass roof.

Coal Drops Yard , built in 1850 to store the 8 million tons of coal that used to be delivered to London each year, has been transformed into a trendy shopping and dining destination. Located in King's Cross, just a few minutes' walk from St. Pancras, the complex boasts more than 50 stores, restaurants, and cafés. Check out Wolf & Badger's flagship store, which carries independent fashion, beauty, and homeware brands, and Casa Pastor , a restaurant serving tacos, craft mezcal, Mexican beer, and margaritas.

In Paris, save time and money by purchasing a two-day Paris Museum Pass , which gives you entry to more than 50 of the city's museums and monuments, and also allows you to skip the long lines at ticket windows. Most travelers find the cost of the pass is only worth it if they visit at least five museums, so do your research.

With all the museum-hopping and sightseeing, you'll no doubt work up an appetite while in Paris. Use your time efficiently by combining a two-hour cruise on the Seine with a fine-dining experience aboard the Ducasse Sur Seine , chef Alain Ducasse's electric boat that doubles as a locavore restaurant. Get your fill of croissants, baguettes, and macarons on a self-guided gourmet walking tour, or take a baking class with tour operator Meeting the French . You'll leave with a full belly and an arsenal of tips and tricks from a professional French baker that you can try at home.

Beaches Near London

The Best Fish & Chips in London

London's Top Restaurants

Eating With Kids in London

London's Best Bars

Craft Beer in London

The Best Time to Visit London

Weather & Climate

London's Airports

Neighborhoods to Know

Driving in London

Public Transport in London

London's Top Attractions

Free Things to Do

Things to Do With Kids

London's Best Parks

Museums in London

Theater in London

Live Music in London

Shopping in London

One Week in London: Itinerary

Day Trips From London

15 Terrific Day Trips From London

These UK  day trips  are quick, fun alternatives to a day in the city. Castles, famous movie sets, great discount shopping, historic homes, and gardens are all less than two hours from London . And transportation links from the British capital to the suburbs, the countryside and even other nearby cities are easy, fast and reasonably priced.

If you are looking for an alternative to London's hustle and bustle, and a chance to see England from a different perspective, a quick "away day" may be just the ticket. They're all reachable by public transportation too.

UK travel tip : To keep transportation costs down, try to book your train or coach tickets well in advance to take advantage of the lowest fares.

Windsor Castle

TripSavvy / Jess Macdonald

Windsor Castle is everyone's idea of a fairytale castle. And there's plenty to see at the Queen's weekend home (which, we hear, is her favorite). The building alone covers 13 acres and is the biggest inhabited castle in the world. William the Conqueror picked the site, west of London overlooking the Thames and it has been a Royal residence and fortress ever since - almost 950 years.

How to Get There

• Take the train - Trains leave regularly from London's Paddington Station to Windsor & Eton Central. The castle, a short walk from the station, dominates the town and is impossible to miss. The trip takes between 25 and 40 minutes depending upon the train you choose.
• By car: Windsor Castle is 24 miles from Central London. Take the A4 and M4 to Junction 6 then follow signs for Windsor town center and parking.
• By bus: Green Line buses (701 and 702) leave hourly from Victoria station, stopping at Windsor Castle and  Legoland Windsor.

Warner Brothers Studio Tour London: The Making of Harry Potter

If you've ever wanted to walk in the footsteps of your favorite film characters or look behind the scenes at how all the special effects are accomplished, Warner Brothers' Harry Potter attraction at its Leavesden studios, 20 miles northwest of London is a must see. And if you or members of your family are Harry Potter fans, this is a definite "don't miss".

The makers of the film have pulled together some of the most iconic sets, loads of the actual props used in the films and created a walking tour in two soundstages where the Harry Potter films were made. Even for those of us who have not been dyed-in-the-wool Harry Potter fans, it's endlessly fascinating and entertaining. We spent about five hours there, making the apparently high ticket prices surprisingly good value for money.

Top tip: Don't forget to book your tickets in advance. No tickets are offered for sale at the site.

• By train: Trains from London's Euston Station leave for Watford Junction roughly every ten minutes throughout the day. The trip takes between 15 and 20 minutes. Once at the station, a colorful bus takes you directly to the attraction, while you watch a film to get you in the mood. The bus meets passengers in front of Watford Junction Station. When weighing up travel costs and choosing between car and train, keep those costs in mind. A family of four could spend more than £50 just traveling to the attraction by train. Frequent trains from Birmingham New Street also stop at Watford Junction.
• By car: The attraction is just a few miles from the M1 and M5 motorways and once you leave the motorways, brown signs lead you in. There are detailed directions for travel by road on the attraction website as well as SatNav coordinates.
• By coach: Transfers from London with a preferred transportation partner are regularly scheduled and can be purchased without studio admission.

Brighton - London's Beach

In 2016, Brighton added a spanking new attraction: The BA i360 rises more than 500 feet above the seafront and on a clear day it really does seem like you can see forever. It's only one of the attractions of the funky seaside resort known as London's beach. The Royal Pavilion, Brighton, the splendid summer house built by George IV when he was Prince Regent, is an Arabian Nights fantasy slap bang in the middle of town. In the early 19th century, his architect, John Nash, slapped a cast iron framework around an older, simpler farmhouse and, well, just went to town, really.

• By train:  Trains leave about every 15 minutes from either London Bridge or Victoria Station and take about an hour.
• By car: Brighton is 54 miles due south of London. It takes about 1h30 to drive. South of the M25 ring road, the M23 leads into Brighton.
• By bus: Buses from London to Brighton take between an hour and forty minutes to more than three hours. Each journey has a small amount of lowest fare tickets available. These sell out quickly so it is a good idea to buy your tickets well in advance. Buses travel hourly between Victoria Coach Station in London and Brighton Pier Coach Station.

A Weekend Is Great Too

There's more than enough to do in Brighton to spend a short break. Visitors love to stroll among the antique shops and boutiques of "The Lanes", walk the shingle beach or take some fish and chips out to the end of  Brighton's Victorian pier . In winter there's the spectacle of Brighton Burning the Clocks and in May Brighton stages England's biggest multi-arts festival. Why not plan a Brighton getaway ?

Oxford England

TripSavvy / Taylor McIntyre 

Oxford University, England, is the oldest university in the English speaking world, dating back to the 11th century. Graduates have made notable contributions in every form of human endeavor.

Walk these streets and you will be following in the footsteps of Nobel prize winners, kings, presidents, and prime ministers. The university has produced saints, scientists, explorers, artists, authors, and actors.

And where you find students and the UK's gilded youth you'll also find wonderful pubs and great shopping.

Another Oxford treat is the recently reopened Ashmolean Museum of Art and Archaeology . Founded in 1683 as Britain's first public museum, its dusty and dark old galleries were reborn with a major, multi-million-pound refurbishment program. The museum reopened in 2009 with 39 new galleries and a 100% increase in exhibition space.

Among the treasures you might see at the Ashmolean are drawings by Michaelangelo, Raphael, and Rembrandt; a Stradivarius Violin; ancient Chinese and Middle Eastern porcelain and glass; the coins with the heads of Nero and Henry VIII, and lots more. The museum is part of Oxford University and it's free.

Altogether Oxford is a terrific, and easy, day out of London.

How to Get There 

• By train: Express trains to Oxford from Paddington Station are frequent and take about an hour and round-trip fare. If you don't catch the express train, a conventional journey takes about an hour and 45 minutes.
• By car: Oxford is 62 miles northwest of London via the M4, M25, M40 and A roads. It takes about an hour and a half to drive. Parking is difficult but the city is surrounded by Park and Ride parking lots with cheap bus services into the center.
• By bus: The Oxford Tube is a very popular way to get to Oxford by bus. The company runs buses every ten minutes, 24 hours a day, with pickups from multiple stops in London and in Oxford.

Blenheim Palace - Magnificent Home of the First Churchills

Blenheim Palace is more than another one of England's stately homes. This magnificent palace, home of the Dukes of Marlborough and an easy day trip from London, is:

• A UNESCO World Heritage Site
• A stunning example of 18th century English Baroque style
• A memorial to one great British hero, the first Duke of Marlborough, and the birthplace of another, Sir Winston Churchill.
• One of the finest examples of the work of 18th-century landscape architect Launcelot "Capability" Brown.
• A wonderful backdrop for family activities, virtually year round.

It's in Woodstock - the gateway to the Cotswolds - and less than two hours away from London.

• By train: Express trains to Oxford from Paddington Station are frequent and cost under £25; then 10 minutes on the local S3 bus from the station.
• By car: Blenheim is about 62 miles from London via the M4, M25 and M40 motorways and the A40 and A44 roads. The main entrance is at the bottom of Woodstock High Street.

Bicester Village - Discount Designer Outlets

Shopping! If you thought London was the be-all and end-all of fashionable shopping, a short train journey to Bicester Village will open your eyes. More than 100 chic boutiques are all discount designer outlets. All the big European and international designer brand names are there with prices much lower than Bond Street or Fifth Avenue. And there are a few restaurants and coffee shops where you can rest your tired feet (or park your "bag man").

• By train:  Trains to Bicester North Station leave up to four times an hour, daily, from London Marylebone. The journey takes just under an hour. There is an inexpensive shuttle bus from Bicester North direct to the Village.
• By car: The shopping center is about 64 miles from Central London on the A41. The drive takes between an hour and a half and two hours. Take the A4 to the M4 Motorway, then the M25 north to the M40 west. Exit at Junction 9 and follow the A41 to Bicester Village. It looks a bit like a small town...with a huge parking lot.
• By bus: Morning and afternoon luxury coach trips to Bicester Village operate daily with pick ups from several London hotels and other Central London points.

Ightham in Kent - A Village With Secrets and a Great Day Trip to Walk or Drive

Ightham is as charming a Kentish village as you can imagine - but it's the sort of place with so many dark happenings in its history that Agatha Christie would have rubbed her hands together with glee.

Besides having picturesque 14th and 15th-century houses and pubs, Ightham is just up the road from Ightham Mote, a fortified medieval manor, and just down the hill from Oldbury Wood, a protected ancient woodland and Iron Age earthwork. There's plenty to see, a good lunch to be had at the George & Dragon and some fine but easy walking.

• By train : Trains to nearby Borough Green & Wrotham Station from Victoria Station are frequent and take less than an hour.
• By car: Ightham (pronounced "item" by the way, is about 55 miles from Central London via the A3, the M25, and the M26.

Stonehenge and Salisbury Cathedral

Nothing can really prepare you for your first sight of Stonehenge . No matter how many pictures you've seen of this iconic landmark, watching it rise up from Salisbury Plain is heart-stopping.

After that, in the past, a visit to the site could be disappointing. But in 2013 the monument was reborn. A new visitor center with a reconstructed Stone Age village and a restoration of the ancient landscape around the stones themselves, plus the opening of an excellent museum and interpretive center shows off ​Stonehenge in a completely new light.

The road that once passed close enough to rattle the stones was dug up and grassed over as was the old parking area. Now, from the visitor center, you can either walk a mile to the stones or travel in a silent electric buggy to within a few hundred yards. 

And a Visit to Salisbury Cathedral

You can book various coach tours to get to Stonehenge but they're typically overpriced and try to cram in too many different places. Instead, especially if you are an independent sort of traveler, go by train via Salisbury to visit the city's nearly 800-year-old cathedral. Among its highlights are the best preserved of the four remaining copies of the 1215 Magna Carta, the world's oldest working mechanical clock, and - at 404 feet - the tallest spire in Britain.

• By train: Trains from London Waterloo to Salisbury leave 20 minutes and 50 minutes after the hour throughout the day. The trip takes about an hour and 20 minutes. Salisbury Reds run regular bus services from the train station to the Stonehenge Visitor Center.
• By car: Stonehenge is about 85 miles from Central London via the M3 and the A303.

Leeds Castle

A neighboring lord once described  Leeds Castle , near Maidstone in Kent, as "the loveliest castle in the world." It's hard to argue once you see this gorgeous, 900-year-old moated castle, surrounded by gardens and parklands.

Unusually, from its beginnings, this castle has been inherited by women. It was the dower house of six Plantagenet Queens, the so-called she-wolves of England. Later, Henry VIII had it updated and made luxurious for his first wife, Catherine of Aragon.

What makes Leeds Castle a particularly fine day out is that there is plenty to please everyone in the family. Besides its glorious interiors and wine cellars, it has a devilish maze with an exit through a scary grotto, two playgrounds for pretending to be knights and ladies, a dog collar museum with more than 100 unusual and historic examples, several restaurants, a covered pavilion for temporary exhibits and a full schedule of family-friendly events.  

• By train: Southeastern Trails run regular services, 22 and 52 minutes after the hour throughout the day from London Victoria to Bearsted Station. The trip takes about an hour. A shuttle bus operates from the station to the castle during the summer months. Do be careful, by the way, not to accidentally book a train to Leeds in Yorkshire or you could end up 230 miles away.
• By car: The castle is about 44 miles from Central London via the A20 and the M20. From junction 8 off the M20 motorway, follow the brown and white tourist signs.
• By bus: Several tour companies operate sightseeing tours from London that include Leeds Castle. As these change from time to time, it's best to check the castle website for the latest information.

Hever Castle - Home of Anne Boleyn

Hever Castle , Anne Boleyn's childhood home is a fascinating place. Steeped in the history of Tudor court intrigue, the house was begun in the 13th century and made into a comfortable Tudor home by the Bullen (or Boleyn) family. It later became part of Henry VIII's divorce settlement with Anne of Cleves, his 4th wife. The house has a very good collection of Tudor portraits, lots of family activities, two mazes to wander around in, jousting, romantic gardens, and several restaurants and snack bars.

Strolling through the castle's magnificent gardens before stopping for lunch or a cup of tea makes a really fine UK day out. And there's plenty more to do for every member of the family:

• An adventure Playground
• Yew and water mazes
• Hever Lake walk
• A gruesome exhibition of armor, instruments of execution, and torture

Throughout the summer months, Hever Castle also hosts a variety of events including jousting tournaments, demonstrations of longbow warfare and a summer performing arts festival in its open-air theatre, with matinee and evening performances.

• By train : Trains to nearby Edenbridge Town Station leave frequently from London Bridge Station. Book a taxi on +44 (0)1732 863 800 (Relyon) or +44(0)1732 864009 (Edenbridge Cars) for the three-mile onward journey. It's a good idea to book your ride before you arrive in the town.
• By car: Hever Castle is 44 miles from Central London via the A3 and the M25.

The Historic Dockyard Chatham

For 400 years, the Historic Dockyard at Chatham in Kent built the ships that built the British Empire. From the mid-1500s to its closure in 1980s, it created, launched and maintained some of the most historic ships of the British Navy. HMS Victory, Admiral Nelson's flagship at the Battle of Trafalgar, was built here. 

When it closed, time stood still. And while various interests tried to decide what to do with, it was saved for posterity. And it is an amazing place to visit. The 80-acre site has 100 listed buildings and 47 scheduled ancient monuments. There's

• A Victorian Ropery - still in action, with a "rope walk" that's a quarter of a mile long
• Covered slips where ships hulls were constructed
• A multi-media exhibition in the Mast and Mould Loft (where you can still see the outlines of HMS Trafalgar scribed on the wooden floor)
• Three 19th century drydocks, one of which holds a diesel submarine retired in the 1960s that you can board

This barely scratches the surface. This is one of the best historic sites you can visit. And if you're lucky, you might get to see some of your favorite film and TV stars at work. The historic buildings of the dockyards are popular backdrops for filmmakers.

• By train: Chatham is within the London commuter belt and trains leave from several different London stations throughout the day. The fastest trains are from St Pancras International for a 38 minute trip to Chatham. The Chatham Maritime bus (route 190) makes the 8 minute trip from the station to the Dockyard gates or you can walk - it's just under a mile.
• By car:  This is a journey that involves either going through Central London (about 38 miles on the A2) or all around London (68 miles via the M25 to the A2). Not surprisingly, given London traffic, both journeys take about the same amount of time. Best advice - take the train.

Beaulieu and the National Motor Museum

Beaulieu, a country house in the New Forest, is a great day trip, not far from London, that is jam-packed with things to see and do. Besides offering a look at Victorian upstairs-downstairs life in a manor house, it has beautiful gardens, an abbey ruin, a monorail, vintage double-decker bus, a restaurant, and Go Karts. 

But all of that pales before Beaulieu's amazing National Motor Museum. Car enthusiasts from all over the world come to admire more than 100 years of automobiles, plus star cars, movie cars, and James Bond cars. It's a knockout!

• By train :  Trains to Brockenhurst Station leave every 15 minutes from Waterloo. The journey takes 1.5 hours. Take a taxi from the station. If you arrive all or in part by public transportation, present your travel tickets at reception for a 20% discount on admission.
• By car: Beaulieu (pronounced "Bewley" by the way) is 87 miles from Central London. Take the M3 to the M27 exit 2 and follow the brown and white signs. There is free parking.

William Morris's Red House - English Home of the Arts and Crafts Movement

Red House was the only building ever commissioned by 19th-century artist and designer William Morris. Now owned by the National Trust and open to the public, the house, in Bexley Heath, just south of London, was designed as Morris's first marital home by his friend and design partner Philip Webb.

Artists and writers of the period were frequent visitors, including Dante and Christina Rosetti, Augustus and Gwen John. Some added their own personal touches, which can still be seen. Pre-Raphaelite Edward Burn-Jones, a frequent visitor, designed some of the stained glass and, inside an upstairs closet, there's a primitive painting attributed to Gwen John.

Morris believed a garden should "clothe" a house and the gardens at The Red House have been landscaped according to drawings and pictures of Morris's original designs.

Bexley Heath is the nearest train station. Trains from London Victoria or Charing Cross Stations take about half an hour. Plan on visiting in good weather as The Red House is a 3/4 mile walk from the train station.

Battlesbridge Antiques Center

If your idea of heaven is spending hours poking around an enormous antique center with dozens of dealers trading in everything from junk to treasure, then you will love the Battlesbridge Antiques Center .

It's a collection of buildings, including a former granary and a range of barns, sheds, and cottages, open every day from about 10 am to 5 pm. At any one time, at least 80 antique dealers buy and sell a very wide range of items including stamps, jewelry, ephemera, furniture, vintage clothing, lamps, music boxes and musical instruments and, yes, plain old-fashioned dusty junk. Paradise.

This isn't the sort of place where posh interior decorators find elegant 18th-century Italian furniture. It's a real grab bag of antiques, reproductions, and fakes. But there are real treasures to be found.

By the way, in case you are wondering what battle took place here, the answer is none. The village takes its name from a family named Bataille who once looked after the bridge over the River Crouch beside the Granary.

• By train: Regular trains leave London Liverpool Street Station throughout the day. Change at Wickford to the Southminster. Battlesbridge is the first stop on that line. The center is about a third of a mile from the station.
• By car: Battlebridge in Essex is about 40 miles from London, midway between Chelmsford and Southend beside the A130. 

RHS Wisley Garden

The Royal Horticultural Society's Wisley Garden is where keen English gardeners go to be inspired. Its world famous collection of plants has been developing for more than 100 years and there is always something new to see, any time of year. Spread out over 240 acres in Woking, Surrey, about an hour's drive from Central London, Wisley is a lovely, peaceful place for a stroll as well as a demonstration garden full of practical garden design ideas and cultivation techniques.

In June 2007, a huge new glasshouse, 40 feet high and covering an area equal to ten tennis courts, was opened to the public. The glasshouse at RHS Wisley covers three different climatic zones - tropical, moist temperate and dry temperate habitats. A winding path, past rocky outcrops, waterfalls, pools, and slopes, leads visitors through the glasshouse to see some of Wisley's most important plant collections. The RHS's tender plant collection is housed there. So are rare and endangered species and hundreds of varieties of orchids.

A new lake, intended to bring environmental benefits to the whole of Wisley and colonized by mollusks, damselflies, dragonflies, and amphibians, surrounds The Glasshouse.

• By train:  Trains from London Waterloo Station leave regularly for nearby West Byfleet or Woking. Take a taxi for the short ride from the station. On weekdays during the summer months, a special bus service operates from Woking Station to Wisley.
• By car: Wisley is about 22 miles west-southwest of Central London on the A3.

Stay Cheaper By Staying Close to - Not in - London

How to Travel From London to Paris by Train, Bus, Plane, and Car

How to Travel From London to Birmingham by Train, Bus, and Car

Traveling by Train in Europe: Where, Why, and How

What to Do and See During One Week in London

How to Travel From London to Brighton by Car, Train, and Bus

4-Day UK Travel Itinerary: West of London Travel Plan

The Top 20 Destinations in England

How to Travel from Rome to the Cinque Terre by Train, Bus, Car, and Plane

Heathrow Airport Guide

Best Antique Towns and Villages in England

One Week in England: The Perfect Itinerary

How to Travel from London to Windsor Castle by Bus, Train, or Car

How to Travel From London to Manchester by Train, Bus, Plane, and Car

How to Travel from London to Cambridge by Train, Bus, and Car

How to Travel From London to Exeter by Train, Bus, Car, and Plane

• Liechtenstein
• Netherlands
• Switzerland
• Solo Location Guides
• Solo Travel Advice
• Solo Inspiration
• Luxury travel

DESTINATIONS , ENGLAND , EUROPE

33 easy day trips from london by train.

Are you looking for the best day trips from London by train?

Then you’ve come to the right place. I’m a Londoner born and bred and am excited to share my favourite places to visit from London by train.

Whether you want to breathe in a lungful of sea air or explore more of England’s history, here are some fabulous London day trips by train.

Some articles on this website contain affiliate links. This means that I may earn a small commission if you make a purchase through these links. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases . Read the full disclosure here .

IN THIS ARTICLE

Best Day Trips Within a 1 Hour Train Journey from London

Are you looking for the best short trips from London by train? Here is my pick of the best destinations that are less than an hour from London.

1. Cambridge

• Fastest journey time: 50 minutes via Great Northern
• From London Kings Cross

Cambridge may be best known as home to the famous university, but it has much more to offer. And as the train ride from London to Cambridge is under 1 hour, and many of the main attractions are within walking distance of the train station, it is one of the easiest day trips from London by train.

Cambridge University was founded in 1209 and has 31 colleges. It’s the second oldest university in the English-speaking world.

Try to visit at least one college if you can. Better still, join a walking tour of the colleges led by a former student. My favourites are King’s College, St. John’s, and Trinity College.  

King’s College Chapel  has some of the most beautiful stained glass you will ever see. At  Trinity College , don’t miss the  Wren Library , designed by Christopher Wren, who also designed St. Paul’s Cathedral.

Additionally, the University has eight museums that are free and open to the public. 

My favourites are the  Fitzwilliam  and the  Museum of Archaeology and Anthropology . The Fitzwilliam reminds me of a smaller version of the British Museum in London because it has a diverse collection.

If the weather behaves during your  day trip to Cambridge , try  punting on the Cam River .

Punting uses a boat similar to a gondola, where you stand on the back to paddle, but you use a pole instead of an oar. If you’re not brave enough to try it on your own, you can hire someone else to do the punting or go on a punting tour through the lovely area known as  The Backs .

>>> CLICK HERE TO BOOK A CAMBRIDGE PUNTING TOUR

By Anisa of Two Traveling Texans

• Fastest journey time: 50 minutes via Great Western Railway
• From London Paddington

An  Oxford day trip  from London is perfect for history and literature buffs.

Oxford is best known for the  university  that shares its name.

Walk in the footsteps of greats like  C. S. Lewis  and  J. R. R. Tolkien and start your day by exploring Oxford’s colleges. You’ll be able to see where masterworks like Alice in Wonderland were written and the inspiration for the Narnia books, not to mention some of the Harry Potter film locations.

Its landmarks include the  Bridge of Sigh s and  Radcliff Camera . Once you’ve had your fill of the colleges there’s still plenty left to do.

Oxford is home to a number of first-rate museums like the  Natural History Museum , the  Ashmolean  and the  Pitt Rivers Museum,  which is unique in that it catalogues its items by item type as opposed to age or geography.

Make sure to stop by the  Oxford Covered Market  for some local goods, and to climb to the top of the  University Church of St Mary the Virgin  for a panoramic view of Oxford.

>>> CLICK HERE TO BOOK AN OXFORD UNIVERSITY & CITY WALKING TOUR

By Liliane of My Toronto, My World

3. St. Albans

• Fastest journey time: 20 minutes via Thameslink
• From London St. Pancras International

If you are looking for a historic day trip outside London, visit  St Albans , a charming city located northwest of London. It’s less than 20 minutes by train from London.

Its crown jewel is St. Albans Cathedral , a architectural marvel with a rich a history spanning over a thousand years. Beyond the cathedral, there are many beautiful medieval buildings, cute cafes and a market, where you can buy local homemade produce.

Verulamium is situated in Verulamium Park, close to the city centre. Albans. These well-preserved Roman ruins include the city walls, hypocaust (underfloor heating system), mosaics and the Roman theatre.

If you have a bit more time, before going back to London, visit Ye Olde Fighting Cocks, the  oldest pub in Great Britain . A very British way to finish your day out.

By Darek of DarekandGosia

4. Colchester

• Fastest journey time: 45 minutes via Greater Anglia
• From London Liverpool St.

Colchester is another excellent day trip from London by train for history buffs.

This is England’s oldest recorded town and is the site of the  only Roman circus in England . It is home to a host of other Roman remains, including one of the most intact Roman walls in the country. There’s even a pub (the Hole in the Wall) built into part of it!

Colchester Castle ‘s keep dates from 1076, but the dungeons of the castle contain the foundations of the Roman temple of Claudius.

The museum here is well worth a visit as it contains a number of key finds, including a Roman treasure hoard that was excavated during renovations of a department store on the high street. There’s also an 11 th  Century Augustine priory,  St Botolphs , that is free to visit.

There are several  free walking tours to take in Colchester . All of these are downloadable with maps; some have audio guides.

When you’re ready for a break you should head to the  Tiptree Jam Tea Room . Tiptree Jam is local to Colchester but is famous the world over.

By Sarah of ASocialNomad

5. Hampton Court

• Fastest direct journey time: 35 minutes via South Western Railway
• From London Waterloo

Hampton Court is one of  the great buildings of England . Most people visit to look around the palace of  King Henry VIII , the most notorious English monarch of all, who had a penchant for chopping off his spouses’ heads. But this is only the half of it.

Henry’s palace is magnificent, one of the high points of Tudor architecture. This was among the very last Gothic buildings in England, and the  Great Hall  is hugely impressive.

It’s also possible to look around the  State Apartments  and  Haunted Gallery , where Catherine Howard’s ghost is said to run screaming for mercy, knowing that execution was likely to be her fate.

Hampton Court has a superb  Baroque palace and gardens , added by King William III and Mary who reigned from 1689 to 1702. This is one of the finest Baroque buildings in England, along with the likes of St Paul’s Cathedral in the centre of London.

>>> CLICK HERE TO BUY YOUR FAST-TRACK TICKET

By David of Delve Into Europe

6. Harry Potter Studios

• Fastest journey time: 15 minutes to Watford Junction Station via West Midlands Railway and then a shuttle bus to the studio
• From London Euston

Calling all Potterheads! If you are a Muggle craving to discover the world of  Harry Potter in London , take a day trip to the Harry Potter Studios.

Harry Potter was mainly filmed at the Warner Bros Studios in Watford. Hop on a train from Euston or Victoria to Watford Junction. From the station, the Harry Potter shuttle bus will take you straight to the studios.

When you  buy your ticket , you will have to choose a slot. I recommend you book the first one available.

Once you are in the studios, you are free to stay as long as you want so the earlier you get there, the longer you can stay. On average, visitors stay four hours.

You will see many sets such as the dining hall, the Gryffindor common room and the Gringott bank, in addition to many costumes. More importantly, you will discover how the movies were made. Everything from training animals to prosthetic makeup.

There are a couple of restaurants on site. You can even buy butterbeer!

The Warner Bros studios are a truly magical experience (whether you are a Harry Potter fan or not). The best day trip from London by train for all you Muggles out there!

If you want someone to take care of all of the arrangements for you, why not buy your skip-the-line ticket with a transfer from London? Click here to book.

By Pauline of BeeLoved City

7. Highclere Castle (Downton Abbey)

• Fastest journey time: 40 minutes to Newbury station via Great Western Railway and then a 15-minute taxi ride to Highclere Castle

Downton Abbey  fans will delight at the opportunity to visit the famous Highclere Castle where the series was filmed.

The castle was established in 749 and rebuilt in the 17th century when it was purchased by the grandfather of the current Earl of Carnarvon (who still resides there with his wife). Just as in the  Downton Abbey  series, Highclere Castle served as a hospital for wounded soldiers during World War I. During World War II, it was home to evacuees.

Due to popularity,  Highclere Castle entrance tickets  can be challenging to secure so be sure to book well ahead if you’re visiting independently.  Alternatively, plan to spend the night nearby and arrive bright and early for first dibs on tickets.

An easier option is to visit Highclere Castle on an organised day trip  from London as the admission ticket will be included.

>>> CLICK HERE TO BOOK YOUR TOUR

By Chris of  Explore Now or Never

8. Rochester

• Fastest journey time: 40 minutes via Southeastern
• From London Victoria (services also leave from London St. Pancras International)

Rochester in Kent is one of the easiest places to visit near London by train as well as one of the most rewarding.

The majestic  Rochester Cathedral  is the second oldest medieval church and also the second most visited pilgrimage site in England.

Charles Dickens  lived in nearby Higham and based many of his novels in the area. Stop by the friendly Tourist Information Office and pick up a Charles Dickens trail map for a small fee. Information boards marking key sights on this self-guided walk will also point the way.

Finally, don’t leave town before visiting  Rochester Castle . Although just the carcass of the original building remains, the castle’s 12 th  Century stone tower is reputed to be one of the best-preserved in England and there are great views from the top.

• Fastest journey time: 30 minutes via Great Western Railway
• From London Paddington to Windsor & Eton Central (change at Slough)

As the favourite weekend home of the late Queen Elizabeth II, Windsor is one of the best-known cities in the UK and is one of  Europe’s most stunning palaces .

The city of Windsor was established by  William the Conqueror  in the 11th Century and is home to just under 1,000 residents. Situated just 25 minutes from the capital, this historic town is one of the easiest day trips by train from London.

But there is more to see in Windsor than its castle and  St. George’s Chapel . Explore  Windsor Great Park , the former private royal hunting ground, or Guildhall , where Charles and Camilla wed. There’s St. John the Baptist Church , originally built in the 12th Century and reconstructed in 1810.

Runnymede , where King John sealed the Magna Carta in 1215, is nearby. Cliveden House , a three-story Italianate mansion, just 15 minutes north of Windsor, is where the works of Charles Barry reside.

Finally, there’s the  Royal Windsor Horse Show that is held each May.

If you’re uncertain of what to see or where to go, there are various day tours of both the city and river to give an overall view of the beautiful sites to be found in Windsor.

>>> CLICK HERE TO BUY YOUR SKIP-THE-LINE TICKET

By Erin of  Traveling Thru History

10. Winchester

• Fastest journey time: 1 hour via South Western Railway

Visit Winchester for a fun-filled day trip by train from London. Winchester station is roughly a five-minute walk to the town centre (downhill on the way there; ten minutes uphill on the way back!).

This historic city is one of the oldest in the UK and has picturesque cobbled streets, historic buildings and one of the most famous cathedrals in the country.

Some of the best things to do in Winchester include:

• Winchester Cathedral . Some very famous people are buried here- including Jane Austen. You can also see one of the oldest Bibles in the world
• Shopping! Winchester has some great shops on and around the high street.
• Mizmaze . On the outskirts of Winchester is a very old turf maze that you can try and navigate. Well worth a visit if you have time
• Visit the  Christmas market . If you’re lucky enough to be visiting in November or December, you must go to the  Winchester Christmas Market . There are hundreds of stalls and even an ice rink.

By Kat of Wandering Bird

11. Bletchley Park

• Fastest journey time: 30 minutes (to Milton Keynes Central) via Avanti West Coast

Bletchley Park , the home of the  WWII code breakers , is a fascinating glimpse into the work of these heroes and of the early days of computers. See the iconic code-breaker huts and learn more about the work of  Alan Turing  and his group of code-breakers who cracked the German’s  Enigma code machine , instrumental in winning the war for the British and Allied troops.

The estate comprises some 581 acres and the house on the site contained many WWII secrets whilst pretending to be a luxury getaway for some of Britain’s most brilliant minds. In the house are displays of the rooms just as they were used during the war and it feels like the people just left that day.

You can tour the huts that Turing and the code-breakers used and see how they broke Enigma.

Within the estate is the  National Museum of Computing  where you can try your hand at code-breaking puzzles and explore how computers have changed the world. 

Take a picnic and enjoy the grounds and the small lake where children can feed the ducks. And for adults? You can have a gin and tonic in the sunshine and dance to some retro 1940s or jazz-age music on the lawns in front of the house.

By Faith of XYU And Beyond

12. Canterbury

• Fastest journey time: 55 minutes (to Canterbury West) via Southeastern
• From London St Pancras International

Travelling from London to Canterbury is certainly not a new idea. Londoners have been making the trip for the past 1,000 years or so, although it wasn’t always possible as a day trip.

Originally,  Christian pilgrims  made the arduous journey on foot to  Canterbury Cathedral , more specifically to the spot inside the Cathedral where  Thomas Becket  was murdered. This popular journey was the inspiration for Chaucer’s  Canterbury Tales , one of the greatest works of English literature.

Nowadays, you can hop on a train in London and be in Canterbury in less than 1 hour. One thing that hasn’t changed much, though, is the imposing Cathedral.

Whilst it is the city’s main attraction, it’s not the only thing to see while you’re in Canterbury.  St. Martin’s Church  and  St. Augustine’s Abbey  are two other historic religious buildings that are also worth a visit.

A good option for lunch is the Lady Luck, which bills itself as a “rock ‘n’ roll pub”. They offer vegan as well as meaty versions of traditional pub grub, so it’s a great choice for  vegan visitors to Canterbury .

By Wendy of The Nomadic Vegan

13. Brighton

• Fastest journey time: 1 hour via the Gatwick Express. However, this is more expensive than the service run by Thameslink which takes 1 hour 10 minutes.
• From London Victoria, London Blackfriars or London Bridge

Brighton, on England’s south coast, is one of the most popular train trips from London.

Home to the UK’s largest Jedi population (!), Brighton is blessed with a broad shingle beach, a cool bohemian air and one extraordinary building.

The  Royal Pavilion  is the opulent Victorian pleasure palace of Prince George, later Prince Regent and then King George IV. Indian on the outside and Chinese on the inside, it is as extravagant and eccentric as its first occupant and seems oddly out of place in an English seaside town. You can grab your skip-the-line ticket here .

Brighton Pier  is a prime example of an Edwardian pier. Take a stroll along its length, fill your face with candy floss and try your luck in one of its amusement arcades.

Finally, Brighton is a first-class shopping destination.  The Lanes  are home to independent shops, including some good antique shops, jewellery shops and boutiques.

14. Epping Forest

Are you looking for another destination near London to get closer to nature?

Located on the northeastern outskirts of London,  Epping Forest  is a fabulous walking destination at any time of year. However, it is at its best in autumn when its plants and trees are transformed into multi-colour works of art.

Whether you’re looking for a gentle stroll or something more vigorous, Epping Forest’s 8,000 acres offer a dizzying choice of  walking trails , nine of which are waymarked circular trails. These range in distance between 1.25 and 6.6 miles, and most start close to parking and train stations.

To reach these  ancient woodlands  take the Overground train from Liverpool Street to Chingford or London Underground’s Central Line to Chigwell, Roding Valley, Buckhurst Hill, Loughton, Debden, Theydon Bois or Epping.

READ THIS NEXT: Easy Epping Forest Walks

15. Mayfield Lavender Farm

On the outskirts of the capital lies South London’s purple paradise.

Instagram heaven, Mayfield Lavender Farm is a full-blown assault on the senses but in a good way. Wander through a sprawling field of purple flowers, the air perfumed with the soporific scent of lavender.

If you are feeling peckish, treat yourself to a lavender-themed afternoon tea overlooking a sea of purple.

Thirsty? This is your opportunity to sample lavender cider.

For a tasteful gift, pick up homemade lavender products, including soaps and jams, at the gift shop.

Lavender blooming season runs from June through to late August, with peak bloom around mid-July. Check  Mayfield Lavender ’s website for flower updates and opening hours.

To reach Mayfield Lavender Farm, take a train from London Victoria to West Croydon and then hop on the 166 bus to the farm. A note of caution though; this route can get very busy at weekends (I walked back one stop to make sure I was able to board the bus).

Alternatively, catch a train from London Victoria to Sutton or Cheam and then take a cab/minicab to the farm (this is the fastest route but more expensive).

More Easy Day Trips from London by Train

Whether you are looking for a day at the seaside or want to explore one of England’s cool cities, here are some more fabulous places near London. Many of my favourites are here, including Rye, Liverpool (also a fabulous weekend break) and lovely Brockenhurst in the New Forest.

Most of these destinations are within two hours of London by train.

• Fastest journey time: 1 hour 15 minutes via Great Western Railway

Bath is one of the most charming cities in England, filled with beautiful architecture, ancient buildings, culture and interesting places to eat and drink. Once you arrive at Bath Spa station you are only a five-minute walk from the centre of Bath itself.

This UNESCO -listed city is filled with beautiful  Georgian buildings  made of pale golden limestone. They blend perfectly with the  Roman Baths and Temple , which are a must-see.

As the queues can be long, it is better to book ahead. You can choose to join a free walking guide around the baths or go at your own pace with an audioguide. For a treat, visit the  Pump Rooms  next door for a bite to eat.

>>> CLICK HERE TO BOOK YOUR SKIP-THE-LINE TICKET WITH WALKING TOUR

Right next to the Roman Baths is  Bath Abbey , an imposing Gothic building that towers over the city. You can take a guided tour that includes the 212-step climb to the roof to take in the view.

Pultney Bridge and views over the River Avon are a short walk from the Abbey. The bridge has quaint shops and restaurants on top of its three arches.

For an afternoon treat, head to Sally Lunns Buns for one of their delicious cinnamon buns and a look around the living museum. Other museums are the  Holbourne Museum  in Great Pultney Street or the Fashion Museum in the Assembly Rooms on Bennett Street.

If you want to combine Bath with a visit to Stonehenge and Windsor, take a look at this excellent day tour that bundles them into one neat package.

By Larch of  The Silver Nomad

17. Bristol

• Fastest journey time: 1 hour 30 minutes via Great Western Railway

Sitting in Castle Park on a Monday morning, sipping coffee in a boutique café and watching commuters go about their unhurried business with a smile on their face, you can’t help but feel the harmony of Bristol.

For the consumer, you can shop at  Cabot Circus  which is also home to a good range of chain restaurants. You can walk in the parks, explore Queen’s Square and maybe grab a cider at one of the boat pubs.

There are the  renovated docks  and the  M Shed museum . Walking down the river, you can visit the famous SS Great Britain ship. Those who enjoy religious places should see the  Bristol Cathedral  or  St Mary Redcliffe .

Or you can climb the steps of Cabot Tower, perched at the top of Brandon Hill for views over Bristol. Slightly further out is the  Clifton Suspension Bridge  and the Observatory nearby. Or head out to the Ashton Court Estate.

The family will enjoy the  Bristol Zoo Gardens or the Aquarium down by the docks.

By Dave of  Dave Chant

• Fastest journey time: 2 hours 10 minutes via London North Eastern Railway

Spend  a day in Leeds  to understand why people rave about this city.

The train station is right in the city centre. But if you’re looking to explore the suburbs, the bus system is cheap and easy to navigate.

Situated in West Yorkshire in the north of England, a huge draw for visitors to Leeds is the huge amount of  vintage shopping  you can do. From kilogram sales to the numerous vintage, second hand and thrift stores in the city, you’ll struggle to come away empty-handed, and all for way less than you’d pay in London.

If you’re in the mood for some culture, you won’t have to look far.  Kirkstall Abbey , the ruins of a monastery founded in 1152, is fascinating and free to explore. The  Royal Armouries Museum , which displays the national collection of arms and armour, is one of the top things to do in Leeds and could keep you occupied for hours.

By Ella of Many More Maps

Say overnight in Leeds to see more of the city and to explore the surrounding area. For a centrally-located budget choice, check in to Premier Inn Leeds City Centre .

19. Liverpool

• Fastest journey time: 2 hours 20 minutes via Avanti West Coast

With its rich maritime heritage, striking architecture and buzzy cultural scene, there are more than a few reasons to visit Liverpool . And let’s not forget the stamp that the Fab Four have left on the city.

But did you know that it’s a breeze to visit Liverpool on a day trip from London?

Hop on a train at London Euston station, and two and a half hours later you’ll find yourself on the steps of Lime Street station. And as Liverpool is compact, it’s easy to explore on foot.

Make your way to the buzzy Albert Dock with its restaurants, bars and cultural attractions, including Tate Liverpool (the sister museum to the London Tate Galleries ) and the superb International Slavery Museum . If you want to pay homage to Liverpool’s favourite sons, pop into The Beatles Story , the award-winning museum that charts John, Paul, George and Ringo’s rise to global superstardom.

>>> CLICK HERE TO BUY YOUR SKIP-THE-LINE TICKET FOR THE BEATLES STORY

Visit nearby Pier Head for The Three Graces, the iconic buildings that define Liverpool’s skyline, and to take your photo with the sculpture of The Beatles.

Finally, for the ultimate view of Liverpool’s waterfront, take a ferry across the Mersey. The easiest way to do this is to join a 50-minute  River Explorer Cruise (book your ticket here )

READ THIS NEXT: 13 Reasons to Spend a Weekend in Liverpool: The Best Things to Do

20. Manchester

• Fastest journey time: 2 hours 10 minutes via Avanti West Coast

Most travellers make a beeline for London without considering Manchester. But with its rich history, vibrant culture and friendly locals, this northern powerhouse is 100% worth the direct train journey from London.

After arriving at the train station, grab one of the free city buses to  Manchester Cathedral , which dates from 700AD.

Next, walk down to  The John Rylands Library , a must-see in Manchester. It is like taking a step into Hogwarts for the day. Go up to the gorgeous Reading Room and be wowed by the glorious Gothic architecture.

Walk across to  Cloud 23 in the Hilton Hotel for sweeping views of the city below, with a pot of tea, a coffee or even an early cocktail.

Before you head back to the train station, don’t miss exploring the  Northern Quarter , Manchester’s hipster neighbourhood. From Arcade game bars to vintage shops, striking street art to even cat cafes, it’s worth a wander.

Finally, stop by  Mackie Mayor , a gorgeous indoor food market. Visit even just to appreciate this stunning building.

By Bisola of  Bis To The World

Read my review of Avanti West Coast First-class to decide whether it’s worth upgrading your journey

21. Norwich

• Fastest journey time: 1 hour 45 minutes via Greater Anglia

Norwich is one of England’s true gems.

Less than two hours by direct train from London, this beautiful city was once more important than the nation’s capital. With winding lanes brimming with independent cafés and shops, museums, historic churches, restaurants serving both traditional and modern food, and dozens of authentic English pubs, there’s no end of  things to do in Norwich .

The city’s  cathedral , with its sprawling grounds and stone walls, is almost nine hundred years old and the second tallest in the country.

Norwich’s  marketplace , sitting just outside the city hall, is even older and visitors still go there to buy goods, foodstuffs and souvenirs. And if you want to be super British, you can grab some fish ’n’ chips – one of the most  iconic British foods  – from the national award-winning  Grosvenor Fish Bar  in Norwich’s Lanes.

By Dagney & Jeremy of Cultura Obscura

22. Shrewsbury

• Fastest journey time: 2 hours 30 minutes via Avanti West Coast (change trains at Birmingham International)

If you are looking to escape the bustle of London, Shrewsbury provides an idyllic slower-paced destination, filled to the brim with beauty and history. The buildings are so varied in their ornateness and style that they rival the narrow, wonky passageways and steep streets for charm.

Shrewsbury has 660 listed buildings, the oldest of which was constructed in the 15th Century. Older still is  Shrewsbury Castle . Dating back to 1074, this is home to the Shropshire Regimental Museum and is set amongst beautiful grounds.

You can follow a  Charles Darwin trail  or tour and learn about the great man and his early life in the town of his birth. If you’re a fan of the other famous Charles, you can still see a headstone with the name Ebenezer Scrooge in the churchyard of St Chad’s.

To clear your head after these big doses of history and architecture, why not try a walk at  The Quarry ? This 29-acre park offers riverbank walks, regular festivals and events and even a sunken garden called The Dingle, which was masterminded by Blue Peter ’s Percy Thrower.

By Dan of Horo Travel Memories

• Fastest journey time: 1 hour 50 minutes via London North Eastern Railway

Do you want to immerse yourself in almost 2,000 years of history in just a day? If so, York is the perfect place to do just that.

On arrival at York station, grab a coffee and stroll along the  City Walls . The walls run 3.4km around the old city and are the most complete example of medieval walls in England.

Travel back in time to the age of the Vikings at the  Jorvik Viking Centre.  This world-class centre is also an active archaeological site and is home to interactive displays about Viking life, history, and the importance of York to the Vikings.

Lunchtime. If the sun is out, stop for lunch at any one of the cafes and restaurants along the  River Ouse .

After lunch, amble down York’s most famous laneway –  The Shambles . Fun fact: It was an inspiration for Diagon Alley in Harry Potter.

This 14th-century laneway is one of the best-preserved medieval streets in the world. From here, wander past Clifford’s Tower, the remains of  York Castle  built by William the Conqueror, and on to York Minster.

York Minster  is simply magnificent. Join a Hidden Minster Tour to explore the areas not open to the public.

Finally, end your day in York by ascending the 275 stairs of the tower to take in the spectacular views of York and beyond.

>>> CLICK HERE TO BOOK A YORK WALKING TOUR

By Melissa of  Meet Me at the Pyramid Stage

24. Stonehenge

• Fastest journey time: 1 hour 20 minutes to Salisbury via South Western Railway , then Stonehenge tour bus from the railway station.

Few destinations in England fire the imagination like Stonehenge.

Shrouded in mystery, this iconic megalithic stone circle may have been a Neolithic burial site. Folklore variously attributes Stonehenge to Merlin, the Arthurian wizard, invading Danes or Ancient Romans. Some believe the stone circle has extra-terrestrial origins.

Your first port of call is the site’s Visitor Centre where there is an exhibition. see how our ancient ancestors lived by visiting the reconstructed Neolithic houses next to the centre.

Frequent free shuttle buses make the ten-minute journey from the Visitor Centre to the stones.

As this is one of the UK’s biggest tourist attractions, I recommend booking your timed-entrance ticket in advance. Although entry is free if you are a member of English Heritage or the National Trust, you still need to book your time slot.

Although you can visit Stonehenge independently from London, this is one destination where it may be more time efficient to join a day tour , particularly if you want to also visit Bath, Windsor or Oxford. Here are a few options to consider.

Stonehenge Half-Day Tour

Although Stonehenge is one of the most popular day trips from London, it is not the easiest place to reach by public transport, requiring a train and bus/taxi journey. This half-day tour includes a return transfer and an audio guide.

>>> CLICK HERE TO BOOK

Windsor, Stonehenge and Oxford Tour

Three top destinations are bundled into one neat package here. You can choose to visit the interior of Windsor Castle and will benefit from a live guide.

Stonehenge, Windsor & Bath Tour

This guided full-day tour includes Windsor and Bath in addition to Stonehenge. Admission to the Roman Baths is optional.

25. Dover 

• Fastest journey time: 1 hour 5 minutes to Dover Priory via Southeastern

Dover is one of the  best seaside towns in Kent , is rich in English history and is home to some of  Kent’s most popular attractions .

Over three million tourists per year visit both the White Cliffs of Dover and Dover Castle on a day trip from London. Dover is a great escape from the city for the day and is surrounded by the beautiful English countryside.

Once you arrive at Dover Priory Station, make your way to the  White Cliffs of Dover  for a scenic walk on the path that runs along the cliffs. Take in the view over the English Channel from the top of the cliffs; on a clear day, you can see France.

Next up on your day trip is a visit to  Dover Castle , which is conveniently located near the White Cliffs. With a history stretching over 800 years, this is one of Britain’s finest and most important castles. Inside, there are rooms furnished with beautiful medieval decorations and a panoramic view awaits you at the top of the great tower.

You can book your Dover Castle ticket here .

By Ann of The Road is Life

26. Rye and Camber Sands

• Fastest journey time: 1 hour 10 minutes via Southeastern
• From London St. Pancras International to Rye (change trains at Ashford International)

Spend  a day in Rye and Camber Sands  to sample two fabulous destinations for the price of one.

History buffs will adore the medieval town of  Rye  with its Georgian townhouses and timber-framed Tudor houses. Steep cobbled streets are dotted with haunted inns that will set your imagination on fire. There’s even a castle.

To burn off decadent cake calories consumed in one of the town’s excellent cafes, climb the tower of the 12 th  Century  St Mary’s Church.

Don’t leave Rye before checking out its  shops and galleries . The town has an impressive selection of small independent shops and a handful of galleries displaying work by local artists.

When you have finished exploring Rye, head to  Camber Sands  by taking the signposted National Cycle Network Route 2, a three-mile walk.  Alternatively, jump on bus #102 which runs between Rye from Camber Sands every hour.

With its seven miles of golden sand and rolling dunes, Camber Sands has a beach to rival any in the Caribbean. Paddle in the rock pools, collect seashells or embrace your inner child by building sandcastles. If you are feeling more adventurous, you can try your hand at kitesurfing.

READ THIS NEXT : Rye and Camber Sands Beach: An Easy Day Trip from London

27. Whitstable

• Fastest journey time: 1 hour 20 minutes via Southeastern
• From London St. Pancras International or London Victoria

Whitstable is a charming fishing and harbour town located on the north coast of Kent, southeast of London, and is a super easy day trip from London by train.

Famed for its seafood scene, Whitstable is a great spot for foodies and has many oyster shacks in the harbour. The town also holds a popular two-day  oyster festival  every July, featuring hundreds of food stalls, live music and a parade.

Other  things you can do in Whitstable  include taking a walk along the coast, which is lined with colourful beach huts, or visiting the main high street which is filled with boutique shops, galleries and cafes.

End your day trip with a drink at the  Old Neptune,  which is one of the most popular pubs in town. It is located right on the beach, so you can enjoy a delicious pint of locally brewed beer with a beautiful sea view.

By Caroline of CK Travels

28. Bourton-on-the-Water (The Cotswolds)

• Fastest journey time: 2 hour s 10 minutes to Moreton-in-Marsh via Great Western Railway (change at Charlbury) for local bus #801 to Bourton-on-the-Water

Known as the ‘Venice of the Cotswolds’, Bourton-on-the-Water is one of the most  beautiful Cotswolds villages  and a perfect day trip from London by rail.

This quintessential English village is famous for its golden stone buildings and arched bridges. Other than roaming around the quaint streets of the village, the best things to do in a day include exploring the  Cotswold Motoring Museum , the  Birdland Parks and Gardens and the famous  model village.

For the perfect souvenir, visit the Cotswold Perfumery  (you can also take part in one of their fragrance courses).

Finally, if you are feeling peckish, head to one of the many pubs in the village such as the Duke of Wellington, which has a great beer garden.

By Roshni of The Wanderlust Within

Thanks to less-than-stellar bus services, it’s fair to say that visiting the Cotswolds isn’t the easiest day trip from London by public transport. Joining a day tour is an excellent way for you to see a few more beautiful Cotswold villages and you will benefit from the knowledge of a local guide. Take a look at this day tour of the Cotswolds from London, which includes Bourton-on-the-Water.

29. Brockenhurst

• Fastest journey time: 1 hour 30 minutes via South Western Railway

Beautiful Brockenhurst is one of the best day trips from London by train for nature lovers. The town is easily reached by train from Waterloo.

The area is famous for its great  cycling  network. You can transport your bikes on the train, but it is also possible to rent bikes next to Brockenhurst train station. You will find several bike-friendly cafes and pubs in town.

In the nearby fields, it is common to spot  wild horses  roaming free. Some local stables offer  horse-riding tours  and lessons. Complete beginners and children are also welcome.

If you want to go  hiking near London , this is also a good region for that. There are many paths nearby with hidden wild swimming spots. A popular place for a picnic and swim is by the  Lymington River  in Brockenhurst. Children especially love the rope swings hung up by locals.

By Eniko of Travel Hacker Girl

30. Saffron Walden

• Fastest journey time: 50 minutes to Audley End via Greater Anglia . From here, take a taxi or bus to Saffron Walden.

Saffron Walden was once a Suffolk market town, but now it is a picturesque village filled with boutique-style shops, charming cafes and restaurants.

Here are the best places to visit during a day trip to Saffron Walden from London

Bridge End Garden   – Bridge End Garden is best visited when it isn’t raining as the gardens are beautiful. However, the highlight here is the maze, which will keep you amused for hours.

Saffron Grange Vineyard  – The Vineyard is a little out of the town centre, approximately 1.7 miles away. If you book online before arriving, you can join the vineyard tour and tasting. Wine tasting is perfect at any time of the year.

Audley End House and Gardens  – For a small entrance fee, you can explore this grand Estate.

Saffron Walden Town Centre  – Explore the town centre (at weekends you will find great little markets right in the centre). This is a great spot to have lunch or afternoon tea. The restaurants and pubs all serve deliciously fresh food, so you are spoilt for choices. A great little town to explore.

By Paula of  Truly Expat

Best Eurostar Train Trips from London

Day trips from London by train are not confined to England. Thanks to Eurostar, some cities in mainland Europe can be reached from London in under two and a half hours.

>>> Read my review of Eurostar Standard Premier to decide whether it’s worth upgrading your journey

• Journey time: 2 hours 20 minutes

Take an early train from London St. Pancras International Station and you are set for a wonderful day in Paris. Trains arrive at Paris Gare du Nord train station, from where you can travel around on the Paris Metro.

What to do during a day in Paris? If this is your first time in the French capital, you should  go up the Eiffel Tower  for a once-in-a-lifetime experience!

>>> SKIP THE LINE & BUY YOUR EIFFEL TOWER SUMMIT TICKET HERE

Then, I suggest spending your time in one district so you don’t waste time navigating the city on public transport.

I recommend  Ile de la Cité , the island in the middle of the Seine River, where most of the historical buildings are located. Visit  Notre Dame  (from outside), the  Sainte-Chapelle  and the  Conciergerie.

Also, you can wander around the medieval streets of this island and watch the typical  Bateaux Mouches  sail by.

By Elisa of World in Paris

• Journey time: 1 hour 25 minutes

Lille is one of the most underrated cities in France and an easy day trip from London by train.

Located close to the Belgian border – the so-called capital of French Flanders – Lille feels more Flemish than French, from its architecture to its food.

Due to its compact city centre, it’s a breeze to  explore Lille on a self-guided walking tour .

Walk through its series of large cobblestoned squares lined with extravagant Flemish Baroque buildings. Browse the book market in the Renaissance  La Veille Bourse , formerly the city’s stock exchange, a collection of small houses arranged around a porticoed courtyard.

Pay your respects at the  Notre Dame de la Treille , Lille’s spiritual beating heart and an intoxicating mix of Gothic meets contemporary.

If time permits, stop by the  Palais des Beaux-Arts , a fine art gallery that is second only to the Louvre in France for size and stature.

Finally, don’t leave town before trying  merveilleux , little cakes of light meringue smothered in fresh cream and chocolate shavings.

READ THIS NEXT : One Day in Lille, France: A Free Walking Tour

33. Brussels

• Journey time: 2 hours

Courtesy of Eurostar, a day trip to Brussels from London is both easy and affordable. Take a morning train from London St. Pancras International and in just over two hours you can be munching on waffles in the Grand Place.

The UNESCO World Heritage Site of the  Grand Place  is the core of Brussels’ medieval city centre and is lined with ornate, late Medieval buildings. This is also home to the city’s  Christmas markets .

For a stark contrast to Brussels’ historic centre, head over to the city’s east side.  Ancient architecture is replaced by sleek skyscrapers, including the headquarters of the  European Union .

For something completely different, take a  comic trail  to discover just how many cartoons were created in Brussels. From The Smurfs to Tintin, Blake and Mortimer to Marsupilami, watch out for the comic

Finally, don’t leave Brussels before sampling one of the excellent Belgian beers and, of course, chocolate.

>>> JOIN A 1-HOUR CHOCOLATE-MAKING WORKSHOP HERE

READ THIS NEXT : One Day in Brussels: Itinerary and Best Things to Do  

Map of Places to Visit Near London by Train

If you find it helpful to map it out, here’s one I made earlier. To take a closer look at these beautiful places near London, simply click here or on the map itself.

Tips for Day Trips by Train from London

• As many Londoners do not own a car (myself included), expect services to be much busier at the weekend, especially to popular destinations like Brighton. To avoid the crowds, if possible try to visit on a weekday.
• However, rail improvement works tend to take place on a weekend, particularly on Sundays. Therefore check for  travel disruptions  before you set out. Trust me, a rail replacement bus is not a joy.
• Rail travel in England can be expensive but buying your ticket in advance will often save you money. For example, if I wanted to travel to Bath today, a return ticket would cost me in excess of £69 (and this would not be the most expensive ticket on this route!). However, the same ticket booked a month in advance is only £23.
• Consider booking two one-way tickets instead of a return ticket as this can sometimes be cheaper.
• A railcard can also save you money on train travel. A 16-25 Railcard, 26-30 Railcard, Senior Railcard, Family & Friends Railcard, Two Together and Network Railcard (London and SE only) save you ⅓ on eligible fares.

ENJOYED THIS ARTICLE? THEN READ THESE NEXT!

• 40 Famous London Landmarks
• 35+ Epic Things To Do Alone In London
• 23 Famous Bridges in London
• 30 Famous Streets in London You Must Visit
• 22 Old Streets of London: Historic Roads You MUST Visit
• 10 Tasty Foods in London That You Must Try

About Bridget

Bridget Coleman is a Londoner who has been a passionate traveller for more than 30 years. She has visited 70+ countries, most as a solo traveller.

Articles on this site reflect her first-hand experiences.

To get in touch, email her at [email protected] or follow her on social media.

Posted on Published: 10th November 2022  - Last updated: 5th December 2022 Categories Things to do

By: Author Julianna Barnaby

28 Brilliant Day Trips from London

Love This? Save and Share!

We all love London… but the UK is full of wonderful spots that are ripe for exploration. Planning your next adventure? Here are 28 cool day trips from London to get you started.

London is a great city – but there’s so much more to the UK to explore.

Hop on a train or into your car and you can go on an adventure around some of the UK’s historic sites and beautiful landscapes.

In need of some inspiration? Check out this guide to the best day trips from London by train and by car.

Sneak a peek at the day trip destinations in this video to see what they look like in action!

Day Trips from London by Train

Planning your day trip from London? We love using Omio for finding the best deals when it comes to train travel around the UK. They work with over 1000 major travel companies to bring you the best deals (including many major airlines if you’re looking to travel a little bit further). 

Better yet, download the Omio App and you can store all of your travel tickets in one place. This means that you can spend less time organising your tickets and more time planning an adventure. Yes, please!

Oxford, the city of the dreaming spires is an easy day out from London. It’s only an hour on the train and trains run frequently until the early hours.

We might be biased, but we really think that it’s one of the best places to visit in the UK – a gorgeous city that’s brimming with history and cool things to do.

While there’s a lot to see in the city, its small size means that a lot of the biggest Oxford attractions are within easy walking distance of each other.

From the iconic Radcliffe Camera to the world-famous Ashmolean Museum, you certainly have your work cut out when it comes to seeing Oxford in a day – but it is possible. Start with this 24 Hours in Oxford guide .

Train departs from: London Paddington and London Marylebone

Average journey duration: 1 hour

Hassle-free option: Book this Oxford day trip from London

Read more: The Best Things to do in Oxford Finding Oxford’s Harry Potter Filming Locations

Canterbury has always been an important place to visit in the UK – it was the destination for many a pilgrimage in times past (hence its role in Chaucer’s famous Canterbury Tales). It still deserves to be at the top of your list of days out from London today.

What’s there to see? How about one of England’s great cathedrals, ye olde English pubs and quaint little streets that look like they’ve been plucked straight from medieval times? Add to that a selection of cool museums and some scenic walks and you’ve got an excellent day trip in the making.

Train departs from: London Victoria and St Pancras International

Average journey duration: 1 hour from St Pancras, 1.5 hours from Victoria

Hassle-free option: Book this day trip to Canterbury and the White Cliffs of Dover

Read more: One Day in Canterbury Itinerary

Cambridge is beautiful. This world-famous university town is another popular day trip outside London – and for good reason.

Visiting impressive colleges such as Trinity College and King’s College (whose chapel you simply must see) would be enough to fill your day alone. But you should also take time to visit some of Cambridge’s other landmarks – The Fitzwilliam Museum and Botanical Gardens among them.

If you’re visiting in the warmer months be sure to hire a punt and indulge in the traditional pastime of gliding down the River Cam. Bonus points to you if you don’t fall in or lose your pole along the way.

Train departs from: Kings Cross and Liverpool Street

Average journey duration: 50 minutes from Kings Cross, 1 hour 20 minutes from Liverpool Street

Hassle-free option: Book this London to Cambridge Day Trip

We think that Brighton is South East England’s coolest beach destination. 

First thing’s first – the beach is pebble – so don’t get your hopes up with dreams of golden sands. It’s still perfectly good for plumping down on your towel and soaking a few rays of the rare British sun.

Away from the beach, Brighton’s history as the seaside escape for the UK’s rich and famous has left its mark.

Long rows of Regency houses, the long-standing Pier, not to mention the out-and-out fabulous Brighton Pavillion stand as testament to Brighton’s colourful past.

There’s a thriving dining and drinking scene – and a number of cool little independent shops clustered in The Lanes area. Just be sure not to have so much fun that you miss the last train home (this has totally happened to me).

Train departs from: St Pancras International (also stops at Farringdon, Blackfriars and London Bridge) and London Victoria

Hassle-free option: Book a bike tour of Brighton (doesn’t include transport to Brighton)

Read Next: 21 Brilliant Beaches Near London

Hampton Court

Hampton Court is one of the easiest day trips from London – easy transport connections and short travel time make it perfect for an impromptu trip.

Hampton is pretty much all about the palace – which was first built by the ill-fated Cardinal Wolsey before being pinched by Henry VIII.

All six of Henry’s wives lived here at some point or another, before it passed through a number of hands and was finally opened to the public during the Victorian times.

Wonderful as Hampton Court’s interiors are, we would recommend visiting during the summer months when the gardens are at their best (avoid the summer holidays if you can though, when it’s always busy). Don’t miss the maze, which is the oldest surviving hedge maze in the world.

Train departs from: London Waterloo

Average journey duration: 50 minutes

Hassle-free option: Buy your Hampton Court tickets in advance

A trip to the Georgian spa town of Bath is like stepping straight into the pages of a Jane Austen novel (not surprising, seeing as she set so many of them there).

Jaunt around town, checking out the city’s many historical sites. Start with the immersive experience of the Roman Baths (unfortunately you’re not actually allowed to bathe there any more) and the Pump Room.

You can even “take the water” at the Pump Room – sipping on the supposedly restorative waters in the fashion of the hoi polloi of old.

We should warn you that the water tastes absolutely gross though.

Just across the road, Bath Abbey is one of the UK’s most beautiful cathedrals – make sure that you take a look inside too, it’s just as spectacular.

Small but entertaining, The Fashion Museum walks you through the catwalk of British fashion through the centuries.

Don’t think that Bath’s spa heritage is dead and gone – it’s still home to more than its fair share of spas that are perfect for a spot of pampering.

The reasonably-priced Thermae Bath Spa is a popular option thanks to its rooftop pool and indulgent massages, while the high-end Gainsborough Bath Spa is the place to go when you really want to push the boat out.

Train departs from: London Paddington

Average journey time: 1hr 30 minutes

Hassle-free option: Book this Bath & Stonehenge Day Trip

The fact that it’s the home of the royal residence Windsor Castle means that Windsor’s many other charms often get overlooked.

Windsor is well-known as one of the best day trips from London. Even so, many visitors disembark from the train, make a beeline for Windsor Castle, have a nose around and then head straight back home. It’s a shame as Windsor is a rather charming riverside town that merits your attention.

Sure, you should start your visit with a look at the castle, which just so happens to be the oldest inhabited castle in the world. The State Rooms and beautiful grounds take some time to explore.

However, you shouldn’t make the mistake of dashing home the moment that you are finished. Stick around to visit the Royal Windsor Racecourse and its more famous counterpart Royal Ascot Racecourse next door.

Or why not walk around the expansive Windsor Great Park then test your skills on the water rowing or kayaking along the Thames?

Train departs from: London Waterloo and Paddington Station

Average journey time: 50 minutes

Hassle-free option: Half-Day Windsor Day Trip and Tour

Read More: 15 Must-Visit Castles Near London

The Lake District

The Lake District is a long day trip from London but it’s just about doable and worth the effort if you’re short on time and can’t stay overnight.

With its gorgeous green pastures, towering fells and chocolate-box villages, it’s no surprise that the Lake District tops the list of Britain’s beautiful regions. The fastest train to the Lake District takes around 2.5 hours to Oxenholme, so is easiest to tackle on a day trip from London.

Luckily, the area surrounding Oxenholme is ripe for exploration.

There are frequent buses to Kendal, a pretty Lakeland town with lots of cute shops and tea rooms. You can also catch a local train (or taxi) to Windermere – the most famous of the Lakes – the walks around the lake are superb.

As we have already mentioned – The Lake District is not close to London, so you will need to start early and come back late to make it worth the effort.

Don’t even think about doing it by car either – you can just about do it by train but you’re really much better off staying overnight if you want to drive. Or you can go the full mile and head off on a road trip to a few British national parks .

Train departs from: Euston

Average journey time: 2 hrs 45mins

Hassle-free option: A 10 lake day tour

Read more: Walking in the Lake District

Despite being pretty far from London, York is actually not a difficult day trip.

Trains take just a smidge under two hours and run frequently enough that you can just turn up and go.

The walled city is best-known for the Gothic masterpiece that is York Minster but, with more attractions per square mile than any other UK city, there’s a lot to see here.

It’s tough to cover it all in one day – start with York Minster, the fascinating Yorkshire Museum and York Castle Museum (which comes complete with a restored street of Victorian shops) then add in a few other spots if time allows.

Chocolate-lovers will want to head to Chocolate Story – where you can learn about York’s important role in the history of British chocolate and, more importantly, gorge yourself on your own handmade chocolate bar.

Train departs from: King’s Cross

Average journey time: 1 hour 50 minutes

Hassle-free option: See the best sights on foot

Lewes (pronounced Lewis ) often sits in the shadow of nearby Brighton, but there’s a lot to charm in the county town of East Sussex on a one day trip from London.

The town itself is pretty, with a few spots like Lewes Castle, the remains of Lewes Priory and the timber-framed Anne of Cleves House to lure you in for an hour or two.

A surprising number of Lewes’ medieval buildings have survived the test of time – there’s history around every corner.

Personally, we think the spectacular walks in the area surrounding Lewes are also worth the trip. We recommend the six-mile walk to Glynde – there are a couple of steep hills but each step comes with views out over the South Downs.

You can extend the walk to Southease and back to Lewes if you’re feeling really energetic – then quench your thirst with a locally-brewed pint of Harvey’s when you’re finished.

Train departs from: London Victoria

Average journey time: 1 hour

Hassle-free option: This is a DIY trip – but it’s really easy

Read More: Fantastic Hikes Near London You Shouldn’t Miss

Colchester is Britain’s oldest recorded town. With a long history that dates back beyond the Roman times, it was a Roman city and traces of that heritage can still be found dotted all over Colchester today.

Walking in the footsteps of the Romans, visit the remains of the Roman wall, as well as the Roman Circus – the only verified Roman chariot-racing track still standing.

Move onto Colchester Castle, which while not Roman itself, displays a few Roman mosaics and many Roman artifacts in the large Norman keep.

The castle is actually the largest Norman keep in Europe – testament to the fact that you can pretty much spy architecture from every single period in British history in Colchester.

Away from the past Colchester also happens to be the home of some very good tea shops. It would be rude not to indulge in a cream tea before you hop on the train back home again.

Train departs from: Liverpool Street

Hassle-free option: Book onto one of the frequent tours run by Visit Colchester

There haven’t been nearly enough seaside towns in this guide to day trips around London – time to fix that. Where better to head to than Whitstable with its picturesque, cobbled streets and famous oyster eateries?

There’s not a tonne to do in Whitstable – you can visit Whitstable Castle, but really, most of the appeal is wandering around the gorgeous town, seafront and harbour.

Seafood-lovers will be in their element – there’s no better place to tuck into a pint of fresh prawns or guzzle down half-a-dozen oysters.

If you’re really keen, time your visit for the annual knees up that is the Whitstable Oyster Festival .

Not only can you eat all the oysters you can ever dream of (20 is our personal best), but there’s live music and markets selling local wares and wine.

Train departs from: St Pancras International, London Bridge and London Victoria

Average journey time: 1 hour 25 minutes

Hassle-free option: None – but it’s a really easy trip

Henley on Thames

More than just the annual regatta that sees it burst into life, Henley on Thames is one of England’s traditional market towns.

The best way to explore Henley on Thames is on a self-guided walking tour – be sure to stop by the River & Rowing Museum for a walk through the history of the famous sport.

It contains an immersive Wind in the Willows experience that’s just as fun for adults as it is for kids – you’re led through the eccentric world of Mr Toad, Badger, Ratty and Mole.

Henley also used to hold the dubious title of having more pubs per head than any other town in the south east. While those days are gone, the upshot is that there are still a number of cool little pubs for you to explore.

Train departs from: London Paddington, change at Twyford

Average journey time: 1 hour 10 minutes

Hassle-free option: Just hop on a train and go and explore

Margate’s renaissance has been a marvel to behold. Once the darling of the British seaside, it had a bit of a slump before transforming itself into one of the UK’s coolest seaside spots.

That transformation is complete – these days you’re more likely to hear Margate being compared with Copenhagen than with any shoddy seaside town.

There’s the Turner Contemporary of course, which turned heads when it opened in 2011 and is still doing so several years later.

Add to that an assortment of chic independent shops, contemporary restaurants and even a gorgeous tidal pool for a quick dip and you’ll start to understand why it charms the pants off of so many people.

Average journey time: 1 hour 45 minutes

Hassle-free option: Check out the Thanet Tourist Board’s Page for Inspiration

Manchester is the small city that packs a big punch. With a strong culture and identity (think the Industrial Revolution and Oasis and you’re on the right track) a visit to Manchester is a breath of fresh air.

There’s too much to see in one day – Manchester Art Gallery, Imperial War Museum North, a guided tour of the BBC, the Museum of Science & History among them. If you’re a footie fan, a visit to Old Trafford is a must.

Seeing as you’re short on time, we recommend stopping off at a few museums, visiting Manchester Cathedral and fuelling up from one of the city’s cool eateries. Then, if you’re so inclined, stay for a taste of Manchester’s legendary nightlife before you head back home.

Average journey time: 2 hours 30 minutes

Hassle-free option:  Book a private tour with a local (transport to Manchester not included)

Bristol is one of our favourite cities. The chilled-out, easygoing city (which just so happens to be the largest in the southwest) is a brilliant day trip from London.

Bristol is a city of contrast – on the one hand, there are plenty of big landmarks to see – the Clifton Suspension Bridge, the SS Great Britain being two. On the other hand, a lot of the city’s appeal is the cool and quirky culture it’s fostered over the years.

A hive of street art, indie cafes (where you can guarantee you’ll get a great flat white) and alternative music venues – Bristol is just so damned cool.

It’s perhaps no surprise that one of the city’s biggest claims to fame is that the street artist Banksy hails from there.

Hassle-free option: Book this Self Guided Tour

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Visit Lincoln (@visitlincoln)

Although it was previously a bit far for a day trip, LNER has launched new trains to Lincoln after the success of their Lincoln Experience event, which was part of a Visit Lincoln week celebrating the city. 

This is big news. It means that in just two hours you can escape London and make your way to the city steeped in Roman history.

The day trip alone is worth it for Lincoln castle and the picturesque grounds surrounding it, but you’ve also got plenty of shops, cafes, and pubs to make your way through in the city centre between museum hopping.  

Train departs from: London King’s Cross

Average journey time: 2 hours 19 minutes

Hassle-free option Book a guided walking tour of the city

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Stonehenge (@stonehenge)

As one of the strangest day trips from London, a visit to the mysterious Stonehenge is a must for everyone. This is a rock formation that has puzzled historians for centuries.

How did the stones get there? Nobody is quite sure, but experts reckon that they were carried for over 160 miles, so they must be pretty special. 

We highly recommend booking a guided tour of the site, so you get to hear about all the interesting theories surrounding the mystical Stonehenge – and you can ask any burning questions (trust me, you’ll have a few).

Bear in mind that post-lockdown you need to book your entry time slot for Stonehenge well in advance, and remember to bring your booking confirmation with you.

Train departs from: Waterloo

Average journey time: 2 hours 15 minutes

Hassle-free option: A morning tour of Stonehenge with London transfers

Harry Potter Studios

From the mystical to the pure magical – if you haven’t visited the Harry Potter Studios yet, what are you waiting for? 

This is one of the best family days out near London and whether you’re a Potterhead or not, it’s so fun to go behind the scenes of arguably the most popular franchise to ever exist.

If the idea of heading to a city and wandering aimlessly doesn’t appeal to you, book yourself a ticket to the studios and experience Hogwarts for yourself.

If you want the full lowdown on the studio tour, including how to get there, tickets, and what to expect when you arrive, check out this article.

Train departs from: London Euston

Average journey time: 30 minutes

Hassle-free option: Entry tickets and London transfers all rolled into one

This old spa town is one of the prettiest in Gloucestershire and can be reached in around 2 hours from London. Cheltenham boasts Regency buildings in abundance, including the Pittville pump room which was incredibly important in Cheltenham’s spa town history. 

Famed for hosting both the Cheltenham Horse Racing Festival and the Jazz Festival, this historic town is incredibly lively during the summer months. 

Don’t get us wrong, it’s equally beautiful in winter – but there’s just something so magical about hanging out in Montpellier Gardens in the sunshine.

Make sure to visit The Wilson Museum for fine art and catch a movie at the Everyman Theatre – the ornate Victorian ceiling is divine.

Average journey time: 2 hours

Hassle-free option: Take a self-guided tour

Explore two capitals in one day by taking a day trip to Cardiff. It’s surprisingly easy thanks to the high speed train from London Paddington, and Cardiff Castle is beautiful and well worth the journey alone.

Other things to do in Cardiff include taking a trip to the famous Wales Millenium Centre – an arts centre which hosts plenty of live performances and workshops – and exploring the harbour nearby, as well as trying a famous Welsh Cake. Fabulous Welshcakes (opposite the castle) is our top pick for the best.

Hassle-free option: Take a day trip tour from London

Guildford is a picturesque medieval town with a castle at its heart. It’s a surprisingly quick day trip here from London and one we implore you to make – after all, it’s one of our favourite places to visit outside London.

Nestled in the Surrey countryside, it may be small but this town certainly packs a punch when it comes to things to do. Not to mention it’s filled with plenty of brilliant pubs for a well-deserved pint.

What to do? Our top picks include Guildford House, a 17th-century townhouse gallery with rotating exhibitions, hikes along dapdune walk, and a visit to the hilltop cathedral that boasts views of the town.

Hassle-free option: Take a walking tour

Day Trips from London by Car

Easy as it is to hop out of London on a train, some places are more suited to day trips from London by car.

The Cotswolds

It’s a rare event indeed when the words picture-perfect and Cotswolds aren’t mentioned in the same breath.

The Cotswolds is the kind of England you find on the postcards – twee villages with thatched cottages in golden hues, rolling green hills, steaming piles of scones piled high with jam and clotted cream for your afternoon tea.

If it all sounds perfectly lovely, it is.

There’s a reason that the Cotswolds find themselves on many a travel itinerary. Bibury and Burford are two of the prettiest villages- be sure to visit them during your trip.

If you want to see as many villages as possible, I’d recommend starting in Burford and finishing in Winchcombe, meandering through Northleach, Lower and Upper Slaughter, Moreton-in-Marsh and Chipping Camden along the way.

It’s an easy drive, but it means you don’t get much time any one spot.

Alternatively, you can narrow it down to a couple of villages and add in a long walk and some afternoon tea for a much more relaxed trip.

Average driving time from central London: 2 hours

Hassle-free option: Book this full-day Cotswolds four-village tour

Read Next: Pretty Spots You Have to Visit in the Cotswolds

Stratford Upon Avon

Stratford Upon Avon – the birthplace of Britain’s famous bard, Shakespeare and a twee little Tudor town set around the River Avon.

The Royal Shakespeare Company’s Theatre dominates the town – rightly so. There’s always something fantastic to see on one of its several stages.

Away from the theatre, Stratford Upon Avon’s Tudor architecture offers a glimpse into days of yore. You can visit Shakespeare’s birthplace, as well as the home that he retired to after the bright lights of London proved too much.

His final resting place, Holy Trinity Church is said to be the most visited parish church in the country.

But Stratford isn’t just Shakespeare – hop onto a boat and row along the Avon, go on a river walk out of town, hole up in an old pub for a pint or two and appreciate the sleepy appeal of this quaint little town.

Seven Sisters Country Park

There are few landscapes as striking as the sight of the chalk faces of the Seven Sisters rising up from the coast.

These gorgeous cliffs form the focal point of the larger Seven Sisters Country Park, part of the South Downs National Park.

Strap on your hiking boots and set off on a walk along the Sisters for a refreshing day out from London. Park at the Visitor Centre (where you can also pop in to learn about the history of the country park) and take the path to Seaford Head View Point for the classic view of the cliffs.

Alternatively, why not tackle the part of the South Downs Way that runs through the country park and over the sisters themselves.

Hassle-free option: Seven Sisters and South Downs day trip

The New Forest

The New Forest might be less than 100 miles outside of London but it feels like a world away. It’s the largest stretch of unenclosed pasture land and forest in the country and is famous for the wild ponies that roam across its lands.

In terms of attractions, The New Forest has surprisingly varied arsenal of things to see. Beaulieu, a vintage car museum, stately home and medieval monastery rolled into one is one such destination and worth seeing if you’re not a complete petrolhead.

Still, a lot of the appeal is in getting outdoors and onto the many walking trails that crisscross the region. Be sure to wear some comfortable shoes.

Hassle-free option: Train to Lymington or Brockenhurst and hop onto the New Forest tour bus

Leeds Castle

London has plenty of castles nearby that make for great day trips, and, despite its name, Leeds Castle is actually in Kent.

This castle is no stranger to royalty with 6 medieval queens previously residing here, and Queen Elizabeth I was even imprisoned at the castle before her coronation. If you fancy stretching the day trip into an overnight experience and live the life of a royal yourself (who wouldn’t?) you can even book a place to sleep in the Maiden’s Tower.

Humbly labelling itself as the “loveliest castle in the world”, you’ve got over 900 years of history to uncover at Leeds Castle – if you can make it past the moat!

Tickets cost £28 for adults and £19.50 for kids, but you get a better deal if there’s a group of you, which is definitely worth looking into.

Average driving time from central London: 1 hour 15 minutes

Hassle-free option: Tour Leeds Castle, Canterbury Cathedral and Dover with transfers from London

Highclere Castle

Yes, this is the Downton Abbey Castle. I can’t guarantee that you’ll run into any of the Crawley family while you’re there, but I can promise you a brilliant day trip from London at Highclere Castle .

Take a walk around the grounds and make sure to snap some all-important insta pics of the Jacobethan facade, before you enter the castle and soak in all the history.

Admission tickets cost £24 for adults and £14 for children but check out the website as they host plenty of special events throughout the year, including Downton Abbey Tours and quaint Afternoon Teas.

Average driving time from central London: 1 hour 30 minutes Hassle-free option: Combine Highclere Castle with Oxford

Cirencester

Looking for the best day trip from London? Technically Cirencester is in the Cotswolds, but we think it’s so nice that it’s worth us raving about it separately. It has, like many other English cities, a distinctive Roman history that you can explore in the Corinium Museum.

Cirencester is also great when it comes to shopping – it boasts plenty of independent boutiques and dreamy bookshops that you could spend an entire day exploring alone. 

Cirencester Park is the perfect place to spend an hour or two if the sun decides to make a much-welcomed appearance. You might just catch a game of Polo here, too.

Average driving time from central London: 2 hours 15 minutes

Hassle-free option: There isn’t one – though this is an easy DIY

So, there we are – 28 day trips outside London. We hope that you have found more than a few things to inspire your next jaunt out of the city.

PS: Looking for a longer trip? You’ll want to scope out our guide to Weekend Getaways from London .

Practical Tips for Planning Day Trips Out of London

• It’s always worth checking your train times but you should be sure to do so if you are planning to do your day trip on a Sunday. Sunday train service is notoriously bad – with rail replacement buses, less frequent services or indirect connections often popping up to mess up your travel plans.
• If you are travelling by train, try and book your tickets as far ahead as possible for the best prices. You should also consider whether it’s worth purchasing one of the many railcards available if there are a few of you travelling or you plan to do several excursions within a short period of time.

Best London Day Trips: Map

Discover More Day Trips From London Guides

• 2 8 Fabulous Beaches Near London
• National Parks Near London for a Weekend Break
• Caves in and Around London That You Have to See

Love this? Save and share on Pinterest.

24 Hours in Oxford – insidersoxford.com

Wednesday 5th of May 2021

[…] looking for a short break or escape in the United Kingdom within easy reach of London, Oxford is a perfect day trip. Even if you aren’t, you should go […]

Wednesday 27th of May 2020

Juliana - thank you for all of your posts. We have one weekend left in London coming up before returning to the US. We've been here 3 months and enjoyed exploring London by foot and the city cycles.

I'd love a recommendation on a day trip knowing we have to take the train and that we are still in lock down (somewhat).

In the last weeks we visited Cambridge, Hastings, Greenwich and Seven Sisters. Prior to lock down we have visited the Cotswalds and the Lake District and Oxford.

I look forward to your reply! Beth

Julianna Barnaby

Thursday 28th of May 2020

A total pleasure Beth - sounds like you've been exploring a lot! If you haven't been to Bath, I'd normally recommend a trip there - it's very pretty but obviously destinations like the Roman Baths and the Pump Rooms will be closed. I would say the city is pretty enough to more than justify a trip to spend some time walking around. That said, I think the official guidance is only to use transport for necessary journeys, so I'd check that before you book anything.

Sunday 3rd of February 2019

What a great assortment of day trips! I've bookmarked this post for when I'm visiting London later this year - so handy. Thanks very much!

Tuesday 5th of February 2019

Thanks Lesley - I hope you get to head on at least a couple of the day trips while you're in London. Have an awesome trip!

LET'S GET SOCIAL!

London x London is the insider’s guide to discovering the best of London.

We delve into the cool, interesting and quirky spots that make London such a dynamic city, telling you the best things to do, eat and drink along the way. 

Tired of the same old dull suggestions? Want to know where to find London’s secret bars, tastiest eats and weirdest finds? We provide practical guides that help you do just that.

Find Out More

Recently Published

• Eltham Palace: Discovering South London’s Gorgeous Art Deco Secret
• Staying At: The Laslett, Notting Hill Review
• Carreras Cigarette Factory: A Curious Reminder of London’s Egyptian Art Deco Craze

All products are independently selected by our editors. If you buy something, we may earn an affiliate commission.

22 of the best day trips from London

By Condé Nast Traveller and Anna Prendergast

London ’s hustle and bustle can become overwhelming, even for the most dedicated locals – but its handy location means that day trips from London are easy for anyone who needs a quick escape, whether it be for a country walk , a seaside jaunt or a cultural getaway. Most of our selection of the best day trips from London can be reached by train , within less than two hours – and many couldn’t be further from the busy streets and crammed schedules of the capital. Whether you’re looking for fresh air, delicious eateries or a new selection of shops, these easy-to-plan day trips should slot nicely into your schedule.

Below are 21 of our favourite day trips from London, in no particular order. For more seasonal specific inspiration, see our recommendations for winter day trips from London .

1. Canterbury, Kent

The best day trip from London for: a colourful, food-fuelled history lesson in the garden of England How to get there from London: The direct train from London St Pancras to Canterbury West can take as little as 53 minutes

Prehistoric settlements have been uncovered in this corner of Kent, and it was a popular haunt of the Romans, who surrounded the early city by constructing an earth bank and fortified walls around 130 acres of land. The story of Canterbury that schoolchildren learn, however, comes from the medieval period, courtesy of Chaucer.

The city is home to one of the UK’s most spectacular cathedrals. Pilgrims have navigated the route to this ethereal site for many centuries, and it’s here that Thomas Becket was infamously slaughtered at the order of Henry II – although this series of events has been contested by countless historians. From the cathedral, scan the selection of novels through the crooked door of the Catching Lives Charity Bookshop, before soaking up the sun in one of the city’s hidden pub gardens – The Dolphin and The Parrot are some of our favourites.

Stroll along the remnant of the ancient wall that is still accessible, or settle in for a lazy afternoon on the colourful banks of the River Stour after collecting treats from The Goods Shed. Historic river tours of the river are touristy but not overly expensive, so well worth booking ahead of a visit to uncover the secrets of these romantic, cobblestone streets. Connor Sturges

If you decide to stay over: Parts of The Falstaff Hotel date to the 13th century, and original features such as fireplaces and oak beams are a nod to the city’s medieval history. The city’s main attractions are within walking distance, and comfortable beds, craft cocktails, and a signature afternoon tea await once you are back in the cosy setting.

2. Elmley Nature Reserve

The best day trip from London for:  getting fully immersed in nature How to get there from London:  The train from London St Pancras International to Swale takes 1 hour 50 minutes and then it’s a short taxi ride to Elmley Nature Reserve

Think of day trips to  Kent  and you’ll probably skip straight over the  Isle of Sheppey . Just off the northern coast of Kent next to the Thames Estuary, Sheppey is an unglamorous largely industrial island that initially lacks the tourist appeal of some of its Kentish neighbours. But there’s a secret gem here right off the mainland – the bucolic Elmley Nature Reserve, 3,300 acres of wetlands and wilderness. This family-run estate is a true wildlife conservation haven and is the perfect trip for birdwatchers and nature lovers. With over forty varieties of birds raising their young at Elmley each year, there are some beautiful  walking trails  to spot them all, plus the other resident hares, frogs, dragonflies, cows, voles, bees and more. As soon as your taxi turns onto the long entry drive, it’s easy to see elegant birds such as egrets, lapwings and redshank happily frolicking on the flat marshlands and that’s before you’ve even started exploring. Open Wednesday to Sunday, the entry fee is £6 and that gets you access to the beautiful open landscape for a self-guided wander (although you have to stay on the paths!); they also arrange organised tours at dusk and dawn for £29.50 if you want an expert to help you spot marsh harriers, long-eared owls, sparrowhawk and peregrine falcons. It might be only 40 miles from London but it feels like another world. As well as an incredible place for a day out in nature, there’s also a lovely barn restaurant to get cosy in for toasties at lunch and more hearty evening meals, plus an impressive range of smart places to stay dotted across the reserve if you want to extend your visit.  Sonya Barber

If you decide to stay over:  From decked-out shepherd’s huts with outside baths to four poster beds in the grand 18th-century main house, there’s a wide range of places to stay – all with stunning views over the nature reserve.

3. Stratford-upon-Avon

The best day trip from London for: a Shakespearean adventure How to get there from London: a little over 2 hours by train from London mainline stations; changes are often required

There are few places more charming than the medieval market town of Stratford-upon-Avon. It’s the birthplace and resting place of Shakespeare, and it’s easy to fall in love with the West Midlands spot during a jam-packed day trip from London.

Day trips here, understandably, centre around the Bard. Start where the wordsmith’s journey began with an educational mooch around Shakespeare’s Birthplace, now a museum highlighting how his work continues to shape our lives today. From here, onto Anne Hathaway’s cottage. The family home of Anne Hathaway, William Shakespeare’s wife, is full of fascinating stories and historical finds, and passionate guides are on hand to delve into tales of the famous family that resided here for 13 generations. For the full experience, visit William’s resting place in Holy Trinity Church via Shakespeare's Schoolroom & Guildhall.

Literary associations aside, entertain young minds at the Mechanical Art and Design Museum, get tropical at the stunning Stratford Butterfly Farm, and sample a craft beer before the return journey home at The Garrick Pub Restaurant, which is purportedly the oldest boozer in the town.

In a town dating back almost 1,000 years, you’d expect to stumble across a spectral resident or two in the historical buildings. Check into one of the charming hotels during spooky season and embark on a ghost tour to hear about tales from a haunted tearoom and what some unlucky guests have experienced in one of the town centre’s four-star hotels.

If you decide to stay over: For a fittingly period stay, check into The White Swan . The property’s use as an inn dates back to the sixteenth century, and the walls hold all the charm of a Tudor property with trimmings suited to twenty-first-century travellers. Cosy by the fire after a hearty meal, and sink into four-poster beds before another day exploring Warwickshire’s attractions and natural beauty.

4. Great Garden Escape, The Newt in Somerset

The best day trip from London for: a VIP experience How to get there: The train from London Paddington takes about 1 hour 25 minutes

If you’re not the planning type, The Newt in Somerset’s Great Garden Escape is a fun-filled pre-organised day trip that shows off the best of the British countryside and its charming traditions. With a jam-packed schedule starting at Paddington station, day trippers travel First Class with breakfast served on-board. On arrival, they’ll be given a tour of the gardens at The Newt, which have been landscaped over hundreds of years and are now home to wildlife including deer and newts – of course. There's even an opportunity to explore the grounds with experts, along with a dive into the history and traditions of Somerset. Plus, a stopover at the incredible Roman Villa Experience.

Lunch leads into a cyder tasting, made on-site using apples grown in local orchards, where you’ll undoubtedly be swayed into picking up a bottle or two to take home. When you’ve breathed in just enough country air, the train journey home serves up afternoon tea, depositing you back in the city just in time for sundowners. The whirlwind tour is the ideal tonic for shaking off burnout and reminding yourself of the beauty on your doorstep. Abigail Malbon

If you decide to stay over : Should you choose to forego the train ride home in favour of waking up somewhere new, The Newt is a Jane Austen dream, whether you choose a room in the Georgian house or the converted outbuildings, barns and stables. Bedrooms are simple and beautiful, with a focus on relaxation, but those with a view are truly exceptional. In the morning, wake up early and treat yourself to a swim in the spa pool as the sun comes up – you’ll return to London feeling like a new person.

5. Clifton, Bristol

The best day trip from London for : packing a lot in How to get there from London: The train from London Paddington takes about 1 hour 35 minutes.

After hopping off the train at Bristol Temple Meads, take a stroll to Clifton – the city’s most beautiful leafy suburb. Quiet residential streets are lined with pretty Georgian townhouses , spots of greenery to wander through off the cobbled streets and an eclectic mix of independent cafés, restaurants and shops.

Start with a gander around Clifton Arcade in the heart of Clifton Village, where the 17 boutiques are filled with knick-knacks and intriguing antiques. It’s not a true shopping experience without a pit stop for coffee and cake – try one of Bristol’s top coffee spots, Spicer + Cole, or – for a 100-per-cent plant-based menu – refuel with a slice of rose and vanilla loaf and a superfood latte at East Village Café.

Pick up some fresh fruit and vegetables from the local greengrocers and head to Clifton bridge for fabulous views across the River Avon. It's one of the oldest surviving iron suspension bridges in the world. Learn about its history at the Visitor Centre, stopping off for a pint of traditional Somerset cider at the White Lion by its side. Continue the historical tour by walking up to Clifton Observatory, which has a museum featuring a Victorian-era Camera Obscura and a mythical Giant’s Cave, alongside its own rooftop café serving up breathtaking views. And don’t miss out on a walk down Royal York Crescent – one of the most expensive streets in Bristol, which was also once reputed to be the longest terrace in Europe .

Next, spend time at Bristol Lido, a restored Victorian swimming bath from the 1800s surrounded by a spa and poolside bar for the ultimate in pampering. Round off the day with a cosy pub meal at The Albion, an Indian fine-dining experience at Nutmeg or a hearty pizza at Bosco around the corner on Whiteladies Road. Cordelia Aspinall

If you decide to stay over: Book a room at the recently refurbished Number 38 boutique hotel for a peaceful stay overlooking the Clifton Downs, perfect for your morning stroll.

6. Bath, Somerset

The best day trip from London for: soaking up history How to get there from London: The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour 20 minutes.

Bath is known for its history, but among the buttery-hued Georgian architecture and ancient thermal springs there’s a fresh independent spirit. When the weather is good, there are a couple of brilliant walking routes to try: the six-mile Bath Skyline , for example, is a short stroll from the city centre and tramps through woodland, meadows and orchards with views of the buildings below.

The Somerset city’s literary heritage is well documented – Jane Austen is probably the most famous one-time resident – and there’s still a thriving network of bookshops and literature festivals here, including at bookworm magnet Topping and Company, which stocks more than 55,000 titles. Restaurants are driven by excellent local produce and seasonal ingredients. Grab a traditional lunch at The Circus (we recommend the Wiltshire lamb two ways) or order bun cha at Vietnamese spot Noya’s Kitchen. After a bite, shop at clever concept stores such as Nām, which sells antique furniture and homeware curated by owner Sharan Kaur, and Found, where you can buy clothes from niche global brands, or spend an afternoon at wine bar Corkage, where about 70 bottles are available to sample by the glass. Sarah James

If you decide to stay over: Small hotel Eight lives up to its name; there are just eight rooms, and the ground-floor restaurant always has eight dishes on the menu.

7. The New Forest, Hampshire

The best day trip from London for : woodland walks and long pub lunches How to get there from London: The train from London Waterloo usually takes about 1 hour 45 minutes

With its purple carpets of heather, ancient woodland and England-of-yore villages, the New Forest has long been a release valve for Londoners eager to clear the cobwebs and the cortisol. The apex of its beauty has to be autumn, when its rich hues cut through morning mists and dazzle in the afternoon sun. It's best enjoyed during a long ramble, where you’re likely to meet free-roaming New Forest ponies, cattle and even pigs, followed by a hearty pub lunch with local ale and a warming log fire.

Take the train from Waterloo to Beaulieu Road station and fuel your hike with a pint of real ale at the Drift Inn. If independent shops, cafés and beaches are on the agenda, it’s best to head to Lymington instead, as this one-and-a-half-hour loop around the pub on the edge of the New Forest is blissfully rugged and remote. Having traipsed through a mixed mosaic of woodland and absorbed the silence and sweeping views across the heathland, hunker down at the Drift Inn for a Hampshire beef burger, ale-battered haddock or the pie of the day (invariably something along the lines of mud pie with mash and gravy). Rosalyn Wikeley

If you decide to stay over : Those seeking the quintessential heather-and-wild-ponies New Forest should bed down at The Pig hotel in Brockenhurst or Limewood near Lyndhurst (about five minutes from the Drift Inn). However, the trusted favourite among New Forest devotees, Chewton Glen continues to lure weary urbanites with its coveted position – wedged between woodland and the coast – and commitment to the good, old-fashioned service and comforts of a country club. You’ll find few zeitgeisty design details or next-gen touches here. Instead, antiques, thick carpets and mahogany furniture keep this 18th-century manor house sure of its identity – save a few fun treehouse bedrooms, should privacy or the 21st century fall into your criteria. Don’t miss the fresh salads and fish lunches once you’ve been pummelled in the spa or worked up an appetite in the Grecian-style pool. The gardens are also glorious for afternoon tea after visiting Highcliffe beach.

CNT Editors

CNT Editors , CN Traveller

8. Hertford, Hertfordshire

The best day trip from London for : pub-crawling and country walks How to get there from London: The train from Finsbury Park takes 35 minutes

With its higgledy-piggledy, pastel-coloured buildings and cobbled streets, this county town serves up a slice of English antiquity that’s postcard-pretty enough to satisfy both shiny-eyed visitors from further afield and weary Londoners searching for fresher air, shorter queues and somewhere different to look at for the day. With trains running every half hour, it’s possible to find yourself marching around its 15th-century castle grounds (check ahead for cinema screenings, talks and events), net fishing from a sandy cove in Hartham Common or wandering about its dinky museum within the hour. Alternatively, if you’re feeling ambitious, you can cycle from London along the River Lea towpath.

On arrival, dip into its handful of local shops – The Women's Society Boutique has an imposing exterior but is a real treasure trove – before stopping at one of the many independent cafés and restaurants. Popular deli-bar Giambrone’s serves authentic Italian plates, while Hertford Coffee Lab makes for a cool pit-stop, and Georgian townhouse and B&B Number One Port Hill hosts occasional pop-up suppers. Plus, the artsy Dog and Whistle, once a pop-up café, has blossomed into a hipster foodie pub and music venue with rooms. Indeed, Hertford – quiet market town by day and more bustling nightspot come evening – specialises in pubs, particularly old-world ones. There's The Salisbury Arms Hotel, said to have been the place where Oliver Cromwell stayed during the Civil War and home to a number of ghosts; the 16th-century White Horse; the 17th-century Blackbirds; and the riverside Old Barge (exact age unknown, but 'old' is part of the name…). If you have time, go on the three-mile walk to Ware alongside the River Lea towpath – the neighbouring town also has a plethora of pubs – and catch the train back to London from there. Becky Lucas

If you decide to stay over: Hertford House Hotel took over the former local newspaper’s offices in pretty Parliament Square in 2006 and hasn’t stopped evolving since, with its latest restaurant and bar renovation completed in autumn 2020. Don’t miss out on brunch in the secret garden, a locally sourced roast in the restaurant and a pint in smart sister pub The Quiet Man.

9. Deal, Kent

The best day trip from London for: an under-the-radar getaway How to get there from London: The fast train from St Pancras International takes 1 hour 22 minutes

This hillside scribble of Georgian streets tucked behind the Kent coast really hit our radar in 2018. Nicknamed ‘Margate’s little sister’, it’s a much cosier, countryside version of its arty neighbour. And that’s exactly its appeal. Deal is less shouty than Margate , but there’s still an exciting slew of shops, cafés and galleries that have arrived over the past few years. The Saturday Market stalls are worth a rummage, but it’s the food that brings the locals back each weekend. For more of a sit-down lunch we love Frog and Scot where the chef, previously of The Sportsman in Seasalter, cooks up a daily changing menu based on hyper-local produce. Founder of Smugglers Records Will Greenham (ex singer and guitarist of the band Cocos Lovers, who’ve supported Mumford & Sons on tour) is at the heart of the town’s music scene, and in terms of art, Linden Hall Studio is a contemporary gallery in a converted chapel that wouldn’t look out of place in Mayfair. Tabitha Joyce

If you decide to stay over: The Rose was revamped in 2018 and now there are eight cute bedrooms splashed in bold colours and filled with vintage finds. The restaurant is looked after by Rachel O’Sullivan (previously of East London’s Towpath Café) who dishes up Scandi-inspired breakfast plates of smoked salmon, avocado, soft-boiled egg, dill and whipped cream cheese.

Read more about Deal, Kent

10. Whitstable, Kent

The best day trip from London for: oysters on the beach How to get there from London : The train from from St Pancras takes 1hr 13 minutes

This little town on the north Kent coast isn’t quite the sort-of-secret it was back in the 1990s, when DFLs (local jargon for Londoners) rediscovered it, arriving at weekends for seafood at Wheelers on the high street and pints of Kentish ale at the beach-side Old Neptune pub. But it’s still an atmospheric place to head for a hit of vitamin B12 – via a dozen or so oysters – then a scrunch along the shingle shore, spotting Second World War sea forts across the waves and seals in the harbour. There are plenty of places to eat: avoid the overpriced Royal Native Oyster Stores and head instead to JoJo’s, just down the road in Tankerton, for mackerel fillets and Med-inspired small plates. Or Samphire, a Whitstable bistro with cuttlefish risotto and Romney Marsh lamb on the menu. There’s also a thriving micropub scene here, with The Handsome Sam, The Black Dog, and the larger Twelve Taps for hoppy experimentation. But our favourite pastime is picking up a pot of cockles and whelks from the quayside, or fish and chips and oysters from The Forge shack, and devouring them in the shade of a wooden groyne on the beach, preferably with a bottle of English fizz to hand. Rick Jordan

If you decide to stay over: The Victorian fisherman’s huts on the beach are the best place in which to hole up, the sound of waves and boat masts jangling in the wind outside, and can be booked via Hotel Continental. Along the coast in Seasalter is the Driftwood Beach House B&B .

11. Rye, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for : a bracingly fresh seaside getaway How to get there from London: The train from St Pancras International takes about 1 hour 10 minutes with a change at Ashford International.

Rye is home to what might just be Britain ’s prettiest (and most prettily named) street, and a wave of newcomers have moved in alongside the quaint old-timers in Mermaid Street and beyond, opening smart interiors stores and artisan bakeries next to unironically vintage tea rooms and souvenir shops. After breakfast at Whitehouse Rye – order the halloumi hash – pick up a new read at The Tiny Book Store (the clue’s in the name) and window shop for that fantasy mansion at striking antiques shop Strand House Interiors. The blustery dunes and invigorating waters of Camber Sands, one of the best beach near London , are a 15 minute ride away on the local bus, but head back in time for a rustic supper at Tuscan Rye, where fresh pasta (ricotta ravioli with brown-butter sauce, potato and thyme tortellini in a rich ragu) draws loyal locals. Sarah James

If you decide to stay over: Book a room at the lively George in Rye , which welcomes A-list guests (George Clooney and Helena Bonham Carter have both checked in for sleepovers) and smart locals in the same breath.

These are our favourite things to do in Rye

12. Margate, Kent

The best day trip from London for : a cultural day out How to get there from London: the fast train from London St Pancras takes 1 hour 25 minutes.

It’s no secret that this Victorian seaside town has had quite the hipster renaissance in recent years, sparked mostly by the arrival of the Turner Contemporary gallery in 2011 and spurred on by a slew of new openings and a wave of Londoners upping sticks and moving down to the Kent coast. For a cultural outing, the waterside Turner Contemporary is still a must. Entry is free so it’s worth popping in even if you’ve never heard of the artists on show, and the shop has some nice local products. For more contemporary art head to Crate, an artist-led project space in an old printworks. If you’d prefer something older – much older – wander over to the most ancient building in town, the Tudor House, a Grade II-listed 16th-century timber-framed house on King Street. It’s on your route from the seafront to the mysterious Shell Grotto, a spooky set of underground tunnels covered in more than four million shells.

A trip to Margate isn’t complete without a few hours in Dreamland, whether it’s for some spins on the rides or to see one of the amusement park’s impressive line-up of gigs in the evenings. Do take a stroll around town to hit up the vintage shops selling retro clothes, furniture and homewares, where you can still find some decent bargains. And don’t forget to head over to Cliff Terrace to visit the flagship store of cult natural skincare brand Haeckels, which makes divine-smelling beauty products using seaweed gathered on the beach nearby. Speaking of the beach, if you want to go swimming walk along the coast to Walpole Bay Tidal Pool, a man-made sea lagoon where you can find calm waters and steps for easier access. If you arrive early (or stay the night), tuck into cracking breakfast at Storeroom coffee shop or at Cliffs, where there’s also a record shop, a hair salon and a yoga studio. In fact, the whole up-and-coming area of Cliftonville is worth exploring. After all that roaming, great seafood can be found for dinner at either Angela’s or Hantverk & Found – reserve a table in advance though, as both get booked up. Sonya Barber

If you decide to stay over: The best beds in town are at The Reading Rooms , a boutique b&b in a restored Georgian townhouse a few minutes’ walk from the seafront. Be sure you don’t have to rush off in the morning as they’ll bring breakfast to your room so you can eat it overlooking the leafy square.

Read more about Margate's best things to do

13. Eastbourne, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for : fair-weather walkers How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour 30 minutes.

Eastbourne is an old-timey British seaside town with a Victorian pier, a pebble beach, and a much-loved bandstand where tribute acts reign: ‘Queen’, ‘ABBA’, ‘Frank Sinatra’ and ‘Lady Gaga’ have all played. You could spend the day taking in the town’s thriving art galleries, with plenty of opportunities for refuelling stops along the way (our favourite is the stripped-back-trendy Nelson Coffee Co opposite the station) but the real draw here is enjoying the great outdoors at Beachy Head, where you’ll find the famous Seven Sisters chalk cliffs. A hike with seriously impressive views out to sea runs across the top. Wander all the way along to neighbouring Seaford or make one of the secret beaches tucked away at the foot of the cliffs your way point. It’s a steep climb down, but Falling Sands Beach is quiet and sandy and well worth the adventure. Eastbourne often makes the list of the sunniest places in the UK, so don’t forget your sunglasses. Olivia Holborow

If you decide to stay over: Book into the Beachy Head holiday cottages – there’s a choice of 8, all set around a rambling walled garden with fruit and vegetables you can help yourself to.

An insider guide to the South Downs

14. Brighton, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for : blasting the cobwebs away by the sea How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour 34 minutes.

Brighton is a brilliant mish-mash of retro, seaside fun and progressive culture. Book in advance and you can get return tickets from London for as little as £10. A maze of bunting-lined streets, The Lanes bursts at the seams with vintage shops – don’t miss Beyond Retro and Dirty Harry, and our two favourite independent boutiques, Our Daily Edit and Peggs & Son, as well as retro memorabilia (navigate the turnstile at Snoopers Paradise for collectors’ items, vinyl, and furniture). Time your day trip to include breakfast at Kensingtons – grab a table on the balcony for giant plates piled high with eggs, toast and beans. It’s not the easiest spot to find, so look out for a shop called Artemis on Kensington Gardens, which overflows with sheepskin rugs and pelts – the café is on the left; follow the smell of bacon up the stairs. Later, reserve a table at Food for Friends, a superb veggie restaurant with award-winning flavours and presentation. A short walk away is the huge 8km pebbly beach – the section near the Palace Pier is dotted with stripy deckchairs and usually buzzing from spring to autumn (and often absolutely crammed in summer). There’s something terribly British about layering up and enjoying a windswept walk in the winter months, too. Reward yourself with a bag of hot, sugary donuts from the pier.

If you decide to stay over : Walk along the seafront to The Ginger Pig, a restaurant-with-rooms with pre-mixed cocktails in the minibars and Cowshed bottles by the standalone bathtubs.

The best restaurants in Brighton

15. Lewes, Sussex

The best day trip from London for : history buffs and vintage hunters How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes just over 1 hour.

Lewes: the market town in the South Downs that sits against a backdrop of chalk hills and green peaks. Cobblestoned 'twittens' (narrow streets), handpainted shop signs and crumbling tiles from the 1960s make it feel like a town time forgot, and its slower rhythm makes for a reinvigorating gear-change. The Needlemakers on West Street is home to a range of small, independent shops that sell local craftsmanship, from jewellery to books – Alexis Dove is a favourite for delicate silverware and Susie Petrou has an eye for vintage blouses and Romanian embroidery. There’s an incongruous well at the bottom by the vintage shops – throw in a penny for good luck before you start hunting through piles of clothes and bags. Lewes Flea Market is an alluring source for antique furniture and quirky homeware, and is open daily (not to be confused with the outdoor Sunday market, which is also worth a visit). At the other end of town, at the bottom of Cliffe High Street, you can find Bill Collison’s very first Bill’s restaurant, a European deli-turned-eatery, where you can get hearty dishes such as pumpkin, fig and chestnut roast, or a beef, bacon and camembert burger. After lunch, ponder the paperbacks at the Fifteenth Century Bookshop, which has been carefully restored in recent years but remains as much of a landmark as Lewes Castle. Finish the day with a pint; Harvey’s Brewery is the only independent brewery in Sussex and provides the John Harvey Tavern over the road with local cask ales (download the self-titled app to find out where you can get it in London).

If you decide to stay over : Head to Firle for a night at The Ram Inn , and enjoy crisp linen and generous breakfasts served by an open fire.

16. Folkestone, Kent

The best day trip from London for: a coastal up-and-comer How to get there from London : The fast train from London St Pancras to Ashford takes 40 minutes, where you can change for Folkestone Central.

The seaside town of Folkestone is mid-makeover, which is the ideal time to visit – before everything gets priced up and the place’s quirks glossed over. The appeal of Sunny Sands beach is self-explanatory – this tiny, windswept slip of sand is one of the best beaches in Kent and the ideal spot to kick off your day (unsurprisingly, it fills up with families wielding buckets and spades, sticky with sunscreen, too). A trio of swashbuckling pubs and restaurants – The Ship Inn, The Mariner and The Captain’s Table – lines the seafront, but the real treasure can be found in the Creative Quarter. At the bottom of The Old High Street is Bounce Vintage, an open space with rails full of retro sportswear, French chore jackets and Aloha shirts. If you exchange smiles and pleasantries with the rosy-cheeked owners, they might just offer you an espresso on the house. Failing that, further up the road, Steep Street sells specialty coffee, homemade cake and books . Floor-to-ceiling, wall-to-wall shelves of hardbacks tower over fat leather armchairs and blackboard tables that you can doodle on in chalk. There are endless places to eat and drink around town: Rocksalt for a smart menu and sea views; Papas for old-fashioned fish’n’chips ; Beano’s for veggies; La Casa Del Bello Gelato for ice cream Follies for pizza and The Pullman for pints. The Harbour Arm, though, is where Folkestone’s own folk go – the Champagne bar hidden in the lighthouse at the end is rustic, romantic, and completely charming.

If you decide to stay over : Book a room at the Linen Shed , a dove-grey, weatherboarded house on the old Roman road to Canterbury.

The best restaurants in Kent

17. Oxford, Oxfordshire

The best day trip from London for : a traditional slice of British culture How to get there from London : The Oxford Tube coach service takes 1 hour 30 minutes and runs until 3am; trains also run from Paddington and Marylebone stations and take 1 hour.

In one of the most quintessentially English cities in the UK (and the most expensive to live in outside London), cream tea is not just a rite of passage – it’s a requirement. And there’s only one place to take it – The Vaults & Garden Café, signposted by the presence of an antique bicycle with a flowerbed in its basket, is a gorgeous 14th-century building surrounded by colleges (Oriel, Brasenose, Murton, All Souls), where scones come loaded with clotted cream and seasonal homemade jam (the café has serious sustainability credentials, too). Architecture is a major draw in Oxford ; the libraries, bridges and even cinemas feature Palladian domes, Norman design, ziggurat influences and listed buildings which make this a city to see on foot (Radcliffe Square is a must, and it’s worth paying £4 to climb the tower at the Church of St Mary The Virgin for the best view of Oxford). If you’re taking kids, the Pitt Rivers Museum is packed with bizarre artefacts and stories they’ll tell their friends about, and The Story Museum welcomes you through a wardrobe into Narnia and other fictional worlds of wonder. If you booked a babysitter, however, grab a drink at the brilliant Freud bar in Jericho – a stained-glass church-turned-cool-cocktail-bar that is grown-up enough to feel sophisticated but studenty enough to have plenty of atmosphere and frivolity in the air (or perhaps it’s something in the drinks).

If you decide to stay over : There are plenty of lovely hotels in the Cotswolds , such as The Wild Rabbit – the latest outpost from eco-queen Carole Bamford of Daylesford Organic fame.

18. Cambridge, Cambridgeshire

The best day trip from London for : people-watching and scenery How to get there from London : The train from London King’s Cross takes 45 minutes.

Like cycling in Amsterdam or taking trams in San Francisco , punting really is the most sophisticated way to see the city of Cambridge and the university grounds. Scudamore’s is the oldest ‘chauffeur’ company and offers a more traditional tour, but board a boat from the Garret Hostel Bridge for a younger, more humorous experience (ask your punter why the GHB is also known as Orgasm Bridge). For lunch, foodPark is a top hawker convoy of Sri Lankan curries, wood-fired pizza and open-wide burgers that sets up from 12pm until 2pm in varying locations around Cambridge from Wednesday to Friday. For something more upscale, book one of Galleria’s terrace tables on the south side of the Magdalene Bridge, with British fusion food and views of the River Cam (your gluten- and dairy-free friends will thank you, as there are two separate menus specifically catering to their diets). In the autumn, the leaf-covered colleges are particularly picturesque as they turn red and rust, and in spring, Parker’s Piece is a scenic stretch of greenery from which to navigate (spot the lamppost that supposedly inspired the post in CS Lewis’ Narnia). From here, find eccentric English shop Bowes & Co, Fitzbillies for iced buns, Aromi for Italian nibbles, Kettle’s Yard art gallery and G David for antique books. Finish your day with the choral evensong at King’s College Chapel around 5.30pm: goosebumps guaranteed. For more ideas, see our guide to the best things to do in Cambridge .

If you decide to stay over : It doesn’t get much better than the iconic University Arms hotel , reopened in 2018 after a serious reboot.

19. Ashdown Forest, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for: welly-wielding outdoorsy types How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour to East Grinstead (a 15-minute drive from Forest Row).

AA Milne famously wrote the stories of Winnie the Pooh while living just north of Ashdown Forest. Known as 100 Acre Wood in Pooh’s world, the forest is home to the spellbinding stories and is an enchanting place to stretch your legs for a day, easily accessible via East Grinstead station. Stretches of open heathland give way to leafy walkways and carpets of bluebells in spring, where the woods teem with wildlife (spot fallow deer, badgers and the odd friendly pheasant – no honey-eating bears, though), and the only noise is birdsong. You can even visit Pooh Bridge (for a game of Poohsticks, naturally), but be warned, it’s a prominent tourist spot. Pooh was a big fan of having ‘a little smackerel of something’, and nearby village Forest Row has plenty of places for elevenses. Taffels deli is a family-run café and much-loved lunch spot (there is nothing skinny about the skinny chips; they are double-fried and divine) and caters to all dietary requirements, while Java & Jazz serves huge hot chocolates cakes and crispy-crusted pizza. For proper pub food, the cosy Hatch Inn (one of our favourite country pubs near London ) is known for roasts with all the trimmings and offers plenty of dog-patting opportunities. If you’re not in a hurry to get home, head to Linton’s car park – locally known as ‘the viewpoint’ – for sunset.

If you decide to stay over : Gravetye Manor is a very English Elizabethan country-house classic and one of our favourite weekend breaks in the UK .

20. Dungeness, Kent

The best day trip from London for : nature enthusiasts How to get there from London : The drive to Romney Marsh via the A20 and M20 takes 2 hours.

Arriving in Dungeness from London feels a little like stepping out of a Tardis into a different time zone, where a recent apocalypse has left the landscape barren, the wildlife overrun, the buildings flattened, and the population dramatically compromised (in fact, the Dungeness Power Station appeared in Doctor Who in 1971). Unofficially known as ‘Britain’s only desert’, Dungeness has a unique environment – single-storey buildings appear to have been swallowed by the shingle and plants let loose with little regard for human-imposed order. The beach resembles a mass shipwreck; abandoned fishing boats, crumbling shacks, winches and forgotten tractors coated in decades of rust sit, untouched, unmoved and as mysterious as a Russell T Davies plot. There’s not a whole lot to do here – but there’s so much to see, and so much to pique your curiosity that you’ll spend the journey back Googling the area. Kids will love the sheer strangeness of it all, and it’s impossible to resist the childlike urge to climb and run and play. Few places so close to London feel like such an adventure; the journey can take less than two hours and, if you time it right, you can order the catch of the day for lunch from roadside hut the Snack Shack, which does the freshest fish, lobster rolls and ice-cold cans of San Pellegrino.

If you decide to stay over : You’ll have to venture out of Dungeness – try The Rose in Deal , a grown-up bolthole splashed with bold colours and covetable vintage finds.

The best day trip from London for : switching off How to get there from London: The train from London Waterloo to Dorking takes 50 minutes.

Surrey’s proximity to London makes the journey a breeze – and it’s an especially astute pick if you’re likely to be coming with a car full of little ones. At Henry VIII’s home Hampton Court Palace, there are family-friendly events such as beast quests and ghost tours, as well as the famous giant hedge maze, where adventurous kids can lead the troops. In winter, an ice rink is set against the historic backdrop of the palace, a building whose grandiose architecture is shaped by both the Tudor and Baroque periods. If you’re escaping the city (and the kids), however, check in at Grayshott Health Spa, a traditional country home with cutting-edge treatments. Surrounded by 47 acres of flowering gardens, it’s a peaceful place to step back and take stock. Connect with nature at Kew, too, where the Royal Botanic Gardens are open to the public all year round. The winter light show is particularly mesmerising, when the sun starts to sink earlier and earlier. Be sure to take cash for mince pies and mulled wine as you wander through the grounds. Having been awarded a Michelin star , Steve Drake’s restaurant Sorrel in Dorking (a market town with chocolate-box charm) is currently the county’s hottest restaurant with the most exciting ‘discovery menu’.

If you decide to stay over : Surrey is home to some of the best spas near London , such as Grayshott, where the Manor House rooms offer faded charm.

22. Hastings and St Leonards

The best day trip from London for:  old-school seaside charm How to get there from London:  The fast train from London St Pancras International takes 1 hour 32 minutes with a change at Ashford International

There’s almost too much to fit into a one-day visit to Hastings, especially if you want to pop over to the neighbouring town of St Leonards. Over the last few years, these two  East Sussex  enclaves have become a popular bolthole for burnt-out Londoners looking for a bohemian seaside escape. To see what all the fuss is about, head straight to explore Hasting’s quaint Old Town, a picturesque maze of streets sandwiched between two dramatic cliffs. Pedestrianised scenic George Street is where most of the action happens, with a thrum of cafés, shops and pubs, but it’s worth wandering the surrounding streets too. Seek out AG Hendy & Co on the High Street for well-curated vintage homewares and stop into  The Crown  for cosy pub grub made with excellent local produce. If you’re up for a wander, get the funicular up and walk along to the cliff to Fairlight Glen, a beautiful secluded beach where clothing is optional. Or if that sounds a bit much, stay in the Old Town and explore the dramatic black fisherman’s huts on Rock-A-Nore beach where there’s Hastings Contemporary art gallery, a tiny shipwreck museum, fresh seafood stalls and a very cute miniature railway. Next up, take the 40-minute amble along the beach past the pier to St Leonards and stop off for food at the fabulous seafront café, Goat Ledge. It’s worth the trip for their crispy panko fish baps and katsu curry sauce chips alone. Nearby, there are great independent shops selling everything from candles to kimonos on Norman Road and King’s Road where you can easily spend a few hours happily browsing and café hopping before settling into dinner at Michelin-recommended pub The Royal.  Sonya Barber

If you decide to stay over:  Book into  The Old Rectory , a bijou  b&b  in Hasting’s Old Town with treatment rooms and a walled garden.

Home » Europe » England » Quick Trip to London, England

Quick Trip to London, England

By Author Laura Longwell

Posted on Last updated: August 30, 2020

Over a decade ago, I had the opportunity to spend a month at Oxford University exploring things to do in Oxford . As part of my program, we spent a few hours in London, seeing a play at The Globe Theater, taking a cruise on the Thames, and generally getting quite lost. With so little time in the big city under my belt, I jumped at the chance to take a quick trip to London for work.

I arrived in London on a Sunday morning and had an easy time at the airport. Though I looked for a bus service for an economical way to get downtown from the airport, I think I was a bit early. I ended up taking a metered cab for the roughly 50 minute ride into the city, which cost me a whopping £85 ($140). (Thank goodness I could expense it, but I would definitely look for a more cost-effective option next time.)

I arrived at the Hotel Rathbone and was able to get to my room immediately, which was great after an overnight flight. The hotel might be a bit older than some of the fancier options, but I found it to be convenient, comfortable and spacious. There was also a bar and nice lobby area which was well-utilized by guests in the evening.

Since I only had a few hours of free time scattered over a couple of afternoons, I was looking for a way to cover the most ground in a short period of time. It prompted me to do something highly out of character — I took a hop-on, hop-off bus tour! There are a couple of companies that offer similar tours, but I signed on for The Big Bus tour, which had a deal through my hotel.

For £27 ($43) I got a ticket that was good for 48 hours and, although it missed fun spots like Notting Hill , it made stops at all the big landmarks. Considering that some of the big sites are spread out, it was an economical way to get to a lot of places.

I got on the bus near Hamley’s toy store, the London equivalent of FAO Schwartz, and we headed down to Trafalgar Square , which proudly featured a large clock counting down to the start of the 2012 Olympic Games. From there, we drove along the Thames River and crossed over the London Bridge.

Though it was only about 4:00pm, it was rapidly getting dark by the time we came upon Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament. The sheer size and color of Big Ben were things that stood out to me the most from my original trip to London, and it was nice to see them more close-up.

One of our next stops was Westminster Abbey where I took advantage of the hop-off feature of the tour and later wandered over to Buckingham Palace.

Since it was Remembrance Day, the UK equivalent to the US Veteran’s Day, there were several parades throughout the city. I was lucky to reach the Palace just as some of the guards were leaving to take their place at one of the celebrations. So while it wasn’t the changing of the guard, it was cool to see them in formation… and you gotta love the big fur hats!

I boarded the bus again bound for the Marble Arch. If I had timed things better, I could have continued on a trip farther West to Harrod’s department store and a few other stops. But unfortunately, the bus trips end at 6pm, and it was time for me to make my way back toward my hotel.

On the way, I decided to hit up the famous Selfridge’s department store on Oxford Street, one of the main shopping streets. Selfridge’s has a seemingly endless amount of merchandise (think Macy’s in Herald Square, but higher-end). After spending some time wandering among the racks, I settled on a fabulous pair of blue suede ballet shoes and decided it was time to make my way back to the hotel before doing any more damage to my credit card.

Laura Longwell is an award-winning travel blogger and photographer. Since founding Travel Addicts in 2008, she has written hundreds of articles that help over 3 million people a year get the most out of their travel. In that time, she has visited nearly 60 countries on 5 continents, often returning to favorite destinations over and over again. She has a deep love of history, uncovering unexpected attractions, and trying all the good food a place has to offer.

In addition to Travel Addicts, Laura runs a site about her hometown of Philadelphia—Guide to Philly—which chronicles unique things to do and places to see around southeastern Pennsylvania. Her travel tips and advice appear across the web.

Share this post:

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Monday 2nd of January 2012

Train options are here (http://www.heathrowairport.com/transport-and-directions/trains)

The quickest option from Heathrow is the Heathrow Express nonstop train, which goes to Paddington railway station and costs about £20 one-way (a return is a little cheaper and there are small discounts for online etc).

https://www.heathrowexpress.com/

There are issues with Terminals, but the Heathrow Express offers a free transit between them (on the same platform) which you can use if you are using the other train service as well.

Finally there's the London Underground (Tube)http://www.heathrowairport.com/transport-and-directions/underground

which is probably about £5 and takes about 50 mins, which is slow, but obviously it might be more convenient as there are many central London stops, and especially if your destination is you are on the same line (piccadillyline)

Awesome, you're subscribed!

Thanks for subscribing! Look out for your first newsletter in your inbox soon!

The best of London for free.

Sign up for our email to enjoy London without spending a thing (as well as some options when you’re feeling flush).

Déjà vu! We already have this email. Try another?

By entering your email address you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy and consent to receive emails from Time Out about news, events, offers and partner promotions.

Love the mag?

Our newsletter hand-delivers the best bits to your inbox. Sign up to unlock our digital magazines and also receive the latest news, events, offers and partner promotions.

• Things to Do
• Food & Drink
• Coca-Cola Foodmarks
• Attractions
• Los Angeles

Get us in your inbox

🙌 Awesome, you're subscribed!

17 day trips from London to escape the city

Whether you’re after a seaside jaunt or a country retreat, here are the best trips from London we’re planning right now

As much as we love London here at Time Out, we’re also partial to the odd daydream about a leisurely getaway to somewhere that’s not quite so big and busy. Microdose on that holiday vibe by taking a day trip to one of the many laidback, joy-inducing destinations just a few hours away from London, which pack in plenty; from historic cities and cute villages to sandy beaches and rolling countryside.

If you’re wanting a quick getaway, here are 17 of the Time Out team’s favourite day trips from London, complete with our recommendations of cute pubs and ace restaurants – all close enough to the city to get there and back in one sweet day. 

RECOMMENDED: ✨The best day trips from London 👪 The best  family day trips from London ☀️ The best  weekend trips from London 🏘️ The best  Airbnbs near London 🌳 The best  quirky Airbnbs in the UK

This article includes affiliate links. These links have no influence on our editorial content. For more information, click  here .

An email you’ll actually love

Dreamy day trips from London

1.  St Leonards-on-Sea

Famed for how many Londoners moved here during lockdown (it’s even been referred to as Dalston-on-Sea, which is cringe, we’ll admit), St Leonards-On-Sea is a cracking day out from the Big Smoke for beachside drinks and a tonne of great food spots. Head to food market Heist  (basically a much nicer version of Boxpark) for orange wine and street food, then sink pints at Goat Ledge , a vibesy, colourful shack right on the beach. If you fancy splashing out a little, book dinner at the fabulously old-school  St Clement’s for white tablecloths and delicious seafood. Plus you've got easy access to the rest of Hastings for its Old Town, pier and the Norman castle ruins.

How far? 58 miles

How to get there: A one hour 18 minute train from London Charing Cross

2.  Dungeness

Dungeness’s shingly, shipwreck-dotted beach is so spookily empty that it’s been described as Britain’s only desert (though the Met Office refuses to technically recognise it as such, the party poopers). It’s a beautifully eerie landscape, with the (disused) nuclear power station and two lighthouses looming over a motley mixture of weathered shacks, beached fishing boats and sleek, modernist bungalows – all clustered along a single in-and-out road.

But despite all that emptiness, there’s a surprising amount to do here. You could catch the Romney, Hythe & Dymchurch steam train down the coast, and hop off in Dungeness for a walk and a pint at the lonely Britannia Inn. Grab a freshly-caught lunch at the famous Snack Shack: specialities include lobster or crab rolls and smoked cod chowder. And check out the galleries and open houses showcasing the work of the (surprisingly) many artists who have moved down here, including the shingle garden of the experimental filmmaker Derek Jarman, whose yellow-windowed Prospect Cottage is a major landmark here. Book in advance for a 40-minute tour inside.

If you’ve got time, head over to RSPB Dungeness nature reserve for a chance to glimpse glossy ibises and marsh harriers – plus the huge concrete ‘sound mirrors’, pre-radar experiments from WW1 that were designed to listen out for planes. (Look out on the RSPB site for news of the rare open days when you can get up close.) Finish off your day with dinner at the Pilot Inn; I’m willing to back the quality of their famous fish and chips, which were the thing that brought Derek Jarman here in the first place.

How far? 86 miles

Get there O ne hour  by train from St Pancras International to Folkestone, with a one-hour 30-minute bus ride to Dungeness. Or take a bus or taxi from Folkestone to Hythe station to board the Romney, Hythe & Dymchurch Railway. Alternatively, Dungeness is  around two hours from London by car.

3.  Stratford-upon-Avon

As a born-and-bred Midlander, I’ve spent many Saturdays traipsing around Stratford-upon-Avon’s lovely streets. With its half-timbered houses and canalside pubs, Stratford’s got just enough of the  small-town charm you’re craving on an escape from the Big Smoke, but unlike a small town, there’s actually loads to see and do.  

The Bard, of course, is the big draw here, and Shakespeare’s house, his wife Anne Hathaway’s cottage and the RSC’s famous theatre are all must-sees. But Stratford is more than just a Tudor Disneyland, we promise. Take a boat tour of the canal basin to find out more about the West Midlands waterways, refresh yourselves in the Grade II-listed Old Thatch Tavern and stop for a scoop of Eton mess ice cream at Hooray’s British Gelato Kitchen. 

How far? 104 miles

Get there T wo hours 15 minutes  by train from Marylebone; around two hours by car. 

4.  Whitstable

Don’t even think about thinking about it: Whitstable is far from overhyped. Sure, the secret is most definitely out about this fabulous little seaside town, but the vibes here are as great as they were 20 years ago. Grab brunch at Farm & Harper , fish and chips at Ossie’s and a glorious pint of craft at the Twelve Taps , and treat yourself to a dozen oysters to go at Wheelers Oyster Bar on the high street. Once you’ve walked the length of the beach and admired the beach huts, settle in at the famous pub-on-the-beach Old Neptune for a pint and wait for sunset to fall. Plus, Whitstable is so near, you’ll be back home before you can say ‘ another   bank holiday?’. But that’s if you don’t miss the last train.

How far? 50 miles

Get there One hour 15 minutes from St Pancras International, around two hours by car.

5.  Brighton

With its pebble beach, wall-to-wall live music venues and buzzing LGBTQ+ scene, there’s nowhere better for topping up your Vitamin Sea levels than Brighton . Start your day by dodging seagulls on the Palace Pier, then shop up a storm in the Lanes, which are packed with independent boutiques, record stores and vegan eateries. Sit down with a couple of pints in the Brighton Beer Dispensary, which champions small Sussex breweries like the Hand Brew Co.

How far?  A little over 50 miles

Get there One hour by train from Victoria, Blackfriars or London Bridge; around two hours by car. 

6.  The New Forest

A trip to the New Forest is about as close as you can get to going on safari without buying a plane ticket. As you make your way down dappled lanes and across the heather-covered heath you’ll be watched the famous ponies, which have grazed there for thousands of years, plus free-ranging Highland cattle and pigs hoovering up fallen acorns. Don’t fancy being stuck in the car all day? Hire a two-seater electric Twizzy buggy to explore in, or book a beginners’ hack at one of the stables. Don’t forget to make time for a proper ploughman’s lunch at the Royal Oak in Fritham.

How far? 90 miles

Get there  One hour 30 minutes by train from Waterloo to Brockenhurst; around two hours by car. Just remember that animals, not drivers, have right of way here.

7.  Rye

The antique shops and higgledy-piggledy cobbled lanes of Rye make it feel like a little slice of the Cotswolds on the coast. After you’ve satisfactorily browsed around the accurately named Tiny Book Store, treat yourself to a seafood lunch surrounded by lobster pots at Globe Inn Marsh, followed by Sussex real ale or a glass of local wine at The George. The Chapel Down vineyard is just up the road and well worth a visit if you want to know the ins and outs of wine-making – or simply enjoy a tipple with their signature wine tasting. Ten minutes away are the pillowy dunes of Camber Sands: roll your trousers up and splash through the shallows, take a kite for a spin or just park your towel and stretch out.

How far? 79 miles.

Get there  One hour 10 minutes by train from St Pancras International (with a change at Ashford); around two hours by car. 

8.  Box Hill

Biking to green and pleasant Surrey is a wheely nice way to spend a Sunday (sorry) – plus, Box Hill was part of the 2012 Olympic road-cycling route. Start in Richmond Park and pedal down past Hampton Court – it should take you about two hours. After a 1.6 mile climb and some hairpin bends (easier than it sounds!), you’ll be rewarded with stunning views of the North Downs from the top of Box Hill. Grab a slice of cake from the National Trust café, and save space for lunch at The Tree, which serves homemade pies and crumbles. Your last stop is Box Hill and Westhumble station, where you can load your bikes on to a train back to Waterloo. Whew!

How far? 30 miles

Get there  Two hours by bike (obviously). Plan the route carefully before you set out, and take a map and a puncture repair kit, plus water and snacks.

9.  Bath

A glorious water-themed day awaits you in the city of Bath . Start as you mean to go on with a tour of the Romans baths (no paddling allowed, you’ve been warned), before making a splash in the Thermae Bath Spa – the rooftop pool has stunning views of the city. Once you’ve dried off, make like Jane Austen and stroll along the Royal Crescent. Peckish? Sally Lunn’s teahouse is home to the Sally Lunn Bun, a kind of sweet brioche bap – for a Bath take on the cream tea, order one toasted and spread with strawberry jam and clotted cream.

How far? 115 miles

Get there  One hour 30 minutes by train from Paddington; two hours 30 minutes by car. 

10.  Mersea Island

Attached to the mainland by a causeway that floods (and pub quizzers, take note: this is the UK’s most easterly inhabited island), Mersea feels properly remote at high tide. The big draw is The Company Shed, which serves seafood platters that pull in crowds from all over the country every weekend. It’s BYOB – bring your own bread – and they don’t take bookings, so get there before noon to make sure you can feast on prawns, smoked fish, oysters and dressed crab. Speaking of which, catch-and-release crabbing is encouraged – there are specially marked areas near the water, and shops selling the kit. Or you can book a boat trip around the bay.

How far? 69 miles

Get there  One hour by train from Liverpool Street to Colchester, then a 45-minute bus to Mersea Island; around two hours by car. D on’t forget to check the tide timetable before you set off...

[image] [title]

More on getaways

Discover Time Out original video

• Press office
• Investor relations
• Work for Time Out
• Editorial guidelines
• Privacy notice
• Do not sell my information
• Cookie policy
• Accessibility statement
• Terms of use
• Modern slavery statement
• Manage cookies
• Claim your listing
• Time Out Offers FAQ
• Advertising
• Time Out Market

Time Out products

• Time Out Offers
• Time Out Worldwide

Rise in international tourists cited by embattled N.B. minister was seen in all provinces

Grilling of tammy scott-wallace over trip to london and paris stretches into second day.

Social Sharing

New Brunswick's tourism minister Tammy Scott-Wallace has been citing growth in visitors from Britain, France and Germany in 2023 as evidence that departmental activities, like a trip she and others took to London and Paris last year, pay dividends for taxpayers.  

But figures suggest European visits to New Brunswick in 2023 grew at a slower pace than in the rest of Canada and increases that did occur were exaggerated by COVID-related travel restrictions that suppressed visits in 2022.

"Results have actually increased," Scott-Wallace said about international tourism during an hour-long grilling on Tuesday about why the minister, her deputy and two others went to London and Paris on a taxpayer-funded trip last September.

The minister said visiting London and Paris was part of a number of initiatives that have been successfully attracting more visitors to the province.

Here’s what some people think about taxpayer-funded trips to Europe

"In the United Kingdom, for example, over 2022, visitation to New Brunswick is up 23 per cent," she told Liberal tourism critic Isabelle Theriault.  

"From France visitation is up 12 per cent and from Germany 32 per cent over 2022, so I think we can see very clearly that the work is being done by people working within the Department of Tourism, Heritage and Culture."

• Tourism deputy rings up N.B. government's largest 2023 expense account
• N.B. tourism minister defends pricey trip to United Kingdom, France

However, data compiled by Statistics Canada shows that international visits to all provinces increased in 2023.   

Because COVID travel restrictions facing international travellers suppressed visits to Canada midway through 2022, those numbers were easily beaten in 2023 in every jurisdiction.

In late April 2022, Canada lifted a number of COVID travel rules that had been restricting visits by international travellers.

Requirements that fully vaccinated travellers provide a quarantine plan upon entry were ended, and unvaccinated or partially vaccinated children aged five to 11 who were accompanied by a fully vaccinated parent or guardian no longer had to undergo a COVID-19 test for entry to Canada.

A requirement that fully vaccinated travellers mask in public spaces for 14 days following arrival was also dropped as was the need for visitors to maintain a list of close contacts and locations visited.

The changes had a major impact on numbers.  

In March 2023, visits to Canada from the United Kingdom, France and Germany were 65 per cent higher than in March 2022, the last complete month restrictions were fully in place.

Overall in 2023, Canada recorded 786,845 arrivals from France, Germany and Britain between January and December, a 23.6 per cent increase over 2022.   

In the Legislature on Tuesday, Scott-Wallace quoted numbers showing a combined 21.1 per cent increase in visits to New Brunswick from those three same countries, slightly below the national gain.

On Wednesday, Scott-Wallace faced a second straight day of questions about the European trip and its value to taxpayers during consideration of her budget estimates. 

Green Party Leader David Coon took his turn digging into the details of the excursion and asking about planned future trips.

The minister acknowledged there has been a 10 per cent, $56,000, increase in the section of her departmental budget that finances travel for the coming year but said there are no specific plans to go anywhere internationally.

"There's no travel planned as of yet overseas," Scott-Wallace said. 

"It's very rare that I'm travelling overseas as tourism minister. However, I believe there is an expectation from New Brunswickers that their minister of tourism does travel outside of the province to bring new business to the province."

Scott-Wallace ran up more than $10,000 in expenses during the eight-day visit, although she said her trip lasted only seven days because of flooding in her riding that required an early return.

The department's deputy minister, Yennah Hurley, billed more than $12,000.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Robert Jones has been a reporter and producer with CBC New Brunswick since 1990. His investigative reports on petroleum pricing in New Brunswick won several regional and national awards and led to the adoption of price regulation in 2006.